Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAPPI FINANCIAL INDEX

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2011

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended October 02, 2011
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report................................[             ]

For the transition period from                  to                

Commission file number 1-14872

SAPPI LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)

Republic of South Africa
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

48 Ameshoff Street
Braamfontein
Johannesburg 2001
Republic of South Africa
(Address of principal executive offices)

Mr L. Newman
Tel +27 11 407 8079
SappiCorpFinance@sappi.com
Fax +27 11 403 8854
Sappi Limited
P.O. Box 31560,
Braamfontein, 2017, South Africa

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and / or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

American Depositary Shares, evidenced by
American Depositary Receipts, each representing
1 Ordinary Share
Ordinary Shares, par value R1.00 per Share*
(Title of each class)

New York Stock Exchange
(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None

           Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

541,446,223 Ordinary Shares

19,961,476 "A" Ordinary Shares

           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES ý            NO o

           If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES o            NO ý

           Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES ý            NO o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.)

YES o            NO o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

           Large accelerated filer ý                                              Accelerated filer o                                               Non-accelerated filer o

           Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

           U.S GAAP o           International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý           Other o

           If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statements item the registrant has elected to follow.

ITEM 17 o            ITEM 18 o

           If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES o            NO ý

           (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

YES o            NO o

*
Not for trading but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
   
  Page  
Our Use of Terms and Conventions in this Annual Report     iv  
Accounting Periods and Principles     v  
Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates     vi  
Forward-Looking Statements     vi  

PART I

 
Item 1.   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers     1  
Item 2.   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     1  
Item 3.   Key Information     1  
        Selected Financial Data     1  
        Risk Factors     3  
Item 4.   Information on the Company     15  
        History and Development of the Company     15  
        Business Overview     16  
        Sappi Fine Paper     27  
        Sappi Southern Africa     34  
        Supply Requirements     39  
        Environmental and Safety Matters     44  
        Organizational Structure     48  
        Property, Plant and Equipment     49  
Item 4A.   Unresolved Staff Comments     50  
Item 5.   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     51  
        Company and Business Overview     51  
        Principal Factors Impacting our Group Results     52  
        Markets     55  
        Currency Fluctuations     60  
        Inflation and Interest Rates     61  
        South African Economic and Political Environment     63  
        Environmental Matters     66  
        Operating Results     66  
        Liquidity and Capital Resources     85  
        Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements     96  
        Contractual Obligations     98  
        Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.     98  
        Share Buy Backs     100  
        Dividends     100  
        Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment, Joint Venture and Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment     100  
        Pensions and Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions     102  
        Insurance     104  
        Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates     105  
        Adoption of Accounting Standards in the current year     111  
Item 6.   Directors, Senior Management and Employees     113  
        Directors and Senior Management     113  
        Compensation     121  
        Board Practices     122  
        Corporate Governance     123  
        Employees     124  
        Share Ownership     126  

ii


 
   
   
  Page  
Item 7.   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions     128  
        Major Shareholders     128  
        Related Party Transactions     130  
        Interests of Experts and Counsel     131  
Item 8.   Financial Information     132  
        Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information     132  
        Legal Proceedings     132  
        Dividends     132  
        Significant Changes     133  
Item 9.   The Offer and Listing     134  
        Offer and Listing Details     134  
        Markets     135  
Item 10.   Additional Information     136  
        Memorandum and Articles of Association     136  
        South African Companies Act, 2008     144  
        Material Contracts     145  
        Exchange Controls     148  
        Taxation     150  
        Documents on Display     158  
Item 11.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     159  
Item 12.   Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities     161  

PART II

 
Item 13.   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies     162  
Item 14.   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds     162  
Item 15.   Controls and Procedures     162  
        Disclosure Controls and Procedures     162  
        Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting     162  
        Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     162  
        Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting     163  
Item 16A.   Audit Committee Financial Expert     164  
Item 16B.   Code of Ethics     164  
Item 16C.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     164  
Item 16D.   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     165  
Item 16E.   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchaser     165  
Item 16F.   Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant     165  
Item 16G.   Corporate Governance     165  

PART III

 
Item 17.   Financial Statements     166  
Item 18.   Financial Statements     166  
Item 19.   Exhibits     167  

iii



OUR USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT

        Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 20-F ("Annual Report"):

iv


        Except as otherwise indicated, in this Annual Report the amounts of "capacity" or "production capacity" of our facilities or machines are based upon our best estimates of production capacity at the date of filing of this Annual Report. Actual production by machines may differ from production capacity as a result of products produced, variations in product mix and other factors.

        Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors with respect to the manufacture or distribution of particular products are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflects our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our customers, trade and business organizations and associations and other contacts in our industries.

        Except as otherwise indicated in this Annual Report any reference to capacity, production capacity, market share information and data of a similar nature include the impact of the Acquired Business, which was acquired on December 31, 2008.

        Unless otherwise provided in this Annual Report, trademarks identified by ® are registered trademarks of Sappi Limited or our subsidiaries.


ACCOUNTING PERIODS AND PRINCIPLES

        Our financial year end is on the Sunday closest to the last day of September. Accordingly the last three financial years were as follows:

v


        Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Annual Report to a "fiscal year", "year ended", "fiscal 2011", "fiscal 2010", and "fiscal 2009", or "the year ended September 2011", "the year ended September 2010" or "the year ended September 2009" of Sappi Limited refer to the fiscal periods as above.

        Our annual financial statements as of September 2011 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 2011 are hereinafter referred to as the Group Annual Financial Statements and have been included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our Group Annual Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with IFRS.


CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION AND EXCHANGE RATES

        We publish our Group Annual Financial Statements and all financial data presented in this Annual Report in US dollars on a nominal (non-inflation adjusted) basis. For information regarding the conversion of certain financial information to US dollars in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, see note 2 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Currency Fluctuations".


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        In order to utilize the "Safe Harbor" provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act"), we are providing the following cautionary statement. Except for historical information contained herein, statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Reform Act.

        The words "believe", "anticipate", "expect", "intend", "estimate", "plan", "assume", "positioned", "will", "may", "should", "risk" and other similar expressions, which are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, which do not relate to historical matters, identify forward-looking statements. In addition, this document includes forward-looking statements relating to our potential exposure to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity price risk. You should not rely on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements (and from past results, performance or achievements). Certain factors that may cause such differences include but are not limited to:

vi


        These factors are fully discussed in this Annual Report. For further discussion on these factors, see "Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors", "Item 4—Information on the Company", "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects", "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls" and note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether to reflect new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise.

vii



PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not applicable.

ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

        The selected financial data set forth below as of September 2011, 2010 and for each of the three years ended September 2011 has been derived from our Group Annual Financial Statements and the notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected financial data set forth below as of September 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the two years ended September 2008, has been derived from our Group Annual Financial Statements for such periods which are not presented herein.

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million, except per share data)
 

Group Income Statement Data:

                               
 

Sales(1)

    7,286     6,572     5,369     5,863     5,304  
 

Operating profit (loss)

    86     341     (73 )   314     383  
 

(Loss) profit for the year

    (232 )   66     (177 )   102     202  
 

Basic (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

    (45 )   13     (37 )   28     56  
 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

    (45 )   13     (37 )   28     55  
 

Dividends per share (US cents)

                16     32  

 

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Group Balance Sheet Data:

                               
 

Total assets

    6,308     7,184     7,297     6,109     6,344  
 

Net assets

    1,478     1,896     1,794     1,605     1,816  
 

Total long-term interest-bearing borrowings

    2,289     2,317     2,726     1,832     1,828  
 

Shareholders' equity

    1,478     1,896     1,794     1,605     1,816  

 

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million, except number of shares data)
 

Other Information:

                               
 

Operating profit excluding special items(2)

    404     339     33     366     313  
 

EBITDA excluding special items(2)

    821     752     431     740     688  
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million)(3)

    519.9     516.7     482.6     362.2     360.6  
 

Number of ordinary shares in issue at fiscal year end (in million)(3)

    520.5     519.5     515.7     229.2     228.5  

(1)
Sales are defined in note 2.2.11 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)
In compliance with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules relating to "Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures", we have reconciled operating profit excluding special items to (loss) profit for the year and EBITDA excluding special items rather than operating profit and EBITDA excluding special items to (loss) profit for the year.

1


   
  Year Ended September  
   
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
   
  (US$ million)
 
   

(Loss) profit for the year

    (232 )   66     (177 )   102     202  
   

Taxation charge (benefit)

    11     20     (41 )   86     47  
   

Net finance costs

    307     255     145     126     134  
                         
   

Operating profit (loss)

    86     341     (73 )   314     383  
   

Special items-losses (gains)

    318     (2 )   106     52     (70 )
                         
   

Operating profit excluding special items

    404     339     33     366     313  
                         
   

(Loss) profit for the year

   
(232

)
 
66
   
(177

)
 
102
   
202
 
   

Taxation charge (benefit)

    11     20     (41 )   86     47  
   

Net finance costs

    307     255     145     126     134  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    417     413     398     374     375  
   

Special items-losses (gains)

    318     (2 )   106     52     (70 )
                         
   

EBITDA excluding special items

    821     752     431     740     688  
                         
 

Special Items(a):

                               
   

Plantation price fair value adjustment

    16     (31 )   67     (120 )   54  
   

Restructuring provisions raised

    135     46     34     41     7  
   

(Profit) loss on disposal of property, plant & equipment

    (1 )   (5 )   (1 )   (5 )   26  
   

Impairments (reversals) of assets and investments

    167     (10 )   79     119      
   

Alternative fuel mixture tax credits

        (51 )   (87 )        
   

Integration costs

            3          
   

BEE transaction charge

    5     23              
   

Insurance recoveries

    (10 )   1              
   

Fire, flood, storm and related events

    6     25     11     17     (17 )
                         
 

Total Special items

    318     (2 )   106     52     (70 )
                         

(a)
See "Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results" for a discussion of special items.
(3)
Net of Treasury shares, which include "A" ordinary shares, as described in note 17 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

2



Risk Factors

        In addition to other information contained in this Annual Report, you should carefully consider the following factors before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares and American Depository Shares ("ADSs"). However, the risks and uncertainties our Company faces are not limited to those described below. There may be additional risks that we do not currently know of, or that we currently deem immaterial based on information available to us, which may also adversely affect our business. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We operate in a cyclical industry, which has in the past resulted in substantial fluctuations in our results.

        The markets for our pulp and paper products are commodity markets to a significant extent and are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels and by cyclical changes in the world economy. As a result of periodic supply and demand imbalances in the pulp and paper industry, these markets historically have been highly cyclical, with volatile pulp and paper prices.

        In addition, recent turmoil in the capital and credit markets, coupled with the uncertainty created by the sovereign debt crises, has led to the decreased availability of credit, which is having an adverse effect on the world economy and consequently has already affected, and may continue to adversely affect the markets for our products through either a decrease in demand and/or a decrease in achievable selling prices. The timing and magnitude of demand and price increases or decreases in the pulp and paper market have generally varied by region and by type of pulp and paper.

        Despite a relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, a significant increase in the prices for pulp or pulpwood could adversely affect our non-integrated and partially integrated operations if they are unable to raise paper prices sufficiently to offset the effects of increased costs. Other input cost increases including (but not limited to) energy and chemicals may affect our operations if we are unable to raise paper prices sufficiently.

        The majority of our woodfree paper sales consist of sales to merchants. However, the pricing of products for merchant sales can generally be changed with between 30 to 90 days' advance notice to the merchant. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods for price changes. Such notice periods generally would not exceed 6 to 12 months. In southern Africa, we have entered into longer-term fixed-price agreements of between 6 to 12 months duration for primarily packaging paper and newsprint sales with domestic customers. Such agreements accounted for approximately 5% of consolidated sales during fiscal 2011.

        Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts. However, the pricing is generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price and reset on a quarterly basis.

        As a result of the short-term duration of paper and chemical cellulose pricing arrangements, we are subject to cyclical decreases in market prices for these products. A downturn in paper or chemical cellulose prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview".

The markets for pulp and paper products are highly competitive, and some of our competitors have advantages that may adversely affect our ability to compete with them.

        We compete against a large number of pulp and paper producers located around the world. A recent trend towards consolidation in the pulp and paper industry has created larger, more focused pulp

3



and paper companies. Some of these companies benefit from greater financial resources or operate mills that are lower cost producers of pulp and paper products than our mills, or are government subsidized. Some of our competitors have advantages over us, including lower raw material, energy and labor costs and fewer environmental and governmental regulations to comply with. As a result, we cannot assure you that each of our mills will remain competitive. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of consolidation opportunities which may arise, or that any failure to exploit opportunities for growth would not make us less competitive. Increased competition, including a decrease in import duties in accordance with the terms of free trade agreements, could cause us to lose market share, increase expenditures or reduce pricing, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations. In addition, competition may result from our inability to increase the selling prices of our products sufficiently or in time to offset the effects of increased costs which could lead to a loss in market share and aggressive pricing by competitors may force us to decrease prices in an attempt to maintain market share.

Global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        During the latter half of fiscal 2008 and during fiscal 2009, demand for our paper products declined and pulp prices and demand decreased due to the effects of a global economic recession. This recession was due to the subprime mortgage crisis, which originated in the US, and lead to slower economic activity, inflation and deflation concerns, reduced corporate profits, reduced and/or canceled capital spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns resulting in significant recessionary pressures, increased unemployment and lower business and consumer confidence. These trends have negatively impacted our results of operations during fiscal 2009. Despite the aggressive measures taken by governments and central banks thus far, the economic recovery has been extremely slow. Also, a significant risk remains that these measures may not prevent the global economy from falling back into an even deeper and longer lasting recession or even a depression. In addition, the current turmoil in the sovereign debt markets as a result of the European debt crisis has resulted in market uncertainty generally and in worsening economic conditions particularly in Europe.

        Even though our operational results improved during fiscal 2010 and continued to improve during fiscal 2011, we are still negatively impacted by the slow recovery of the world economies, and the results our European business have been adversely affected by the worsening economic conditions in Europe in the last two quarters of fiscal 2011. Furthermore, we are unable to predict the timing or rate of any recovery. Finally, we cannot predict the timing or duration of any other downturn in the economy that may occur in the future.

The availability and cost of insurance cover can vary considerably from year to year as a result of events beyond our control, and this can result in us paying higher premiums and periodically being unable to maintain the levels or types of insurance carried.

        The insurance market remains cyclical and catastrophic events can change the state of the insurance market, leading to sudden and unexpected increases in premiums and deductibles and unavailability of coverage due to reasons totally unconnected with our business. In addition, recent turmoil and volatility in the global financial markets may adversely affect the insurance market. This may result in some of the insurers in our insurance portfolio failing and being unable to pay their share of claims.

        We successfully negotiated the renewal of our 2011 insurance cover at rates similar to those of 2010. Self-insured retention for any one property damage occurrence is EUR 20.5 million, with an annual aggregate of EUR 33 million. We are unable to predict whether past or future events will result in more or less favorable terms for 2012. For property damage and business interruption, there generally does not seem to be cost effective cover available to full value.

4


        From fiscal 2011 our property damage insurance policy is euro denominated as most of our assets are based in euro denominated jurisdictions.

        Sappi places the insurance for its plantations on a stand-alone basis into international insurance markets. While the impact of fires on our plantations in fiscal 2011 was substantially less than that in fiscal years 2007 through 2010, we are unable to assure you that this will remain so for the foreseeable future.

        While we believe our insurance programs provide adequate coverage for reasonably foreseeable losses, we continue working on improved risk management to lower the risk of incurring losses from uncontrolled incidents. We are unable to assure you that actual losses will not exceed our insurance coverage or that such excess will not be material.

New technologies or changes in consumer preferences may affect our ability to compete successfully.

        We believe that new technologies or novel processes may emerge and that existing technologies may be further developed in the fields in which we operate. These technologies or processes could have an impact on production methods or on product quality in these fields. Unexpected rapid changes in employed technologies or the development of novel processes that affect our operations and product range could render the technologies we utilize or the products we produce obsolete or less competitive in the future. Difficulties in assessing new technologies may impede us from implementing them and competitive pressures may force us to implement these new technologies at a substantial cost. Any such development could materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

        Consumer preferences may change as a result of the availability of alternative products or of services including less expensive product grades, or as a result of environmental activist pressure from consumers. In addition, trends in advertising, electronic data transmission and storage and the internet could have adverse effects on traditional print media and other paper applications, including our products and those of our customers. While neither the exact timing nor the extent of those trends can be predicted with certainty, competition from electronic media, for example, has led to weaker demand for certain of our products in some of our markets. Any such changes in consumer preferences or other trends could negatively impact the consumption of our products and consequently, could have a material and adverse impact on our results of operations.

The cost of complying with environmental, health and safety laws may be significant to our business.

        Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Such laws govern, among other things, the control of emissions and discharges, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contamination, the purchase and use of safety equipment, workplace safety training and the monitoring of workplace hazards.

        Although we actively strive to ensure that our facilities comply with all applicable environmental laws and permits required for our operations, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to governmental enforcement actions for failure to comply with environmental requirements. Impacts from historical operations, including the land disposal of waste materials, or our own activities may require costly investigation and cleanup. In addition, we could become subject to environmental liabilities resulting from personal injury, property damage or natural resources damage. Expenditures to comply with future environmental requirements and the costs related to any potential environmental liabilities and claims could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

5


        We expect to continue to incur significant expenditures and may face operational constraints to maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws, to upgrade pollution control equipment at our mills and to meet new regulatory requirements, including those in the United States, southern Africa and Europe. For example, under new benchmarks for the allocation of emissions rights pursuant to European Union regulations governing the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions we expect to fall short of emission rights from 2013, which is currently estimated to result in costs for extra emission rights estimated at EUR 14 million per annum.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Environmental and Safety Matters".

Risks Related to Our Business

Our significant indebtedness may impair our financial and operating flexibility.

        Our significant level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could negatively impact our business and liquidity. As of September 2011, our net interest bearing debt (long-term and short-term interest bearing debt plus overdraft, less cash on hand) was US$2,100 million. While reduction of our indebtedness is one of our priorities, opportunities to grow within our businesses will continue to be evaluated, and the financing of any future acquisition or capital investment may include the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

        The level of our debt has important consequences, including:

        Our ability to refinance our debt, incur additional debt, the terms of our existing and additional debt and our liquidity could be affected by a number of adverse developments. In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the global debt markets were subject to significant pressure triggered by the collapse of the sub-prime mortgage market in the U.S. This liquidity crunch continued through calendar 2009, leading to unprecedented volatility in the financial markets, an acute contraction in the availability of credit, including in interbank lending, and the failure of a number of leading financial institutions. Although this situation improved somewhat during the 2010 and 2011 fiscal year, there is no assurance that the situation will not deteriorate in the future, including as a result of continued or renewed turmoil in the sovereign debt markets, which could result in tight credit restrictions and credit being available only at premium.

        In light of previously worsening economic conditions, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide have undertaken unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. In addition, since 2006 the Group's credit ratings have been downgraded to sub-investment

6



grade by Standard & Poor's (S&P) and Moody's. Adverse developments in the credit markets and in our credit rating, as well as other future adverse developments such as renewed deterioration in the financial markets, including as a result of turmoil in the sovereign debt markets and a renewed worsening of general economic conditions, may negatively impact our ability to issue additional debt as well as the amount and terms of the debt we are able to issue. Our liquidity will be adversely affected if we must repay all or a portion of our maturing debt from available cash or through use of our existing liquidity facilities. In addition, our results of operations will be adversely impacted to the extent the terms of the debt we are able to issue are less favorable than the terms of the debt being refinanced. It is also possible that we will need to agree to covenants that place additional restrictions on our business.

        We are subject to South African exchange controls, which may restrict the transfer of funds directly or indirectly between our subsidiaries or between the parent company and our subsidiaries and can restrict activities of our subsidiaries. See "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls". We may also incur tax costs in connection with these transfers of funds. These exchange controls have affected the geographic distribution of our debt. As a result, acquisitions in the United States and Europe were typically financed with indebtedness incurred by companies in those regions. As a consequence, our ability or the ability of any of our subsidiaries to make scheduled payments on their debt will depend on its financial and operating performance, which will depend on various factors beyond our control, such as prevailing economic and competitive conditions. If we, or any of our subsidiaries, are unable to achieve operating results or otherwise obtain access to funds sufficient to enable us to meet our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems. As a result, we might need to delay investments or dispose of material assets or operations. The timing of and the proceeds to be realized from any such disposition would depend upon circumstances at the time.

We require a significant amount of financing to fund our business and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

        Our ability to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and research and development requirements, to engage in future acquisitions, to make payments on our debt, to fund post-retirement benefit programs and to pay dividends will depend upon our future operating performance. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and availability under our credit facilities and other debt arrangements. For example, we are currently expanding our chemical cellulose capacity in South Africa and North America and expect to finance the corresponding capital expenditures primarily through internally generated funds. Our ability to generate cash depends, to some extent, on general economic, financial, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our cash flow from operations may be adversely impacted by a downturn in worldwide economic conditions, which would result in a decline in global demand for our products, such as the current decline in demand in Europe, and a softening of prices for some of our products.

        Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and additional debt and equity financing may not be available to us in a sufficient amount to enable us to meet our liquidity needs. If our future cash flows from operations and other capital resources are insufficient to fund our liquidity needs, we may be required to obtain additional debt or equity financing, refinance our indebtedness, reduce or delay our capital expenditures and research and development or to decrease the amount of the annual dividend. We may not be able to accomplish these alternatives on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms. The failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be successful in implementing, or may not realize all the expected benefits from, our strategic initiatives.

        As part of our overall business strategy, we are in the process of implementing a series of strategic initiatives to improve profitability, including mill closures and other cost saving initiatives, measures to

7



enhance productivity and an expansion of our chemical cellulose capacity. Any future growth, cost savings or productivity enhancements that we realize from such efforts may differ materially from our estimates, or we may not be able to successfully implement part or all of our initiatives. In addition, any cost savings or productivity enhancements that we realize may be offset, in whole or in part, by reductions in pricing or volume, or through increases in other expenses, including raw material, energy or personnel, or the demand for chemical cellulose may decline. We cannot assure you that these initiatives will be completed as anticipated or that the benefits we expect will be achieved on a timely basis or at all.

Continued volatility in equity markets and declining yields or defaults in the bond markets could adversely affect the funded status and funding needs of our post-employment defined benefit funds.

        Several global economic factors currently in force make the general outlook for the forthcoming fiscal years uncertain. The equity and bond markets (including sovereign debt markets) may remain volatile and move in uncertain and unusual ways in the forthcoming fiscal years leading to significant swings in the value of the assets and liabilities of our funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes.

        Generally, but not always, rising corporate bond yields reduce our net balance sheet liabilities whereas falling bond yields increase our net balance sheet liabilities. As a result of movements in global equity and bond markets during fiscal 2011, the funded status of our post-employment benefit arrangements has deteriorated very slightly since the end of fiscal 2010. The risk exists that equity and bond markets will deteriorate if the global economic climate worsens, which could negatively affect the funded status of our post-employment defined benefit arrangements. In addition, volatility in our net balance sheet liabilities resulting from the relative change in the value of assets and liabilities may be further enhanced by investment strategies resulting in exposure to various classes of assets.

        Existing and potential changes in statutory minimum requirements may also affect the amount and timing of funding to be paid by us. Most funding requirements consider yields on assets such as government bonds or interbank interest rate swap curves, depending on the basis. Although recent statutory easements in the pace of funding on these bases have provided some contribution relief to us, as long as yields on these asset classes remain low, we expect to have to pay additional contributions to meet onerous minimum funding targets, which could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

        In addition, our pension and post-retirement funds hold various sovereign bonds as part of their fund assets, including Italian index-linked treasuries and sovereign bonds issued by Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. Any significant decline in value or default of such securities, including in the context of the current European sovereign debt crisis, could negatively affect the funded status of our post-employment defined benefit arrangements.

Fluctuations in the value of currencies, particularly the Rand and the euro in relation to the US dollar, have in the past had, and could in the future have, a significant impact on our earnings in these currencies.

        Exchange rate fluctuations have in the past, and may in the future, affect the competitiveness of our products in relation to the products of pulp and paper companies based in other countries.

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies, particularly the Rand and euro in relation to the US dollar, have in the past and could in the future significantly affect our earnings, inter alia, the competitiveness of our exports, depressing landed prices of imported competitors' products, and increasing the costs of our raw materials.

8


        Since the adoption of the euro by the European Union on January 1, 1999 (when the euro was trading at approximately US$1.18 per euro), it has fluctuated against the US dollar, reaching a low of approximately US$0.83 per euro in October 2000 before trading at approximately US$1.34, US$1.35 and US$1.47 per euro at the end of fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        In recent years, the value of the Rand against the US dollar has fluctuated considerably, moving against the US dollar from a low of approximately R13.90 per US dollar in December 2001 to approximately R8.10, R7.02 and R7.41 per US dollar at the end of fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        For further information, see notes 2 and 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Currency Fluctuations".

There are risks relating to the countries in which we operate that could impact our earnings or affect your investment in our Company.

        We own manufacturing operations in five countries in Europe, two states in the United States and in South Africa, have an investment in a joint venture in China and own plantations in South Africa and Swaziland. As a result, our operations are subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary, regulatory, operational and political conditions. Our presence in these countries exposes us to risks such as material changes in laws and regulations, political, financial and social changes and instabilities, exchange controls, risks related to relationships with local partners and potential inconsistencies between commercial practices, regulations and business models in different countries. The occurrence of such events could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        For further information see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment" and "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls".

The inability to recover increasing input costs through increased prices of our products has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on our profitability.

        The selling prices of the majority of the products we manufacture and the purchase prices of many of the raw materials we use, generally fluctuate in correlation with global commodity cycles. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, increasing costs of a number of raw materials due to global trends beyond our control.

        Electricity generation companies are competing for the same raw material, namely wood and wood chips, in the same markets as us, driving prices upwards, especially during winter in the Northern hemisphere. Although oil prices have decreased from the historical highs of 2008, they could return to high levels in the foreseeable future because of, among other things, political instability in the oil-producing regions of the world. Recent political developments in North Africa and the Middle East have led to the highest crude oil prices since 2008. This impacts the oil-based commodities required by our business in the areas of energy (including electricity), transport and chemicals.

        As occurred in previous years, a major potential consequence of the increase in the price of input commodities is our inability to counter this effect through increased selling prices. This results in reduced operating profit, and has a negative impact on business planning.

        While we continue to implement procedures to reduce our cost of commodity inputs, other than maintaining a high level of pulp integration, the hedging techniques we apply on our raw materials and products are on a small scale and short-term in nature. Moreover, in the event of significant increases in the prices of pulp, our non-integrated and partially integrated operations could be adversely affected if they are unable to raise paper prices by amounts sufficient to maintain margins.

9


If we are unable to obtain energy or raw materials at reasonable prices, or at all, it could adversely affect our operations.

        We require substantial amounts of oil-based chemicals, fuels and other raw materials for our production activities and transport of our timber products. We rely partly upon third parties for our supply of the energy resources and, to a certain extent, timber, which are consumed in our operations. The prices for and availability of these energy supplies and raw materials may be subject to change or curtailment, respectively, due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, imposition of new taxes or tariffs, interruptions in production by suppliers, worldwide price levels and market conditions. For example, energy costs for our Southern African operations have risen sharply in recent years which has had a significant impact on profitability in the region.

        Environmental litigation aimed at protecting forests and species habitats as well as regulatory restrictions may in the future cause significant reductions in the amount of timber available for commercial harvest. In addition, future claims and regulations concerning the promotion of forest health and the response to and prevention of wildfires could affect timber supplies in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The availability of harvested timber may further be limited by factors such as fire, insect infestation, disease, ice and wind storms, droughts, floods and other nature and man-made causes, thereby reducing supply and increasing prices.

        The prices of various sources of energy supplies and raw materials have significantly increased in the past, and may in the future further increase significantly from current levels. An increase in energy and raw material prices could materially adversely affect our results of operations, plantation valuation and financial condition.

A limited number of customers account for a significant amount of our revenues.

        We sell a significant portion of our products to several major customers, including PaperlinX, Igepa, Xpedx and Antalis. During fiscal 2010 and 2011, no single customer individually represented more than 10% of our total sales. However, we cannot assure you that sales to these major customers, or any other customers not listed above, will not exceed 10% of our total sales in the future. As a significant portion of our sales revenue is generated through sales to our major customers, any adverse development affecting our major customers or our relationships with our major customers could have an adverse effect on our credit risk profile, our business and results of operations.

        For further information see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Fine Paper—Marketing and Distribution—Customers" and "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Southern Africa—Marketing and Distribution—Customers".

The recent global liquidity and credit crises could have a negative impact on our major customers, which in turn could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

        The global liquidity and credit crises continue to have a negative impact on businesses around the world. The impact of these crises on our major customers cannot be predicted and may be quite severe. A disruption in the ability of our significant customers to access sources of liquidity could cause serious disruptions or an overall deterioration of their businesses, which could lead to a significant reduction in their future orders of our products and the inability or failure on their part to meet their payment obligations to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

10



Because of the nature of our business and workforce, we may face challenges in the retention of staff and the employment of skilled people that could adversely affect our business.

        We are facing an aging demographic work profile among our staff due to the mature nature of our industry and the rural and often remote location of our mills, together with generally long tenure of employees at the mills. As a result, we are likely to experience groups of employees leaving the company within a relatively short space of time of one another and may have difficulty attracting qualified replacements. The potential risks we face are a loss of institutional memory, skills, experience and management capabilities. We may be unable to attract and retain sufficient qualified replacements when and where necessary to avoid an adverse impact on our business.

A large percentage of our employees are unionized and wage increases or work stoppages by our unionized employees may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        A large percentage of our employees are represented by labor unions under collective bargaining agreements, which need to be renewed from time to time. In addition, we have in the past and may in the future seek, or be obligated to seek, agreements with our employees regarding workforce reductions, closures and other restructurings. We may not be able to negotiate acceptable new collective bargaining agreements or future restructuring agreements, which could result in labor disputes. Also, we may become subject to material cost increases or additional work rules imposed by agreements with labor unions. This could increase expenses in absolute terms and/or as a percentage of net sales. Although we believe we have good relations with our employees, work stoppages or other labor disturbances may occur in the future which could adversely impact our business.

        For example, during the 2011 wage negotiations with the southern African labor unions, most of our unionized employees participated in a strike action which affected a number of industries, including (but not limited to) the pulp and paper, chemical and transport industry. The strike action lasted for approximately three weeks and impacted our production and shipment capabilities, culminating in a loss of turnover. Furthermore, the settlement as agreed with the labor unions and our employees will require us to incur above inflation salary and wage increases for all unionized employees.

        Any further strike actions or other labor disruptions, or any related negotiations that result in onerous terms for us may have an adverse effect on our business and profitability.

The prevalence of HIV/AIDS, specifically in Africa, exposes us to certain risks which may have an adverse effect on our southern African operations.

        The southern African region has one of the highest infection rates of HIV/AIDS in the world. Although we initiated in the early 1990's a comprehensive HIV/AIDS management program to address the effects of the disease and its impact on our employees and our business, our operations, and in specific our southern African operations, continue to be exposed to certain risks related to the HIV/AIDS pandemic. We incur and will continue to incur costs related to the prevention, detection and treatment of the disease. Also, we cannot guarantee that any current or future management program will be successful in preventing or reducing the infection rate amongst our employees and any potential effect thereof on the mortality rate. We may therefore be exposed to lost workers' time associated with the disease and a potential loss of skill which may adversely affect our operations.

        For further information, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment".

11



Catastrophic events affecting our plantations, such as fires, may adversely impact our ability to supply our southern African mills with timber from the region.

        The southern African landscape is prone to, and ecologically adapted to, frequent fires. The risk of uncontrolled fires entering and burning significant areas of plantation is high, but under normal weather conditions this risk is managed through comprehensive fire prevention and protection plans. In 2007 and 2008, southern Africa experienced a number of abnormal weather events (hot, dry conditions fanned by extremely strong winds), which resulted in disastrous plantation fires across vast areas of eastern South Africa and Swaziland affecting 14,000 hectares and 26,000 hectares, respectively, of our plantations. There is some cause for concern that these abnormal weather conditions may be occurring more frequently as a result of the impact of climate change. In addition, because the transformation of land ownership and management in southern Africa has been moving ownership and management of plantations to independent growers, we have less ability to directly manage fire risk, as well as risks of other catastrophic events, such as pathogen and pest infestations. As a consequence, the risk of plantation fires or other catastrophic events remains high and may be increasing. Continued or increased losses of our wood source could jeopardize our ability to supply our mills with timber from the region.

Concerns about the effects of climate change may have an impact on our business.

        Concerns about global warming and carbon footprints, as well as legal and financial incentives favoring alternative fuels, are causing the increased use of sustainable, non-fossil fuel sources for electricity generation.

        The increased emphasis on water footprint in southern Africa is causing increased focus on the use of water by our operational units, on the quality of water released back into the water systems and on the control of effluent. The costs of water used also have a direct bearing on our input costs and operating profit.

        Climate change could also cause the spread of disease and pestilence into our plantations and fiber sources, far beyond their traditional geographic spreads, increasing the risk that wood supply necessary to our operations may be negatively impacted.

Our ability to utilize our net operating tax loss carry forwards generated by our United States operations could be substantially limited if we experience a Company ownership change as defined under the United States Internal Revenue Code, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        As a result of Sappi Fine Paper North America's past financial performance, we have net operating tax loss carry forwards generated by our United States operations. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), contains rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, at the Sappi Limited company level, to utilize its net operating tax loss carry forwards in years after the ownership change. An "ownership change" for purposes of Section 382 of the Code generally refers to any change in ownership of more than 50% of the company's shares over a three-year period. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes among shareholders owning, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the share capital of a company or any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of the company's shares.

        If we undergo an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 as a result of future transactions involving our share capital, including purchases or sales of shares between our greater than 5% shareholders, our ability to use our net operating tax loss carry forwards generated by our United States operations would be subject to the limitations of Section 382. Depending on the resulting limitations, a portion of our United States net operating tax loss carry forwards could expire before we would be able

12



to use them. Our inability to utilize our United States net operating tax loss carry forwards could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Shares

Your ability to sell a substantial number of ordinary shares may be restricted by the limited liquidity of shares traded on the JSE Limited.

        The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is on the exchange operated by the JSE Limited ("JSE") (formerly known as the Johannesburg Stock Exchange). Historically, trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with other major international markets. In fiscal 2011, 469 million of our ordinary shares were traded on the JSE and 6.3 million ADSs were traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The relatively low liquidity of shares traded on JSE Limited could affect your ability to sell ordinary shares.

        For further information, see "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders", "Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details" and "Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Markets".

Significant shareholders may be able to influence the affairs of our Company.

        Although our investigation of beneficial ownership of our shares identified only one beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares, holding approximately 10.6%, as shown in our shareholders' register on September 30, 2011, the four largest shareholders of record, all of which are nominees that hold shares for a multitude of beneficial owners, owned approximately 89.3% of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2011. These significant potential voting blocks of nominee registered shareholders may have the power to influence voting decisions for the shares they hold.

        See "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders".

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash will depend on many factors beyond our control.

        Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, and to refinance our indebtedness, and to fund planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements will partly depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This ability is, to a certain extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. See "—Risks Related to Our Industry" and "—Risks Related to Our Business".

        We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that we will realize operating improvements on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service and repay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing or debt restructuring would be possible, that any assets could be sold or that, if sold, the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms.

If we default under our debt covenants, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations.

        Some of our credit facilities contain covenants that restrict some of our corporate activities, including our ability to:

13


        In addition, certain of our credit facilities require us to comply with certain covenants and specified financial covenants and ratios. Our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control. These include prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If we breach any of these covenants or restrictions, we could be in default under the credit facilities and other indebtedness. This would permit (as a result of a cross-default in certain cases) the lending banks and or our bondholders under our credit facilities to take certain actions, including declaring all amounts that we have borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. Any acceleration of our credit facilities would cause a cross-acceleration of our 2014 Bonds, 2018 Bonds and 2021 Bonds. The lending banks could also refuse to extend further credit under their facilities. If we are unable to repay our debt to the lending banks and or the bondholders, they could proceed against any collateral that secures the debt under the credit facilities and our bonds. If we are unable to make payments on time or refinance our indebtedness, or if our debt or any other material financing arrangement that we enter into is accelerated, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

14


ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa. Our principal executive offices are located at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001, Republic of South Africa, our telephone number is +27-11-407-8111 and our web address is www.sappi.com. We currently have our primary listing on the JSE Limited ("JSE"), formerly the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and have a secondary listing on the New York Stock Exchange.

        Sappi Limited was founded and incorporated in 1936 in South Africa and is a corporation organized under the Companies Act No.71 of 2008, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.

        Until 1990, we primarily expanded our operations within southern Africa. Since 1990, we have grown through acquisitions outside of southern Africa. In the mid 1990's we acquired S.D. Warren Company, a market leader in the United States in coated woodfree paper and a major producer of other speciality paper products. It now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper North America. In the late 1990's we acquired KNP Leykam, a leading European producer of coated woodfree paper. KNP Leykam now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper Europe. In 2002 we acquired Potlatch Corporation's coated woodfree paper business and have integrated it in Sappi Fine Paper North America.

        In 2004 we acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited, a company incorporated in the People's Republic of China. The joint venture commissioned a coated mechanical paper machine with a capacity of 350,000 tons per annum, a mechanical pulp mill with a capacity of 187,000 tons per annum and a de-inked pulp mill with a capacity of 136,000 tons per annum during 2005.

        In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the existing capacity at Sappi Saiccor in South Africa, where chemical cellulose products are produced. The capacity of the mill was increased from approximately 600,000 tons per annum to 800,000 tons per annum.

        On December 31, 2008, we acquired the coated graphic paper business of M-real Corporation, including brands, know-how, intellectual property, order books, and four mills. We also entered into agreements to purchase pulp, wood and energy from M-real Corporation and its associates and to sell the coated paper output of two mills owned and operated by the M-real Corporation.

        On November 2, 2009 we delisted from the London Stock Exchange (LSE). The London share register was closed on November 23, 2009 with all remaining shareholders on the United Kingdom share register being transferred to the South African share register.

        On January 31, 2010 we closed our production facilities at the Usutu mill in Swaziland due to market conditions and forest fire damage. However, the re-habilitation of the forestry operations at Usutu will continue. With this closure, we have exited the unbleached kraft pulp market.

        During January 2010 we permanently ceased operations at the Kangas mill in Finland. Products produced at the Kangas mill were moved to and supplied from the Lanaken mill in Belgium and our Kirkniemi mill in Finland.

        On March 24, 2010, we announced a BEE transaction involving the issuance of 24.3 million Sappi shares (approximately 4.5% of Sappi Limited). The transaction empowers our South African employees, our strategic empowerment partner, Lereko Investments, and the South African communities in which we operate. The transaction was approved by our shareholders on April 29, 2010. We recorded a charge of US$23.4 million to the income statement in respect of this transaction.

        On April 19, 2010, we announced the acquisition of 14,500ha of forestry land in Mpumalanga, South Africa. The plantation will supply an additional 150,000 tons of fiber to our Ngodwana mill.

        During the second half of fiscal 2011, we ceased operations at Adamas Mill in South Africa and Biberist Mill in Switzerland. We will continue to service our affected customers from other group mills. We

15



also announced significant restructuring and cost reduction programs in the European and southern African paper business.

        To address a long-term declining trend in coated graphic paper demand in our major markets, we plan to reposition the group in an effort to generate 60% or more of operating profit from higher margin products such as chemical cellulose and speciality casting release paper. As part of this plan we announced an investment to convert Ngodwana Mill's bleached pulp production facility to produce 210,000 tons of chemical cellulose. In November 2011 we announced the conversion of our Cloquet Mill's bleached pulp production facility to produce 330,000 tons of chemical cellulose.

        For information on our principal investments and capital expenditures, see the description of our business in "Business Overview" and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".


BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Business

        Sappi is a global pulp, paper and cellulose-based solutions group. We are a leading producer of coated woodfree and coated mechanical paper widely used in books, brochures, magazines, catalogues and many other print applications. We are also a leading producer of chemical cellulose, used primarily in the manufacture of viscose fiber, acetate tow, and consumer and pharmaceutical products. In addition, we produce newsprint, uncoated graphic and business papers, premium quality packaging papers, a range of coated speciality papers and a range of paper grade pulp.

Business strategy

        We endeavor to be, on a sustainable basis, the most profitable company in paper, pulp and chemical cellulose-based solutions, measured in terms of return on capital employed. Although we made further progress during the year, our performance is still well short of our objectives.

        Sappi's strategy involves four key themes, namely: continuing to optimize our better performing businesses, fixing our underperforming businesses, investing for future growth in higher margin businesses, including chemical cellulose, and achieving this within the reality of the group's balance sheet and liquidity position.

        Despite a long-term declining demand trend for graphic paper in our major markets, we believe that our graphic paper businesses will continue to be able to generate reasonable net profits and strong cash flows for the foreseeable future.

Optimizing better performing businesses

        We intend to further optimize our better performing businesses, which include our North American business that we restructured in 2009 and our chemical cellulose business, each of which has continued to perform well. We will explore opportunities to maintain and further strengthen the performance of these businesses by focusing on efficient manufacturing and distribution, customer service, innovation and reliability.

Fixing under-performing businesses

        We have undertaken a wide-ranging review of our existing graphic paper business, with a focus on our operations in Europe and southern Africa and, as a result, we are implementing a series of initiatives.

        Europe:    A series of cost saving and capacity management measures are well advanced in Europe. Following the closure of the Biberist Mill in 2011, we are progressing with the next stage of cost reduction action which includes both fixed and variable cost minimization.

16


        In addition, based on detailed input from our customers throughout the value chain, academics, and lessons from our turnaround strategy in North America, we have recently started the implementation of new service offerings in Europe, which are supported by our tailor-made support infrastructure and leading products.

        Southern Africa (paper business):    We are restructuring our business processes and paper operations in South Africa to ensure that we adapt to our customers' changing needs and that we align our assets with profitable markets for future growth. The first step in this regard was the closure of the Adamas Mill, which was completed during fiscal 2011. We are well advanced with the implementation of further cost reduction and streamlining actions for both our administrative and production areas.

        We will continue to make capital investments into these businesses on a selective basis to ensure that the core business remains healthy. We will also continue to invest capital in cost reduction projects, particularly energy-related projects.

Investing for future growth

        In order to achieve a shift in focus to higher margin businesses and to achieve real growth in revenue and returns, we have decided to invest in the higher growth chemical cellulose business, in innovative products based on our very successful Ultracast and other technologies, in energy projects related to our core operations and in low cost wood resources.

        Sappi is a global leader in chemical cellulose production, a fast growing and high margin business serving the textiles, consumer goods, foodstuffs and pharmaceutical industries. The investment of US$340 million in the Ngodwana Mill announced in May this year will add 210,000 tons per annum of chemical cellulose production. During November 2011, we also announced an additional investment of US$170 million in our Cloquet Mill's pulp production facilities which will enable the mill to produce 330,000 tons of chemical cellulose. This will effectively increase our total chemical cellulose production capacity to approximately 1.3 million tons per year. Both projects have been initiated and are scheduled to be commissioned during the 2013 calendar year. We continue to evaluate a number of additional opportunities.

        In addition, in line with our strategy to secure a stable fibre supply for our southern African operations, we acquired 14,500 hectares of developed softwood plantations near Ngodwana mill during 2010 and have made progress in rehabilitating plantations lost to fire in 2007 and 2008, including at Usutu in Swaziland.

Liquidity and balance sheet

        We intend to achieve our strategic initiatives within the constraints of the group's balance sheet and liquidity position. In fiscal 2011, we undertook a debt refinancing to improve our debt maturity profile, and as a result we believe that our strengthened balance sheet will allow us to execute our initiatives. We intend to continue to carefully manage the group's level of indebtedness and to retain our focus on maintaining a good liquidity position during the implementation of our growth strategy.

Investment Highlights

Leading market positions

        We are currently one of the largest producers of coated woodfree paper in the world with an estimated global market share of 11%. On a regional basis, we have an estimated market share in Europe and North America of 24% and 26% respectively (estimated market share based on production capacity). We believe we are also a global leader in the chemical cellulose market through Sappi Saiccor, the world's largest single producer of chemical cellulose. We have achieved leading positions in our core products, in particular in the coated woodfree paper business, by building a portfolio of

17



premium international brands. Our leading market positions place us in an advantageous position as the global economic conditions continue to improve. We believe that the expansion of our chemical cellulose production capacity in southern Africa and North America that we are currently implementing will favorably reposition us to generate additional benefits from any growth in this market.

High level of economic pulp integration

        Our Group, as a whole, sells slightly more pulp (including chemical cellulose) than it purchases and is therefore generally neutral to pulp prices other factors remaining neutral. From a regional perspective, Sappi Southern Africa and Sappi Fine Paper North America are net sellers of pulp with a pulp integration of approximately 191% and approximately 121% respectively, whilst Sappi Fine Paper Europe is a net buyer of pulp with a pulp integration of approximately 57%.

Efficient asset base

        We own and operate what we believe are some of the lowest cost and most efficient assets in the coated woodfree paper, coated mechanical paper and chemical cellulose sectors in the world. A significant portion of our past capital expenditures were to increase production capacity at efficient facilities, reduce costs and improve product quality. We continually evaluate the performance of our assets by maintaining a focus on profitability and we actively manage our asset base, including by divesting or closing non-performing assets and by pursuing an investment policy that is focused on high-return projects. We have very strict criteria for the profitability and cash flow generation of our assets, and we constantly review our portfolio. Since 1995, we have closed 24 paper machines and pulp mills, including the closure of our Kangas mill in Finland, Usutu mill in Swaziland and in fiscal 2011, the Biberist mill in Switzerland and the Adamas mill in South Africa. We will continue to align our production capacity with market demand, which may require us to financially impair operating assets or initiate further capacity reductions.

Global presence

        We believe that our 17 pulp and paper mills across Europe, North America and southern Africa enable us to take greater advantage of opportunities where markets are strong and reduce risk where they are weak. Our geographic diversity assists us in offsetting the effects of volatile movements of major currencies as we can benefit from imbalances in demand and relative strengths of currencies. In fiscal 2011, our operations in North America, Europe and southern Africa accounted for 21%, 54% and 25% of our sales, respectively.

Long-standing customer relationships supported by product innovation and customer service

        We sell our products to a large number of customers, including merchants such as PaperlinX, IGEPA, Antalis and Xpedx, a division of International Paper Company, converters such as Amcor Flexibles and Novelis, and other direct consumers such as The CTP Group and Media 24, many of whom have long-standing relationships with us. We support these customer relationships through our portfolio of premium international operating brands, including several well-known brands acquired in the Acquisition, under which we produce and market our products, as well as through the quality of our products, our customer service and our reliability. We are continually improving service and reliability through innovation, and we believe that our three research and development centers in Europe, North America and South Africa enhance our ability to design and improve value added products and services and to bring them to market with increased efficiency.

18


Experienced management team and strong track record of integrating acquisitions

        Our management team has substantial experience in the global paper industry. In addition, we have been a key player in the consolidation process of the coated paper market, with a strong track record of successfully executing and integrating acquisitions. These acquisitions included S.D. Warren Company, a market leader in the United States in coated woodfree paper and a major producer of other speciality paper products that is now Sappi Fine Paper North America, KNP Leykam, a leading European producer of coated woodfree paper that is now Sappi Fine Paper Europe, Potlatch Corporation's coated woodfree paper business that is now part of Sappi Fine Paper North America and, most recently, the coated paper business of M-real that is now part of Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

The Pulp and Paper Industry

        The paper industry is generally divided into the graphics paper business (consisting of woodfree paper, mechanical paper and newsprint) and the packaging business (consisting of label papers, sackkraft, boxboard and containerboard).

        Over the long-term, paper and packaging consumption has grown in line with overall economic growth, but consumption patterns are also influenced by short-term economic developments. Pricing is largely influenced by the supply/demand balance for individual products, which is partially dependent on capacity and inventory levels in the industry. The ability to adapt capacity changes in response to shorter-term fluctuations in demand is limited, as large amounts of capital are required for the construction or upgrade of production facilities and as lead times are long between the planning and completion of new facilities. Industry-wide over-investment in new production capacity has in the past led to situations of significant oversupply, which have caused product prices to decrease. This has been exacerbated by inventory speculation, as purchasers have sought to benefit from the price trend. As a result, our financial performance has deteriorated during periods of significant oversupply and improved when demand has increased to levels that support the implementation of price increases.

        The pulp and paper industry, as many other industries, experienced significant recessionary pressures and lower business and consumer confidence as a result of the global economic downturn during the latter half of fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009. As global economic conditions improved during fiscal 2010, demand for pulp and paper products improved, and market prices increased in most of our major markets. Market prices for pulp increased significantly in fiscal 2010 due to higher demand and a major earthquake in February 2010, which resulted in a disruption of supply of market pulp from Chile. During the first three quarters of fiscal 2011, pricing and demand for pulp and paper products continued to improve, with NBSK reaching a record high of US$1,023 in June 2011, mainly driven by demand from Asia. However, the global economic recovery was negatively impacted during the latter half of calendar 2011 as concerns mounted over the European sovereign debt crisis, which led to a reduction in the demand, and consequently, our ability to successfully implement price increases for pulp and paper products in our major markets was undermined.

        In recent years, the industry experienced significant strategic changes. The high costs associated with building new paper mills and establishing and growing market share led to companies focusing on acquisitions, rather than construction of new capacity. As a result, the regional market shares of leading producers have increased significantly over the past decade. Another important emerging trend for leading industry producers is to focus on fewer paper grades as a result of divesting non-core assets that are not part of the industry, or which have been considered not consistent with long-term strategies. Increased grade focus is more advanced in the North American paper industry when compared to Europe, where the two largest producers, Stora Enso and UPM Kymmene, still retain extensive operations across a broad range of grades.

19


        Significant developments have also taken place in China, where rapid economic growth and government incentives have spurred investment in the pulp and paper industry. In recent years, China's paper and packaging capacity, and in particular its woodfree paper capacity, increased considerably, allowing China to change from a net importer to a net exporter of coated woodfree paper, mainly to Asian markets and to the United States. To ensure that local industries are not negatively affected by low cost substitutes from China, both the United States and the European Union imposed import duties and tariffs on certain coated paper products manufactured in China during the first half of fiscal 2011. In addition, while the coated graphic paper market is characterized by a declining demand trend in developed countries, there is a growing demand trend in China and many other emerging and developing countries.

        The following table shows a breakdown and description of the major product categories we participate in, the products in these categories and the typical uses for such products. We have produced and sold each of these products in each of our last three fiscal years.

Major Product Categories
  Description and Typical Uses

Woodfree paper:

   
       

Coated paper

  Higher level of smoothness than uncoated paper, achieved by applying a coating (typically pigment based) on the surface of the paper. As a result, higher reprographic quality and printability is achieved. Uses include marketing promotions and brochures, catalogues, corporate communications materials, direct mail, textbooks and magazines.
       

Uncoated paper

  Uses typically include business forms, business stationery, tissue, photocopy paper as well as cut-size, preprint and office paper. Certain brands are used for books, brochures and magazines.
       

Speciality paper

  Can be either coated or uncoated. Uses include bags, labels, flexible and rigid packaging and release paper for casting innovative surface textures (e.g. artificial leather and decorative laminates) for use in the textile, automotive, furniture and engineering film markets.

Packaging products:

   
       

Packaging paper

  Heavy and lightweight grades of paper and board primarily used for primary and secondary packaging of fast moving consumer goods, agricultural and industrial products. Products include containerboard (corrugated shipping containers), sackkraft (multi-walled shipping sacks) and machine glazed kraft (grocery bags). Can be coated to enhance barrier and aesthetics properties.

Mechanical paper:

   
       

Newsprint

  Manufactured from mechanical and bleached chemical pulp. Uses include advertising inserts and newspapers.
       

Uncoated mechanical paper

  Mechanical fibre based printing paper used primarily for the printing of books, and advertising inserts.
       

Coated mechanical/magazine paper

  Coated mechanical fibre based paper, primarily used for magazines, catalogues and advertising material. Manufactured from mechanical pulp.

20


Major Product Categories
  Description and Typical Uses

Pulp:

   
       

Paper pulp

 

Main raw material used in production of printing, writing and packaging paper. Pulp is the generic term that describes the cellulose fibre derived from wood. These cellulose fibres may be separated by mechanical, thermo-mechanical or chemical processes. The chemical processes involve removing the glues (lignins) which bind the wood fibres to leave cellulose fibres. Paper made from chemical pulp is generally termed "woodfree". Uses include paper, paperboard and tissue.

       

Chemical cellulose

 

Manufactured by a similar process to paper grade pulp, but purified further to leave virtually pure cellulose fibres. Chemical cellulose is used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose textile and non-woven fibre products, including viscose staple fibre (rayon), solvent spun fibre (lyocell) and filament. It is also used in various other cellulose-based applications in the food, film, cigarette, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. These include the manufacture of acetate flake, microcrystalline cellulose, cellophane, ethers and molding powders. The various grades of chemical cellulose are manufactured in accordance with the specific requirements of customers in different market segments. The purity of the chemical cellulose is one of the key determinants of its suitability for particular applications with the purer grades of chemical cellulose generally supplied into the speciality segments.

Timber products:

 

Sawn timber for construction and furniture manufacturing purposes.

        The following table sets forth selected pulp and paper prices in certain markets for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  High   Low   High   Low   High   Low  

Coated Woodfree Paper

                                     

100 gsm delivered Germany (euro per ton)(1)

    880     780     870     710     850     740  

60 lb. delivered US (US$ per short ton)(2)

    1,030     930     1,000     880     1,105     905  

Uncoated Woodfree Paper

                                     

50 lb. delivered US (US$ per short ton)(3)

    965     920     950     845     975     805  

Paper Pulp

                                     

NBSK (US$ per ton)(4)

    1,023     950     980     730     840     570  

Chemical cellulose

                                     

92 alpha (US$ per ton)(5)

    2,400     903     1,460     780     860     590  

(1)
100 gsm sheets, RISI.

(2)
60 lb. Coated Web, RISI.

(3)
50 lb. Offset, RISI.

(4)
Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft Pulp CIF Western Europe, RISI.

(5)
Includes selected indicative spot prices. However most of our product is sold at contract prices.

21


Woodfree Paper

        Our woodfree paper activities are divided into coated and uncoated woodfree paper and speciality paper grades.

        Coated Woodfree Paper:    Major end uses of coated woodfree paper include high-end magazines, catalogues, brochures, annual reports and commercial printing. Coated woodfree paper is made from chemical pulp and is coated on one or both sides for use where high reprographic quality is required. The majority of coated woodfree paper production is coated on two sides, permitting quality printing on both sides of the paper. Paper that is coated on one side is used in special applications such as consumer product and mailing label applications.

        Our North American sheet volume is largely influenced by brochure and general commercial printing activities using mainly sheet-fed offset lithographic printing processes, which are not particularly seasonal. Reels volume is heavily influenced by catalogue and magazine activity, which is strongest in the third and fourth calendar quarters, text book activity, which is strongest in the second and third calendar quarters, and publication printer activity, which is not particularly seasonal. These printers principally use heat-set web offset printing processes.

        Due to the diversity in languages in the European market, the print editions of brochure and general commercial printing activities are considerably smaller than in the US market. This translates into a significantly higher volume in sheets. The seasonal patterns of both sheets and reels are mostly influenced by the catalogue business. This business has its highest seasonal activity in the spring, when the fashion catalogues come out, and the autumn, when the Christmas catalogues and holiday brochures are printed. Commercial print and publishing business provide a more steady demand in this market.

        Uncoated Woodfree Paper:    Uncoated woodfree paper represents the largest industry woodfree paper grade in terms of both global capacity and consumption. Uncoated woodfree paper is used for bond/writing and offset printing papers, photocopy papers, writing tablets (e.g. legal pads), speciality lightweight printing paper (e.g. bibles) and thin paper. The market for uncoated paper products generally follows cyclical trends, which do not necessarily coincide with cycles for coated paper but are impacted by capacity changes in uncoated woodfree paper output levels.

        Speciality Paper:    The high value-added speciality paper markets, in which Sappi Fine Paper operates, generally follow trends in the respective end use sectors in addition to changes in production capacity, output levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Largely due to the highly specialized nature of speciality paper, price fluctuations have historically tended to lag and be less precipitous than price changes in the uncoated woodfree paper market.

Mechanical Paper Products

        Coated Mechanical Paper:    Coated mechanical paper has similar end-uses as coated woodfree paper and is used mainly for magazines and, among other things, for brochures, catalogues, advertising materials and promotional products. Depending on quality requirements and price levels, substitution between coated woodfree paper and coated mechanical paper is possible. Coated mechanical paper is made mainly from mechanical pulp and typically has glossy finishes on both sides.

        Newsprint:    The Ngodwana mill, situated in South Africa, produces newsprint. The worldwide market for newsprint is a low growth sector in the paper industry and was adversely affected during the early 1990s by substantial increased capacity and stagnating demand from, and cost-cutting measures imposed by, major newsprint end-users.

22


Paper Packaging Products

        We are one of the major suppliers of paper packaging solutions in southern Africa, which we produce locally at our Cape Kraft, Tugela and Ngodwana mills. These products are sold predominantly to customers in southern Africa with some products destined for export markets.

        Paper Packaging:    We provide a wide range of packaging solutions to the industrial, agricultural and fast moving consumer goods industries. This includes containerboard products and multi-walled shipping sacks for use in the transport of goods as well as grocery bags for use by the end consumer. The market for packaging papers is therefore affected by changes in the world economy, local economic growth, retail sales and by changes in production capacity, demand and inventory levels.

Pulp

        We produce chemical cellulose, as well as a wide range of paper pulp grades, including mechanical pulp used in newsprint, bleached kraft pulp and bleached sulphite pulp.

        Paper Pulp:    The paper pulp industry is highly competitive and is sensitive to changes in industry capacity, producer inventories, demand for paper, exchange rates and cyclical changes in the world economy. The market price of NBSK pulp per ton, a pulp principally used for the manufacture of woodfree paper, is a benchmark widely used in the industry for comparative purposes.

        NBSK prices are cyclical and can change rapidly due to changes in the dynamics of the supply/demand balance. Pulp markets continued to recover during fiscal 2010 with prices reaching a peak of US$979 per ton in July 2010, due to tight supply and increasing demand. Prices continued to climb during the 2011 fiscal year, predominantly due to the substitution of NBSK for chemical cellulose in the Asian markets. NBSK pulp prices reached a record high of US$1,023 in June 2011 but have eased and were trading at US$958 at the end of fiscal 2011.

        For further information, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets".

        Chemical cellulose:    The viscose staple fibre (VSF) industry, which manufactures textile and non-woven fibres, is the largest market segment for chemical cellulose. Prices of VSF grade chemical cellulose have historically tended to follow those of European NBSK prices, but more recently the unique market drivers in the chemical cellulose market have caused a disconnect in the correlation between the spot market VSF grade chemical cellulose prices and the NBSK prices for short periods of time. In line with the improved demand and the rising NBSK prices, the VSF grade price of chemical cellulose increased during the second half of fiscal 2009 and into 2010, reaching highs of around US$1,400 per ton in some instances. This increasing price trend continued in fiscal 2011, with the market price of VSF grade chemical cellulose reaching a record high of US$2,400 per ton before retreating to more stable price levels. Prices of the higher purity chemical cellulose used in applications other than for VSF products tend to be more stable and are largely unrelated to the price of NBSK. The market price for these chemical cellulose products is set by competitive forces within those specific markets.

Timber Products

        Our timber products operations are concentrated in South Africa and consist of sawn timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.

Business Review

        Our Group has three reportable segments, Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe, and Sappi Southern Africa. Sappi Fine Paper comprises the reporting segments Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe. We operate 17 pulp and paper mills, with an aggregate annual paper, pulp and chemical cellulose production capacity of approximately 6 million

23



tons, approximately 3.4 million tons and approximately 0.8 million tons, respectively. We also operate a trading network, called Sappi Trading, for the international marketing and distribution of our products throughout the world in areas outside our core operating segments of Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa.

Sappi Fine Paper

        Sappi Fine Paper, which is comprised of the Group's Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe reportable segments, is our largest operating business, accounting for approximately 67% of our sales volume in fiscal 2011. Sappi Fine Paper has an aggregate annual paper and pulp production capacity of 4.9 million tons and 2.2 million tons respectively, at 11 paper and related paper pulp mills in North America and Europe.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America:    Sappi Fine Paper North America is a leading producer and supplier of coated woodfree paper, coated speciality paper and from time to time, uncoated woodfree paper in the United States. Headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, the segment operates three paper mills in the United States with an aggregate annual production capacity of approximately 1.2 million tons of paper and approximately 1 million tons of paper pulp, which represents approximately 121% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's pulp requirements. This significantly reduces Sappi Fine Paper North America's exposure to fluctuations in the price of market pulp that are not driven by fluctuations in wood or other major raw material prices. Sappi Fine Paper North America accounted for US$1,520 million or 21% of our sales in fiscal 2011.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe:    Sappi Fine Paper Europe is a leading producer and supplier of coated and uncoated woodfree paper, coated and uncoated speciality paper and coated mechanical paper in Europe. Headquartered in Brussels, Belgium, the segment operates eight paper mills in five countries with an aggregate annual production capacity of approximately 3.7 million tons of paper and 1.2 million tons of related paper pulp, which represents approximately 57% of Sappi Fine Paper Europe's pulp requirements. As Sappi Fine Paper Europe is not fully integrated from a pulp perspective, the segment is exposed to fluctuations in the price of market pulp. Sappi Fine Paper Europe accounted for US$3,965 million or 54% of our sales in fiscal 2011.

Sappi Southern Africa

        Sappi Southern Africa, headquartered in Johannesburg, South Africa, is an integrated pulp, packaging paper, coated paper, uncoated paper, speciality paper, crepe tissue paper and timber products producer. Sappi Southern Africa operates five paper and paper packaging mills, one chemical cellulose mill and one sawmill. The segment is managed in three divisions: Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging, Sappi Chemical Cellulose and Sappi Forests. Sappi Southern Africa is a major pulp and paper producer in Africa, with a production capacity of 630,000 tons of paper packaging products, 450,000 tons of paper products, 800,000 tons of chemical cellulose and 1,025,000 tons of paper pulp per annum. It is also a major timber grower and manages directly and indirectly approximately 567,000 hectares of forestland. Currently, we have access to approximately 415,000 hectares of plantable forestland; however, due to forest fires and timing differences between felling and planting activities, approximately 392,000 hectares is planted with primarily pine and eucalyptus. Approximately 70% of our southern African timber requirements are from our managed, owned and leased plantations. The term "directly manages" relates to plantations in southern Africa established on land that we either own or lease from a third party. The term "indirectly manages" relates to plantations in southern Africa established on land held by independent commercial farmers, where we provide technical assistance in the form of advice on the growing and tending of trees. Sappi Southern Africa accounted for US$1,801 million or 25% of our sales in fiscal 2011.

24


Sappi Trading

        Our trading network, Sappi Trading, coordinates the international marketing and distribution of our woodfree and mechanical paper products in areas outside our core operating segments of Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa. Sappi Trading is also responsible for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world. Sappi Trading operates in Hong Kong (China), Sydney (Australia), Sao Paulo (Brazil), Shanghai (China), Bogotá (Colombia), Konstanz (Germany), Nairobi (Kenya), Mexico City (Mexico), Singapore, Johannesburg and Durban (South Africa), Zurich (Switzerland), Taipei (Taiwan) and New York (United States). It manages a network of agents around the world, handling exports to over 70 countries. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to our three reportable segments.

        For further information, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Principal Factors Impacting on our Group Results", "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets" and "—Business Overview".

        As of fiscal 2010, our southern African fine paper operations, which had previously been part of our Sappi Fine Paper business, have been incorporated with our former Sappi Forest Products business to form our Sappi Southern Africa segment. Unless otherwise indicated, operational data for fiscal 2009 presented in this Annual Report has been adjusted to retroactively reflect this reorganization.

        The chart below represents our operational rather than the legal or ownership structure as of September 2011. Units shown are not necessarily legal entities.

GRAPHIC

25


        The following tables set forth certain information with respect to our operations for, or as of the end of, fiscal 2011.

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
 
 
  North
America
  Europe   Sappi
Southern
Africa
  Unallocated
and
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (tons ‘000)
 

Segment sales volume

    1,436     3,845     2,617         7,898  

 


 

(US$ million)

 

Segment sales

    1,520     3,965     1,801         7,286  

Segment operating profit

    136     (71 )   63     (42 )   86  

Segment operating profit excluding special items

    129     68     199     8     404  

26



SAPPI FINE PAPER

Overview

        Sappi Fine Paper contributed approximately 75% and 76%, respectively, of our sales in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. Sappi Fine Paper comprises two reportable segments: Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

        The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Fine Paper as of September 2011:

GRAPHIC


(1)
As of fiscal 2010, Sappi Fine Paper South Africa has been integrated with our former Sappi Forest Products business to form our Sappi Southern Africa segment.

(2)
We ceased production at our Biberist mill in August 2011.

27


        The following table sets out the approximate annual production capacity of Sappi Fine Paper's products as of September 2011.

 
  Annual Production Capacity  
 
  North
America
  Europe   Total  
 
  (tons '000)
 

Production capacity:

                   
 

Woodfree paper

                   
   

Coated(1)(2)

    1,160     3,495     4,655  
   

Uncoated(2)

        215     215  
     

Total(3)

    1,160     3,710     4,870  
 

Paper pulp

    980     1,175     2,155  

(1)
Includes coated woodfree paper, coated mechanical paper and coated speciality papers.

(2)
Excludes 500,000 tons for the Biberist mill which ceased production during August 2011 (430,000 coated and 70,000 tons uncoated).

(3)
Excludes Chinese joint venture tons.

Facilities and Operations

Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Coated paper accounted for approximately 75% and 74% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 respectively. Speciality paper and pulp accounted for the remaining 25% and 26% of our sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 respectively.

        The following table sets forth sales by product for our North American operations.

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sales:
                   
 

Coated woodfree paper

    1,122     1,024     1,021  
 

Speciality paper and other(1)

    398     349     274  
               
   

Total

    1,520     1,373     1,295  
               

(1)
Other consists primarily of market pulp.

        For fiscal 2011, Sappi Fine Paper North America sold approximately 1.6 million tons of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth the annual production capacity, number of paper machines and products at each of our mills in North America:

 
  Production
capacity
('000 tons)
Paper
   
  Products
 
  Number
of paper
machines
Mill
  Paper   Market pulp

Cloquet

    330     2   Coated woodfree paper   Bleached kraft pulp

Somerset

    795     3   Coated woodfree paper   Bleached kraft pulp

Westbrook

    35     1   Casting release paper  

        Cloquet:    The Cloquet mill has two paper machines and an offline coater, producing premium coated paper. The newest paper machine and coater were installed in 1988 and 1989, respectively. The pulp mill was started up by the previous owner in 2000 at a total cost of US$525 million. The Cloquet

28



paper machines have a production capacity of 330,000 tons of coated paper per annum, and the state of the art pulp mill has a production capacity of 455,000 tons per annum.

        Somerset:    The Somerset mill is a low-cost producer and has a production capacity of 795,000 tons of paper and 525,000 tons of pulp per annum. Each of the three paper machines at the Somerset facility employs Sappi Fine Paper North America's patented on-line finishing technology. This technology combines the three phases (paper making, coating and finishing) in the manufacture of coated paper into one continuous process. This technology is well suited for the lighter weight coated woodfree papers produced at Somerset, as it allows for the production of high gloss, consistent quality products at high speeds.

        Westbrook:    Westbrook is Sappi Fine Paper North America's original mill, with origins dating back to 1854. The mill is primarily a speciality paper production facility with a capacity of 35,000 tons of coated and uncoated casting release paper per annum. Its paper machine primarily produces base paper, which is coated off-line. Westbrook also has six speciality coaters, including four employing Sappi Fine Paper North America's patented Ultracast process. This process uses an electron beam to cure the coating against a finely engraved steel roll, resulting in a virtually exact replication of the roll pattern. Sappi Fine Paper North America also has a research and development facility at Westbrook.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America also operates a coated paper sheeting and distribution facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, which was completed in 1994, with a sheeting capacity of approximately 100,000 tons per annum.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Coated paper accounted for approximately 87% and 85% of Sappi Fine Paper Europe's sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 respectively. Uncoated paper and speciality paper accounted for the remaining 13% and 15% of our sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, respectively.

        The following table sets forth sales by product for our Sappi Fine Paper Europe operations:

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009(3)  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sales:
                   
 

Coated paper(1)(2)

    3,373     3,167     2,527  
 

Uncoated woodfree paper(2)

    303     265     160  
 

Speciality coated paper and other

    290     206     208  
               
   

Total

    3,966     3,638     2,895  
               

(1)
Includes coated mechanical paper produced at Lanaken, Kirkniemi and Kangas mill.

(2)
We ceased production at the Biberist mill in August 2011 and continue to serve our customers from other Group mills.

(3)
Includes 9 months of sales relating to the Acquired Business.

29


        For fiscal 2011, Sappi Fine Paper Europe sold approximately 3.8 million tons of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth the annual production capacity, number of paper machines and products for fiscal 2011 at each of Sappi Fine Paper Europe's mills in Europe.

Mill
  Mill
Locations
  Production
capacity
('000 tons)
Paper
  Number of
paper
machines
  Products
Alfeld   Germany     330     5   Coated and Uncoated woodfree paper, coated speciality paper
Ehingen   Germany     250     1   Coated woodfree paper
Gratkorn   Austria     950     2   Coated woodfree paper
Kirkniemi   Finland     730     3   Coated mechanical paper
Lanaken   Belgium     500     2   Coated mechanical paper and coated woodfree paper
Maastricht   Netherlands     280     1   Coated woodfree paper
Nijmegen   Netherlands     240     1   Coated woodfree paper
Stockstadt   Germany     430     2   Coated woodfree paper and uncoated woodfree paper

        Alfeld:    The Alfeld mill is located to the south of Hannover, Germany, and was originally commissioned in 1706. It has a paper production capacity of 330,000 tons and a pulp production capacity of 125,000 tons per annum. It produces coated and uncoated woodfree and speciality paper products with a variety of finishes. In 1995, a major rebuild of Alfeld's PM 3 was completed, enhancing the production of low substance flexible packaging papers. Alfeld's PM 3 employs a fully integrated on-line coating and calendaring system. The Alfeld mill produces totally chlorine-free ("TCF") bleached sulphite pulp for its own use. In early 2002, a €50 million rebuild of Alfeld's PM 2 was completed.

        Ehingen:    The Ehingen mill is located to the southeast of Stuttgart, Germany and was acquired by Hannover Papier, predecessor entity to Sappi Alfeld, in 1987. A paper machine with a capacity of 180,000 tons of coated woodfree paper per annum was commissioned in July 1991, expanding Ehingen from a market pulp mill into an integrated pulp and paper mill. During 1994, the construction of a high-rack warehouse was completed. As a result of upgrades during 1994 and 1996, Ehingen's total paper capacity was increased to 235,000 tons per annum. During June and July 2006 the paper machine was rebuilt and started up, together with a new coater, allowing a significant quality upgrade from single coated to triple coated woodfree paper with capacity of 250,000 tons per annum. The pulp mill's capacity is currently 135,000 tons per annum of TCF bleached sulphite pulp. The pulp is produced mainly for internal use, but is also sold to third party customers when market conditions are favorable.

        Gratkorn:    Paper has been produced at the Gratkorn, Austria site for more than four centuries. Following a major expansion and renovation project, the Gratkorn mill has been transformed from an ageing five-machine mill into a state of the art two-machine mill. As a result of this project, Gratkorn currently has the capacity to produce 950,000 tons of triple-coated woodfree paper on just two paper machines and 255,000 tons of TCF chemical pulp per annum. The machines at Gratkorn are among the largest and most efficient paper machines in the world. After the extension of Gratkorn's sheeting plant, it also has a sheet finishing capacity of 800,000 tons per annum.

        Kirkniemi:    As part of the M-real Corporation acquisition in 2008, we acquired the assets comprising the Kirkniemi mill, located 70 kilometers west of Helsinki, Finland. The mill was built in 1966 and has a production capacity of 730,000 tons of paper and 330,000 tons of mechanical pulp per annum. The Kirkniemi mill produces Galerie Lite (coated ultra-lightweight paper with high bulk and opacity), Galerie Brite (coated lightweight paper with high bulk, soft gloss and improved brightness) and Galerie Fine (coated mechanical paper with high brightness, smoothness and improved opacity).

30


        Lanaken:    The Lanaken mill, situated in Lanaken, Belgium, began commercial operations in 1966. It produces coated mechanical paper and lower weight wood-containing coated paper for offset printing. Coated mechanical paper for web offset presses is used primarily in the production of advertising materials and magazines. Lanaken's two paper machines have a total capacity of 500,000 tons per annum. One machine principally produces coated mechanical paper and was completely overhauled in 1992. An additional off-line coater was also installed during the upgrade to provide triple coating capability. The second paper machine produces lower-weight wood-containing paper. Its capacity was increased to 305,000 tons per annum as a result of an optimization process during the mid-1990s. The Lanaken mill also produces chemi-thermo-mechanical pulp (CTMP) in an integrated plant which has a production capacity of 180,000 tons per annum. This enables the mill to supply approximately 60% of its own fibre requirements for paper production.

        Maastricht:    The Maastricht mill is situated on the Maas River in Maastricht, The Netherlands and was originally commissioned in 1852. The mill has a production capacity of 280,000 tons of coated woodfree paper per annum from a single paper machine, PM 6. This machine was installed in 1962, was rebuilt in 1977 and underwent an extensive €102 million refurbishment and upgrade in 1996. The Maastricht mill specializes in high basis-weight triple-coated woodfree paper for graphics applications.

        Nijmegen:    The Nijmegen mill, situated in the town of Nijmegen, The Netherlands, began operations in 1955 and operates a single paper machine. The mill specializes in the production of coated woodfree paper in reel form for web offset printing. It also produces special coated woodfree paper for use in digital printing. The Nijmegen mill was upgraded in 2001, which increased its capacity by 40,000 tons per annum. The mill currently has the capacity to produce 240,000 tons of coated woodfree paper per annum and is one of Europe's largest suppliers of coated woodfree web offset paper. Web offset paper is used for commercial printing and publishing.

        Stockstadt:    We acquired the shares of M-real Stockstadt GmbH, which holds the Stockstadt mill located in Stockstadt, Germany, from the M-real Corporation during 2008. The mill was established in 1898 and has a production capacity of 430,000 tons of coated and uncoated woodfree paper as well as 150,000 tons of bleached chemical pulp per annum. The pulp is produced mainly for internal use, but is also sold to third party customers when market conditions are favorable.

Marketing and Distribution

Overview

        The further integration of our international marketing and distribution systems is one of our main strategic objectives. In order to attain this objective, we have adopted a system whereby the marketing and distribution of our woodfree and mechanical paper products is performed by our operating business in the respective region, supplemented by Sappi Trading network outside these core regions.

        We sell the vast majority of our woodfree and mechanical paper products through merchants. We also sell paper directly to converters. We generally deliver products sold to converters from the mill or via a distribution warehouse. Electronic business-to-business interaction has become more important to us, and we will continue to focus on increasing service and efficiency through business-to-business interaction. Systems and structures have been put in place to actively continue these efforts.

        Merchants are authorized to distribute Sappi Fine Paper's products by geographic area and to carry competitors' product lines to cover all segments of the market. Merchants perform numerous functions, including holding inventory, sales promotion and marketing, taking credit risk on sales and delivery, and distribution of the products. Merchants buy paper from Sappi Fine Paper, add a mark up to the purchase price and on-sell it to the end customer. A merchant may either deliver to the customer from its own warehouse or arrange for delivery directly from the mill or one of the Sappi Fine Paper distribution warehouses.

31


Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated paper sales structure is organized in multiple regions with sales representatives located in all major market areas. In addition, six technical representatives, located in different regions in North America, support the sales effort.

        Approximately 8% and 6%, respectively, of Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales for fiscal 2010 and 2011 were outside North America. Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales outside North America are handled in southern Africa by Sappi Southern Africa, in Europe by Sappi Fine Paper Europe and outside those regions by Sappi Trading.

        In fiscal 2010 and 2011, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force sold coated woodfree paper to approximately 360 and 340 merchant distribution locations, respectively. By selling exclusively through merchant channels, Sappi Fine Paper North America believes it has created a loyal group of merchant customers. Rather than competing with merchant distributors, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force focuses on generating demand with key printers, publishers and end users, which are then serviced by the merchant distributors.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated speciality papers are sold directly to customers in North America through a dedicated speciality paper sales team and outside of North America through a direct sales force, agents and distributors.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        The sales and marketing operations of Sappi Fine Paper Europe are organized into graphic papers (which comprise printing and writing paper) and speciality papers (which comprise paper for labeling, packaging and other speciality uses).

        The sales and marketing operations of Sappi Fine Paper Europe are responsible for all sales of woodfree papers, mechanical papers as well as speciality papers in Europe. An export sales office manages exports to markets outside Europe through Sappi Trading, Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Southern Africa.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe's centralized logistics department was formed in early 1998. It is responsible for the development and optimization of the logistics function for the graphic and speciality papers business units as well as the re-engineering of the supply chain.

        Under distribution agreements entered into as part of the Acquisition, M-real Corporation granted us the exclusive right to market and sell the products of certain coated paper machines at M-real Corporation's Husum mill and Äänekoski mill for a period of five years, with a minimum duration of 27 months or, if earlier, until M-real Corporation sells the relevant mill. We are entitled to a commission on these sales while the agreements are in effect. The coated paper machines subject to the distribution agreements are described below:

        Husum PM 8: We entered into a distribution agreement in respect of PM 8 at M-real Corporation's Husum mill in Sweden. PM 8 is the only asset producing coated woodfree paper at Husum mill and has an annual production capacity of 285,000 tons of Galerie Fine, a coated woodfree paper with high brightness, smoothness and improved opacity.

        Äänekoski PM 2: We entered into a distribution agreement in respect of PM 2 at M-real Corporation's Äänekoski mill in Finland. Äänekoski's PM 2 produces triple blade coated wood-free art paper on one paper machine that is marketed under the brand name Galerie Art. The machine has a production capacity of 200,000 tons per annum. During November 2011, the M-real Corporation announced that it was entering into a consultation process with the employees of Äänekoski mill to negotiate the possible closure of the facility. However, in an agreement reached with us, the M-real

32



Corporation confirmed the uninterrupted supply of Galerie Art, which, should the facility be closed, will be produced at the Husum mill in Sweden.

Customers

        Sappi Fine Paper sells its products to a large number of customers, many of whom have long-standing relationships with us. These customers include merchants, converters and other direct consumers.

        The most significant merchant customers, based on sales during fiscal 2011 include:

        North America:    Xpedx (a division of International Paper Company), Lindenmeyr Paper Company (owned by Central National Gottesman Inc.), Unisource Worldwide, Inc. (a majority interest of which is owned by Bain Capital Corporation), Domtar Distribution and a select number of regionally strong merchants.

        Europe:    Igepa Group, PaperlinX, Papyrus, Antalis (owned by Sequana Capital), Inapa and Berberich. Two of these merchants, PaperlinX and IGEPA, represented individually approximately 21% of our total sales during fiscal 2011.

        Sappi Fine Paper's converter customers include both multinational and regional converters. The most significant converter customers, based on sales during fiscal 2011 include: Novelis, Orafol, Mayr-Melnhof, Constantia, Vaassen and Amcor. These customers use our products in the production of pressure-sensitive products, flexible packaging as well as NWS labels. No converter customer, however, represented more than 10% of our total sales during fiscal 2011.

        Merchant sales constitute the majority of our woodfree and mechanical paper sales. Pricing of coated paper products is generally subject to change upon notice of 30 days with longer notice periods (typically 3 to 6 months) for some large end-use customers. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods, which would generally not exceed 12 months. We have long-standing relationships with most of our customers, with volume and pricing generally agreed on a quarterly basis.

Competition

Overview

        Although the markets for pulp and paper have regional characteristics, they are highly competitive international markets involving a large number of producers located around the world.

        Historically pulp and paper products were subject to relatively low tariff protection in major markets, with existing tariff protections being further reduced under the World Trade Organization ("WTO"). However, with ever increasing amounts of low cost substitutes emerging from Asia, and in particular, from China, both the US and Europe imposed import duties and tariffs on certain coated paper products during the 2011 calendar year.

        Competition in markets for our products is primarily based on price, quality, service, breadth of product line, product innovation and sales and distribution support. The speciality paper market places greater emphasis on product innovation, quality and technical considerations.

        The North American and Western European printing and writing paper sector, comprising coated and uncoated woodfree and mechanical products, implemented the closure of more than 13 million tons of annual production capacity between 2007 and 2011.

North America

        The major domestic coated woodfree paper producers which compete with Sappi Fine Paper in North America are NewPage, who filed for Chapter 11 protection during September 2011, and Verso

33



Paper. In addition, approximately 21% of United States consumption is supplied by foreign producers, primarily Asian and European.

Europe

        The market leaders in coated woodfree paper production in Europe are Sappi, Stora Enso, Burgo-Marchi Group, UPM-Kymmene and Lecta (which is owned by an affiliate of CVC Partners).


SAPPI SOUTHERN AFRICA

Overview

        Sappi Southern Africa contributed approximately 24% and 25%, respectively, of our sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011. The Sappi Southern Africa segment comprises three separate divisions: Sappi Chemical Cellulose, Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging and Sappi Forests.

        The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Southern Africa as of September 2011:

GRAPHIC


(1)
During August 2011 we announced the closure of our Adamas mill with a production capacity of 40,000 tons per annum.

(2)
During fiscal 2011 we also announced the closure of the 60,000 ton containerboard machine at our Tugela mill.

34


        The following table sets forth sales by product for Sappi Southern Africa's operations:

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sales:
                   
 

Commodity paper products(1)

    540     452     355  
 

Chemical cellulose

    796     604     366  
 

Woodfree and speciality papers

    359     380     321  
 

Paper pulp

    35     59     82  
 

Timber and timber products

    71     676     55  
               

Total

    1,801     1,561     1,179  
               

(1)
Includes newsprint and packaging products.

        For the fiscal years 2010 and 2011, Sappi Southern Africa sold approximately 2.7 million tons and 2.6 million tons respectively, of paper, pulp and forest products.

        The following table sets forth annual production capacity with respect to Sappi Southern Africa's products:

 
   
 

Production capacity: ('000 tons)

       
 

Paper products

       
 

Packaging paper

    630  
 

Newsprint

    140  
 

Coated woodfree paper

    80  
 

Uncoated(1)

    230  
       
   

Total

    1,080  
       
 

Pulp

       
 

Chemical cellulose

    800  
 

Paper pulp

    1,025  
       
   

Total

    1,825  
       
 

Timber products(2)

    43  

(1)
Includes 30,000 tons of tissue paper manufactured at the Stanger mill and 14,000 tons of kraft paper manufactured at the Enstra mill. Excludes 40,000 tons per annum of product capacity, at Adamas mill which was closed in August 2011.

(2)
Represents 85,000 cubic meters.

Facilities and Operations

Sappi Chemical Cellulose

        Saiccor was established in 1951 and was acquired by us in 1988. It is the world's largest single producer of chemical cellulose. In 1995, we completed an approximately US$221 million expansion project to increase capacity by one third to 600,000 tons per annum. Capital expenditures during the period from October 2005 to the end of September 2010 were approximately US$615 million. Included in this period were a modernization project to de-bottleneck production at Saiccor at a cost of US$40 million and an amount of US$551 million spent on an expansion project to increase Saiccor's chemical cellulose capacity to 800,000 tons per annum. Construction on the expansion project commenced in August 2006 and was originally scheduled for completion in the first half of calendar

35



2008. Unfortunately the project was subject to delays and cost increases, with the increased capacity only coming on line in September 2008 and achieving full operational efficiency only in April 2009. As a result of the rapid decline in demand for chemical cellulose that was experienced in the first half of fiscal 2009, we did not utilize all of the additional capacity initially and curtailed production in certain elements of the old plant while utilizing the new plant to improve efficiencies. Demand came back strongly in the latter half of fiscal 2009 and for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 the plant operated at full capacity, except for the three week strike in July 2011.

        Saiccor's chemical cellulose production is exported from South Africa and marketed and distributed internationally by Sappi Trading. The pulp principally produced is the type used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose products, including viscose staple fibres or rayon, solvent spun fibres (lyocell) and viscose filament yarns. Both viscose and lyocell fibres are used in the manufacture of fashion and decorating textiles which have a soft, natural feel and excellent breathing properties. Given their particularly high absorbency properties, these fibres are also used in non-woven applications in the healthcare, industrial and disposable product markets. Chemical cellulose is also used in the manufacture of acetate flake, which is used in products such as filter tow for cigarette filters, high quality yarns and fabrics, and LCD screens. It is also used to manufacture microcrystalline cellulose, which is used as a rheological modifier in the food industry, as excipients for pharmaceuticals, and in various ethers for the chemical industry. It is also used to manufacture cellophane film for use in a variety of packaging applications.

        The mill's timber consumption is comprised primarily of eucalyptus hardwoods. These relatively fast growing trees are grown in relatively close proximity to the mill, which contributes to Saiccor's position as a low cost producer of chemical cellulose.

Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging

        The following table sets forth the annual paper and paper packaging production capacity, number of machines, and products at each of Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging's mills in South Africa:

Mill Locations in
South Africa
  Production
capacity
('000 tons)
  Number of
paper
machines
  Products
Cape Kraft     60     1   Linerboard, corrugating medium and coated products
Enstra     200     3   Uncoated woodfree paper
Ngodwana     380     2   Kraft linerboard, white top linerboard, newsprint, plasterboard and bleached and unbleached market pulp
Stanger     110     2   Coated woodfree paper, coated label paper and tissue
Tugela     330     3   Kraft linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and machine glazed kraft

        Cape Kraft:    The Cape Kraft mill was built during 1980, commissioned in 1981 and upgraded in 1995. The mill presently has a capacity to produce 60,000 tons of linerboard and corrugating medium per annum, which it sells principally to the corrugating industry in the Western Cape. The mill uses approximately 67,000 tons of waste paper to produce 60,000 tons of packaging paper per annum. The fact that the mill's product is produced from 100% recycled paper provides a competitive advantage in our markets, which are becoming increasingly environmentally aware.

        Enstra:    The Enstra mill is an integrated pulp and uncoated paper mill, with a capacity of 200,000 tons of elemental chlorine-free uncoated woodfree paper products per annum. In 1996, the Enstra mill completed a US$96 million capital expenditure program. This program increased capacity by 50,000 tons per annum and resulted in improved production efficiencies and product quality. The product range at the Enstra mill caters to the business forms, scholastic, office, envelope and general printing industries. The mill has a capacity to produce 105,000 tons of bleached hardwood pulp per annum and

36



employs an oxygen bleaching process which was developed at the mill in the 1970s and has since become the industry standard.

        Ngodwana:    The Ngodwana mill was expanded between 1981 and 1985 from an unbleached kraft mill with a capacity of 100,000 tons per annum to a modern integrated mill with a capacity of approximately 240,000 tons of linerboard and white top liner as well as 140,000 tons of newsprint per annum. The mill produces nearly 410,000 tons of bleached and unbleached pulp and 100,000 tons of mechanical pulp per annum. The mill markets paper, paper packaging and pulp products locally and internationally. The mill is a large consumer of waste paper, which is used in the production of packaging paper. In 1995, the mill commissioned the world's first ozone bleaching plant, thus eliminating the use of elemental chlorine and significantly reducing mill effluent.

        Stanger:    The Stanger mill commenced operations in 1976, and is the only producer of coated woodfree paper in South Africa. It is unique in South Africa as it uses bagasse (the fibrous residue of sugar cane) as its basic raw material to produce high quality matt and gloss coated art papers and tissue. Art paper is used for high quality books and magazines, brochures, annual reports and labels. A US$26 million upgrade of the mill's paper machine was completed in August 2001, increasing the coated paper capacity to 80,000 tons per annum. The mill also produces 30,000 tons of tissue and 60,000 tons of bleached bagasse pulp per annum. We also completed an elemental chlorine free bleach plant upgrade during 2006 at a cost of US$11 million and commissioned a tissue converting line during September 2011 at a cost of US$7 million.

        Tugela:    The Tugela mill is our largest integrated unbleached kraft mill, with a capacity of 330,000 tons of packaging paper per annum. The mill supplies kraft linerboard, corrugating medium and most of South Africa's requirements for sackkraft, which is used in the production of multiwall sacks. Machine glazed packaging papers are also produced at the mill. The Kraft Linerboard machine was upgraded in 1996 at a cost of approximately US$81 million and the Sackkraft machine and components of the pulp plant were upgraded in 2003 and 2004 at a cost of approximately US$50 million. It is the only mill in South Africa to offer high performance containerboard packaging and extensible Sackkraft. During fiscal 2011, we announced the permanent suspension of production from the 60,000 ton containerboard machine at the Tugela mill.

        Sappi ReFibre:    Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging also manages Sappi ReFibre (formerly Sappi Waste Paper) which collected approximately 210,000 tons of waste paper during fiscal 2010 and 2011. Most of the waste paper is supplied to our mills as it represents approximately 30% of the fibre requirements of our packaging grades.

Sappi Forests

        Sappi Forests, (which includes Usutu Forests), supplies or procures all of Sappi Southern Africa's domestic pulpwood requirements of approximately 5.6 million tons per annum. 88% of the pulpwood comes from owned or contracted sources. Together they directly or indirectly manage or control, about 567,000 hectares of land situated in: Mpumalanga (48%), KwaZulu-Natal (40%) and Swaziland (12%).

 
  Hectares  

Owned by us in South Africa

    385,000  

Leased by us or managed directly in South Africa

    8,000  

Projects in South Africa (owned and managed by farmers that we indirectly manage through technical advice and support)

    108,000  

Leased by us in Swaziland

    66,000  
       

Total

    567,000  
       

37


        Securing raw material for the future is a vital element in the long-term planning of Sappi Southern Africa's business. Sappi Forests has an extensive research operation which concentrates on programs to improve the yield per hectare of forestland used. Significant progress has been made in developing faster-growing trees with enhanced fibre yields. Sophisticated nurseries have been developed to accommodate the seedling requirements of Sappi Southern Africa's operations. Approximately 51 million seedlings are grown annually at Sappi Forests nurseries, and by contract growers in both South Africa and Swaziland. In addition, during fiscal 2011, we announced a joint proposal with AsgiSA (Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa) to accelerate the establishment and management of 30,000 hectares of commercial tree plantations by 2020 in the Eastern Cape province of South Africa.

        Sappi Forests have spent approximately US$223 million in maintaining, acquiring and expanding plantations and other capital expenditure projects in the period from October 2008 to September 2011.

        The sawmill division operates one mill, Lomati sawmill, with a total production capacity of 85,000 cubic meters per annum of structural timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.

Marketing and Distribution

Overview

        Each of Sappi Southern Africa's divisions, with major South African markets, has its own marketing, sales and technical support teams based in three major centers in South Africa. Sappi Trading manages the exports of Sappi Southern Africa's products, in particular the marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose produced at the Saiccor mill.

Customers

        Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging's coated, uncoated and speciality paper products are distributed in southern Africa primarily through merchants. In addition, some large volume orders are sold directly to printers and converters. Its most significant fine paper customers include Antalis SA (Pty) Limited, Peters Papers and Finwood Papers (a division of Buhrmann Paper Merchant Division).

        Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging's most significant packaging paper and newsprint customers, based on sales in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, include The CTP Group and Paarl, which uses Sappi's newsprint. The most significant converter customers include Nampak Limited, Mpact, APL (Pty) Ltd and Houers Co-operative.

        A significant number of the viscose staple fibre manufacturers around the world purchase chemical cellulose from Sappi Chemical Cellulose. This includes large groups such as the Aditya Birla Group and the Lenzing Group. Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts with pricing generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price, which resets on a quarterly basis.

        During fiscal 2011, approximately 48% of the total sales volume of Sappi Southern Africa was destined for the export market.

Competition

        The Mondi Paper Company Limited and Mpact Limited are significant competitors of Sappi Southern Africa in the southern African market, but more specifically in the uncoated woodfree, newsprint and packaging paper sectors.

        Coated woodfree paper imports, primarily from Europe and Asia, have gained an increasing share of the southern African woodfree paper market as a direct result of declining import duties which were

38



removed in 2006 and the strengthening Rand. However, a portion of the imports originate from Sappi Fine Paper's European mills.

        In recent years, the regional recycled containerboard capacity has increased by approximately 120,000 tons. Due to exchange rate fluctuations, a number of offshore containerboard suppliers have also entered the southern African packaging market.

        In respect of chemical cellulose, competitors include Borregaard ChemCell, Bahia Pulp, Tembec Inc., Western Pulp Inc., Buckeye Technologies Inc. and Rayonier Inc.


SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS

Overview

        The principal supply requirements for the manufacture of our products are wood, water, pulp, energy and chemicals. We believe that we have adequate sources of these and other raw materials and supplies for the foreseeable future. However, global warming and carbon footprint imperatives are causing an increase in the use of sustainable, non-fossil fuel, sources for electricity generation. Consequently, electricity generating companies are competing for the same raw materials, namely, wood and chips, in the same markets as us, thereby driving prices upwards.

        For further information on regulation affecting our supplies, please see "Environmental and Safety Matters—Environmental Matters—South Africa". For further information on other factors affecting the availability of our supplies, please see "Item 5—Operating and Financial review and Prospects—Principal Factors Impacting our Group Results—Cyclical Nature of the Industry and Movement in Market Prices, Raw Materials and Input Costs".

North America

Wood

        In connection with the 1998 sale of our US timberlands to Plum Creek Timber Company L.P., Sappi Fine Paper North America and Plum Creek are parties to a fibre supply agreement with an initial term expiring in December 2023 and with three, five-year renewal options. Under the supply agreement, Sappi Fine Paper North America is required to purchase from Plum Creek, and Plum Creek is required to sell to Sappi Fine Paper North America, a guaranteed annual minimum of 318,000 tons of hardwood pulpwood, or approximately 11% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's annual pulpwood requirements, at prices calculated based on a formula linked to market prices. Sappi Fine Paper North America has the option to purchase additional quantities of hardwood pulpwood, harvested from these timberlands, at prices generally higher than the ones paid for the guaranteed quantities. The remainder of Sappi Fine Paper North America's pulpwood requirements is met through market purchases.

Pulp

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's mills, taken together, are fully integrated on an economic basis with respect to hardwood pulp usage. Mills that are not fully integrated make market purchases, and mills that produce more pulp than they utilize make market sales.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated fine paper mills have achieved certification according to the chain of custody standards of the Forest Stewardship Council ("FSC"), The Sustainable Forestry Initiative ("SFI") and the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification ("PEFC") and our wood procurement group is certified to SFI's Fibre Sourcing standard. The mills also use post-consumer waste and offer products containing up to 30% recycled content in addition to using reprocessed fibre recovered from its existing operations.

39


        Sappi Fine Paper North America manufactures, in aggregate, pulp and fibre equivalent to approximately 121% of its own pulp requirements. This vertical integration reduces its exposure to fluctuations in the market price for pulp.

Energy Requirements

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's energy requirements are satisfied through wood and by-products derived from the pulping process, coal, fuel oils, purchased electricity, steam, natural gas, biomass and other sources.

        A substantial majority of Sappi Fine Paper North America's electricity requirements are satisfied through its own electricity generation or co-generation agreements. During 2002, Sappi Fine Paper North America entered into a series of contracts with Central Maine Power ("CMP") and a third party energy provider. The contracts provide that Somerset mill is to produce power at its maximum generation capacity, sell all of its excess generated power to CMP and purchase all of its power needs beyond its generation capacity from the third party provider. However, Sappi Fine Paper North America has entered into amendments to these contracts, pursuant to which Sappi Fine Paper North America may, at its election, produce power at less than its maximum generation capacity for non-operational or economic reasons and purchase additional power from the third party provider. The rates for part of the purchases were pre-set in 2002 for the duration of the agreements and the remaining purchases are at market rates. The price we receive for any sales of generated power is equal to the average price of our monthly purchases of power.

        The Westbrook mill sells excess electricity which is co-generated through a number of hydroelectric facilities, in addition to its power boiler.

        The Cloquet mill is partly supplied with internally generated electricity. The facility includes a hydroelectric plant that is licensed by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. In addition to generating a portion of its own power, the Cloquet mill has entered into a take-or-pay agreement to purchase a portion of its power from Minnesota Power. We may terminate this agreement at any time subject to a four-year notice period.

Alternative Fuel Mixture Tax Credits—Black Liquor

        The U.S. Internal Revenue Code allowed an excise tax credit to taxpayers for the use of alternative fuel mixtures. In 2009 we began to use an alternative fuel mixture containing diesel fuel and "black liquor", a by-product of pulp production, at our Somerset and Cloquet mills. During the second calendar quarter of 2009, we were approved by the IRS as an alternative fuel producer. This tax credit expired on December 31, 2009.

        During fiscal 2010 and 2009, the Company filed claims for alternative fuel mixture credits covering eligible periods subsequent to February 2009 totaling US$51 million and US$87 million, net of fees and expenses, respectively and has reflected such amounts in the accompanying Group income statement in "Other operating expenses (income)". Cash received, net of fees and expenses paid by the Company during fiscal 2010 and 2009 totaled US$73 million and US$65 million, respectively. No receivables related to alternative fuel mixture credits were outstanding at the end of fiscal 2010. The Company considers the tax credits earned in fiscal 2010 and 2009 as fully taxable and treated them as such in the calculation of its tax provision in the consolidated financial statements.

        On October 15, 2010, the IRS issued additional guidance on this topic, indicating that a taxpayer, who received cash refunds under the alternative fuel tax program, can also receive the tax credit under the Cellulosic Biofuel Producer Credit ("CBPC") on those black liquor volumes for which it had not previously collected the cash refund. The Company can make this election to file for the CBPC tax credits through fiscal 2013.

40


Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper North America include clays, carbonates, latexes and plastic pigments, titanium dioxide, caustic soda, other pulping and bleaching chemicals and chemicals for the speciality business. Sappi Fine Paper North America purchases these chemicals from a variety of suppliers. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based on a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices, the availability of feedstock's, transportation costs and the specific market supply and demand dynamics.

Europe

Wood

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases approximately 3,7 million cubic meters of pulpwood per annum for its pulp mills. The wood is purchased both on contract and in the open market. Wood supply contracts are fixed for one year in terms of volumes. Price agreements range from three months for wood chips to one year for logwood.

        Logwood and wood chips used in the Gratkorn TCF pulp mill are purchased through the Papierholz Austria GmbH joint venture arrangement amongst Sappi, the Norske Skog Bruck mill Zellstoff Pöls, and the Frantschach Group. We hold a 42.5% ownership interest in Papierholz.

        The wood chips used in the Lanaken Chemithermomechanical Pulp ("CTMP") plant are purchased through Sapin S.A. ("Sapin"), a 50% joint venture company which we operate together with Norske Skog. Sapin was initially formed on November 25, 1986, pursuant to a joint venture agreement between the predecessors of Sappi Lanaken and Norske Skog. Under the agreement, as amended in September 2003, the parties agree to utilize Sapin exclusively to furnish the entire wood requirements of the joint venture partners' affiliated mills.

        Under a wood supply agreement, M-real Corporation's parent company (Metsäliitto Group) will supply us with up to 704,000 cubic meters of wood annually, substantially all of which is sourced in southern Finland, to the Kirkniemi mill for a minimum period of 12 years from 2009 at market rates.

Pulp

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe produces approximately 57% of its pulp requirements. The remainder is mostly supplied through open market contracts, the biggest supplier being M-real Corporation who supply up to 376,000 tons of pulp per annum, for contracted periods of between 1 and 6 years.

Energy Requirements

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe's energy requirements are generally met by the internal generation of energy and external purchases of electricity, natural gas, biomass, and to a lesser extent, hard coal and oil. The delivery of electricity, natural gas, oil, coal and biomass is covered by various mid-term supply agreements.

        Since July 2007, Gratkorn has operated a combined heat and power plant ("CHP plant") on site and has become an exporter of about 10 MW of electricity. The mill's additional energy requirements are met through the usage of biomass and mineral coal fuels.

        Substantially all of the electricity requirements of the Maastricht mill are satisfied by a 60 MW CHP plant, which was operated as a 50% joint venture (VOF WarmteKracht—Maastricht mill) between Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Essent until January 1, 2010. On this date, we acquired the remaining shareholding from Essent. The plant utilizes natural gas, which is procured from a Dutch supplier at market prices. All surplus electrical energy generated is supplied to the national grid.

41


        The Nijmegen mill's electricity requirements are largely satisfied by its co-generation power plant. The Nijmegen mill purchases natural gas from a Dutch gas supplier and a small amount of electricity from the public grid.

        The Lanaken mill's energy requirements are generally met by purchases of natural gas and electricity. Certain of the energy requirements of the mill are furnished by a CHP plant, constructed and operated pursuant to the Albertcentrale N.V. joint venture arrangement between Sappi, the Belgian power company Electrabel and Rabo Energie. We hold a 49% ownership interest in the Albertcentrale facility and are obligated to purchase steam from the joint venture facility under a long-term supply agreement. The facility commenced operations in April 1997. Lanaken mill's electricity requirements are satisfied by a supply contract with the national utility company Electrabel.

        Alfeld and Ehingen generate about 50% of their power needs from renewable resources and the remainder is purchased from an Austrian power company.

        To a great extent, the electricity and steam requirements of the Kirkniemi mill are covered under a long-term supply agreement with Fortum Heat & Power, a large Finnish utility company. The energy is generated on site by a 100 MW CHP plant which is owned and operated by the utility company. The large amount of natural gas required to operate the CHP plant is delivered by Gasum, the national gas supplier. The balance of the mill's power requirements is met through purchases of electricity from the public grid. Biomass and natural gas are purchased for the generation of additional steam.

        Stockstadt generates about 50% of their power needs from renewable resources and the remainder is purchased from an Austrian power company. The mill's steam requirements are met through the usage of biomass and mineral coal as fuels.

Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper Europe include clays, carbonates, latexes, starches and chemicals for the speciality business. Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases most of these chemicals from a portfolio of suppliers, and in only one case is Sappi Fine Paper Europe dependent on a sole source of supply. There are generally adequate sources of supply in the market. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices, the availability of feedstock's, transportation costs and the specific market supply and demand dynamics.

Southern Africa

Wood

        Sappi Southern Africa manages directly or indirectly approximately 567,000 hectares of forestland in southern Africa. Approximately 392,000 hectares are forested, which produce approximately 70% of the timber required for this reporting segment's operations. Sappi Forests owns approximately 385,000 hectares and manages the majority of the remainder. Usutu Forests cultivates 52,000 hectares of pine and eucalyptus on 66,000 hectares of land that is leased from the Swazi nation under a long-term lease agreement which is extendable to 2089. Sappi Forests presently has supply contracts for the timber from approximately 108,000 hectares of plantations planted by small growers with our technical and financial support. The remaining timber requirements are met through a number of significant medium-term contracts and open market purchases.

        A feasibility study for the establishment of 150,000 hectares of plantations in Mozambique was done during the 2009 and 2010 fiscal years. However, this project has been abandoned due to various regulatory and social obstacles in establishing and maintaining the plantations.

42


Pulp

        Sappi Southern Africa, in aggregate, manufactures all of the pulp required for its own paper production, except minimal quantities of specialized pulps which are procured from international suppliers. It is a net seller of bleached and unbleached paper pulp to the local and international markets. This vertical integration substantially reduces our exposure to fluctuations in the market price of pulp.

Energy Requirements

        Our energy requirements in southern Africa are principally met through the purchases of coal and electricity, supplemented by purchases of fuel, oil and natural gas. Coal, both for steam generation and electricity production, and oil are purchased on contract. Much of the energy demand is met by utilizing internally generated biomass and spent liquors from the pulping process. Electricity is supplied by Eskom, the state-owned electricity company, or generated internally. During the course of 2009, we commissioned a new electricity generating turbine unit at our Saiccor mill, and we now generate in excess of 50% of the total electricity requirements of the mill. This electricity is generated from bio-fuel and represents an increase of 30% in our internal generation capacity.

        Energy costs for our Southern African operations have risen sharply in recent years, which has had a significant impact on profitability in the region. In addition, in February 2010, NERSA, the National Energy Regulator of South Africa, announced that it had approved substantial annual tariff increases for electricity in South Africa for the years 2010 to 2012. In fiscal 2010 and 2011, electricity purchased from Eskom amounted to approximately 17% and 20% respectively, of the variable costs in the southern African operations.

        Sappi Southern Africa has contractually agreed to sell up to 35MW of electricity generated from the Saiccor and Ngodwana mills to Eskom under the Medium Term Power Purchase Program. Furthermore, Sappi Southern Africa is currently pursuing a number of renewable and co-generation energy projects in order to further increase its electricity self-sufficiency and thus to reduce the impact of higher than inflation electricity increases that are expected over the forthcoming few years.

Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Southern Africa include caustic soda, calcium carbonates, latexes, starches, sulphur and sulphuric acid. Sappi Southern Africa purchases these chemicals from a variety of South African and overseas suppliers. There are generally adequate sources of supply, and in only one case are we dependent upon a sole source of supply. Most of these chemicals are subject to price and foreign currency fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices, the availability of feedstock, transportation costs and the specific market supply and demand dynamics.

43



ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS

Environmental Matters

        We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate and these have tended to become more stringent over time. Violations of environmental laws could lead to substantial costs and liabilities, including civil and criminal fines and penalties. Environmental compliance is an increasingly important consideration in our businesses, and we expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures and operational and maintenance costs for environmental compliance, including costs related to reductions in air emissions such as carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gases (GHG), wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous wastes. We closely monitor the potential for changes in pollution control laws and take actions with respect to our operations accordingly.

North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and their respective state counterparts and implementing regulations.

        On June 29, 2009, the Commissioner of the Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife, State of Maine (the "Commissioner"), issued a decision requiring Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fish passage at the Cumberland Mills dam associated with the Westbrook mill, the most downriver dam on the Presumpscot River. Pursuant to a final order issued by the Commissioner, construction of the fish passage must be completed by May 1, 2013. Costs associated with construction and related engineering of this fish passage are estimated to be approximately US$4 million to US$5 million. Fish passage at the next dam upstream, the Saccarappa hydrofacility, must be operational two years after the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage is completed, during the spring of 2015. Installation of the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage may also trigger, over a period of approximately ten years, the obligation to install fish passages for at least some of Sappi Fine Paper North America's other upstream hydrofacilities as well, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of all fish passages associated with Sappi's dams along the Presumpscot River is estimated to be in the range of approximately US$18 million to US$28 million, which includes costs expected to be incurred in the next several years for the fish passage on the Cumberland Mills dam and Saccarappa hydrofacility as well as estimated costs for upstream fish passages which may be incurred in the future. Because construction of additional fish passages depends on several future contingencies, including the results of data gathering on fish populations in the river, we do not know the precise timing for incurring related future costs, assuming such obligations are triggered.

        We closely monitor state, regional and Federal GHG initiatives and other regulatory developments in anticipation of any potential effects on our operations. Although the United States has not ratified the Kyoto Protocol, and has not yet adopted a Federal program for regulating GHG emissions, Congress has considered comprehensive Federal legislation regarding climate change and various regional initiatives regarding emissions associated with climate change are either in effect or proposed. In addition, the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has finalized or proposed several rules relating to emissions reporting and emissions reductions, including rules issued in March 2011 known as the "Boiler MACT" which would establish new standards for emissions of hazardous air pollutants from commercial and industrial boilers. In May 2011, the USEPA stayed the Boiler MACT rules indefinitely. When announcing the stay, the USEPA stated that the stay will remain in effect until it completes an ongoing reconsideration process with respect to certain requirements in the rules or various court proceedings concerning Boiler MACT are completed, whichever comes first. Based on motions before the court, it is not clear whether the reconsideration process or the litigation will reach

44



resolution first, or what the timing would be for completion or implementation of a revised rule. Capital expenditures, currently estimated to range between US$10 million and US$15 million, could be required for emissions control equipment at our mills in order to comply with the Boiler MACT rules as proposed in March 2011, although the anticipated impact of the rules, as well as the related costs, may be subject to revision in the future, particularly in light of the ongoing reconsideration process and litigation. The nature, scope and timing of any proposed legislation, including climate change legislation and other proposed rules regulating GHGs is highly uncertain and, currently, we do not know what precise effect, if any, such legislation will have on our financial condition and operations.

Europe

        Our European facilities are subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which we operate. The air emissions, water discharges and pollution control requirements of the permits of our mill operations in the European Union are based on Best Available Techniques (BAT). These are defined in the BAT reference documents (BREFs) of the Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control directive (IPPC). These documents are currently being revised but this exercise is taking longer than initially expected. The revised documents are expected to be adopted in early 2013.

        Other laws and regulations that apply to all our facilities in the European Union include:

        The countries within which Sappi operates in Europe have all ratified the Kyoto Protocol and we have developed a GHG strategy to comply with applicable GHG restrictions and to manage emission reductions cost effectively.

        The European Union (EU) has embarked on a plan to cut its energy consumption by 20% by 2020 in a bid to reduce its dependency on imported oil and gas and reduces energy costs by an estimated EUR100 billion every year. The EU target has three '20% elements'—20% reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, achieve a 20% share of renewable primary energy and a 20% increase in energy efficiency by 2020. The EU Emission Trading Scheme (ETS) has backed this approach by introducing specific carbon limits for the pulp and paper industry of 318g CO2/kg paper and 20g CO2/kg sulphite pulp as a benchmark.

45


        Previously, we have had a surplus of emission rights due to our efforts to reduce our energy needs and to increase the share of renewable fuel use. These were either traded between mills or sold onto the market. For the next phase, as of 2013, the allocation will be based on a product benchmark and we expect to fall short of emission rights as the benchmark is very low. Currently, the cost for extra emission rights is estimated at EUR 14 million per annum.

South Africa

        In southern Africa, the environmental regulatory legal framework is still evolving, as is the enforcement process. We work with government authorities in striving to find a balance between economic development and social and environmental considerations.

        The Minister of Water and Environmental Affairs considered it necessary to strengthen enforcement of legislation by the Environmental Management Inspectors (EMIs) in her department. The EMIs prioritized various sectors of industry and inspected those sectors in the course of the past four years. From 2008 to 2011, the EMIs focused attention on the pulp and paper sector, signaling more stringent enforcement for our mills.

        Our Ngodwana, Enstra and Tugela mills have undergone comprehensive initial inspections with subsequent follow up audits done by the EMIs during the course of 2008 to 2011. We are continuing to make progress on addressing the issues that were identified by the inspectors and, as appropriate, have been voluntarily submitting progress reports to the EMI lead team member's office. The purpose of submitting regular updates is to maintain a sound working relationship with the EMI based on effective communication in a transparent manner.

        The primary South African environmental laws affecting our operations are:

        The requirements under these statutes, predominantly with respect to air emissions from our mills, will result in additional capital and operating expenditures, some of which may be significant. Newly enacted legislation in South Africa typically provides for a phase-in period for new standards. As a result, the impact on our mills of new standards contained in the Air Quality Act and the Waste Act is expected to

46


be distributed over the next five to ten years. We are in frequent contact with regulatory authorities during the phasing in of these requirements, in an attempt to manage the transition period.

Safety Matters

        The forestry, timber and pulp and paper industries involve inherently hazardous activities including, among other things, the operation of heavy machinery. All countries in which we have significant manufacturing operations, including South Africa, the United States and European countries, regulate health and safety in the workplace. We actively seek to reduce the frequency of accidents in our workplaces and to improve health and safety conditions by extensive training and educational programs.

        Our global safety improvement initiative, Project Zero, sets out the goal of no injuries. It involves implementing behavior-based safety programs throughout our Group and focusing on those activities which have in the past resulted in injuries or fatalities.

        In the United States, Sappi Fine Paper North America must comply with a number of Federal and state laws regarding health and safety in the workplace. The most important of these laws is the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act.

        In Europe, we participate in various governmental worker accident and occupational health insurance programs. In Belgium and The Netherlands, these programs are funded by mandatory contributions by employers and employees. In Germany, we participate in a similar mandatory contribution scheme controlled by the German government, which permits employer and employee participation in its administration. In Austria and the United Kingdom, employee liability insurance is funded by the employer. In Finland, employment accident insurance is funded by the employer while occupational health insurance is funded partly by employees. In Switzerland, employee insurances of non-work accidents, work accidents and occupational diseases are funded by mandatory contributions by the employer. The administrative board of the assigned insurance consists of representatives of government, employers and employees. The safety and health issues are integrated into the management systems and all mills of Sappi Fine Paper Europe comply with health and safety legislation and are OHSAS 18001 certified.

        In South Africa, we must comply with a number of laws regulating workers' compensation for injuries and health and safety within the workplace, the most important of which is the Occupational Health and Safety Act and related regulations. Our South African businesses are audited every two years to evaluate compliance with this legislation. All Pulp and Paper mills, as well as Sappi Forests Plantations, are both OHSAS 18001:2007 and ISO 14001:2004 certified for health and safety management systems and environmental management systems, respectively.

47



ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        Sappi Limited is the ultimate holding company of the Sappi Group. The following table sets forth significant subsidiaries and joint ventures owned directly or indirectly by Sappi Limited at September 2011.

Name
  Trading Name   % Held*   Country of
Incorporation
  Nature of Business

Southern Africa

               

Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd(1)

  Sappi Southern Africa or Sappi Manufacturing or Sappi Forest Products or Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging South Africa or Sappi Chemical Cellulose or Sappi Forests or Sappi ReFibre   100   South Africa   Pulp and paper manufacturer and forestry operations

Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd

  Lignotech   50   South Africa   Lignosulphonate Manufacturer

Usutu Forest Products Company Limited

  Sappi Forests, Sappi Southern Africa   100   Swaziland   Forestry Operations

America

               

S.D. Warren Company

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   United States   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Cloquet LLC

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   United States   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Europe

               

PE Paper Escrow GmbH

  PE Paper Escrow   100   Austria   Finance

Sappi Alfeld GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Austria Produktions-GmbH & Co. KG

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Deutschland GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Sales and marketing

Sappi Ehingen GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Europe S.A. 

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   European head office

Sappi Esus Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Holding Company

Sappi Finland l Oy

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Finland   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappisure Försäkrings AB

  Sappisure   100   Sweden   Captive Insurance company

Sappi Gratkorn GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Property company

Sappi Holding GmbH

  Sappi Holding   100   Austria   Holding company

Sappi International S.A

  Sappi International   100   Belgium   Treasury

Sappi Lanaken NV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Lanaken Press Paper NV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Maastricht B.V

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   The Netherlands   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Nijmegen B.V. 

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   The Netherlands   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Papier Holding GmbH

  Sappi Papier Holding or Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Pulp and paper manufacturer Treasury and holding company

Sappi Schweiz AG

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Switzerland   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Stockstadt GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Asia

               

Jiangxi Chenming Paper Co Ltd

  Jiangxi Chenming   34   China   Operating Joint Venture

*
Voting power is in the same proportion as the percentage ownership held.

(1)
On October 12, 2010 Sappi Manufacturing (Proprietary) Limited changed its name to Sappi Southern Africa (Proprietary) Limited.

48



PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        For a description of the production capacity of our mills, see "Sappi Fine Paper" and "Sappi Southern Africa".

        For a description of the plantations we own or have recently sold, see "Sappi Southern Africa" and "Supply Requirements".

        For a description of our capital expenditures, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

        The following table sets forth the location and use of our principal headquarters, manufacturing and distribution facilities. These facilities are owned unless otherwise indicated.

Location
  Use   Approximate
Size(1)
  Secured/
Leased

Sappi Limited

Johannesburg, South Africa

 

Sappi Headquarters(2)

 
15,058 m2
 

Leased

Sappi Fine Paper

Sappi Fine Paper North America

           

Boston, Massachusetts

  Headquarters(3)   2,964 m2   Leased

Skowhegan, Maine (Somerset mill)

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, softwood and hardwood pulp   1,094 ha   Financing Collateral

Westbrook, Maine

  Manufacturing facility: speciality and release paper and research and development facility   123.4 ha    

Cloquet, Minnesota

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp(4)   420.1 ha   Financing Collateral
Partly Leased

Allentown, Pennsylvania

  Coated paper sheeting facility   12.1 ha    

Dayton, New Jersey

  Distribution center(5)   33,243m2   Leased

South Portland, Maine

  Financial and customer service office(2)   4,500 m2   Leased

Chicago, Illinois

  Distribution center(11)   20,903m2    

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

           

Brussels, Belgium

 

Headquarters(6)

 
0.4 ha
 

Leased

Gratkorn, Austria

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp(10)   99.9 ha   Financing Collateral, Partly Leased

Maastricht, Netherlands

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and research and development facility   12.8 ha   Financing Collateral

Nijmegen, Netherlands

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper   10.7 ha   Financing Collateral

Lanaken, Belgium

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   32.6 ha    

Alfeld, Germany

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, uncoated paper and pulp   33.3 ha    

Ehingen, Germany

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   35.7 ha    

Blackburn, England

  Subsequently sold   36.0 ha    

Wesel, Germany

  Distribution center(7)   62.1 ha   Partly Leased

Stockstadt, Germany

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, uncoated paper and pulp   60.2 ha    

Biberist, Switzerland

  Industrial Site(12)   78.7 ha    

Kirkniemi, Finland

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   186.9 ha   Financing Collateral

Sappi Southern Africa

           

Johannesburg, South Africa

 

Headquarters(9)

       

Sappi Chemical Cellulose

           

Umkomaas, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: chemical cellulose(8)   159.4 ha   Partly Leased

49


Location
  Use   Approximate
Size(1)
  Secured/
Leased

Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging

           

Ngodwana, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard, newsprint and kraft pulp   1,282.9 ha    

Tugela, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and industrial kraft   914.4 ha    

Cape Kraft, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard and corrugating medium   9.5 ha    

Enstra, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: uncoated paper and hardwood pulp(8)   582.7 ha   Partly Leased

Stanger, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, tissue and bagasse pulp(8)   55.4 ha   Partly Leased

Adamas, South Africa

  Industrial Site(12)   7.2 ha    

Bunya, Swaziland (Usutu)

  Leased to third party timber processor   45.0 ha    

Sappi Forests

           

Barberton, South Africa (Lomati Sawmill)

  Sawmill   24.6 ha    

(1)
The approximate size measurement relates to, in the case of manufacturing and distribution facilities, the perimeter of the property on which the principal manufacturing or distribution facilities are situated and, in the case of offices, the interior office space owned or leased.

(2)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2015.

(3)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2021.

(4)
A portion of the equipment is subject to lease agreements.

(5)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2015.

(6)
Subject to leases expiring in 2016.

(7)
Of the total 62,140 m2, 8,800 m2 is subject to a lease that operates on a year-to-year basis. The remainder of the property is subject to a heritable building right ("Erbbaurecht").

(8)
Substantial assets are leased pursuant to finance lease agreements.

(9)
Included under Sappi Limited headquarters.

(10)
Part of the Gratkorn mill is built on land leased from the Gratkorn municipality.

(11)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2018.

(12)
Ceased production in 2011.

Sappi Plantations

 
  Hectares  

Owned by us in South Africa

    385,000  

Leased by us or managed directly in South Africa

    8,000  

Projects in South Africa (owned and managed by farmers that we indirectly manage through technical advice and support)

    108,000  

Leased by us in Swaziland

    66,000  
       

Total

    567,000  
       

ITEM 4A.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

50


ITEM 5.    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our Group Annual Financial Statements, including the notes, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report includes forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. See "Forward-Looking Statements", "Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors", "Item 4—Information on the Company", "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls" and the notes to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.

        The Group Annual Financial Statements including the applicable notes thereto, contained herein, have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

        Our fiscal years operate on a 52 accounting week cycle, except every 6th fiscal year which includes an additional accounting week. Fiscal 2011 operated on a 53 accounting week cycle while Fiscal 2010 and 2009 operated on a 52 accounting week cycle.


Company and Business Overview

        We are a global company, which through acquisitions in the 1990s, was transformed into one of the global market leaders in the coated woodfree paper sector. Two acquisitions were pivotal in establishing us as a global company, namely the acquisition in 1994 of S.D. Warren Company, now known as Sappi Fine Paper North America, and the acquisition in 1997 of KNP Leykam, now integrated into Sappi Fine Paper Europe. On December 31, 2008 we acquired the coated paper business of M-real Corporation, which is now integrated in Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Further opportunities to grow within our core businesses will continue to be evaluated.

        The Group has three reportable segments, namely Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa. Sappi Fine Paper comprises the reporting segments Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe. We also operate a trading network, called Sappi Trading, for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and for our other products in areas outside our core operating segments of Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to the three reportable segments.

        Sappi Fine Paper has a total paper production capacity of approximately 4.9 million tons per annum, of which approximately 4.7 million tons relate to the manufacture of coated woodfree and coated mechanical paper.

        Sales by source and destination for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 were as follows:

 
  Sales by Source   Sales by Destination  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  %
 

North America

    21     21     24     22     22     24  

Europe

    54     55     54     46     48     48  

Southern Africa

    25     24     22     13     13     13  

Far East and others

                19     17     15  
                           

Total

    100     100     100     100     100     100  
                           

51


Beneficial Shareholding by Region

        On November 5, 1998, our American Depositary Receipts commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Based on available information, as of September 30, 2011 we believe our beneficial shareholding by region to be as follows:

 
  September  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  %
   
 

North America

    18     16     12  

Europe and elsewhere

    11     13     13  

Southern Africa

    71     71     75  
               

    100     100     100  
               

Source: Registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, excluding the shares owned by a subsidiary of Sappi.


Principal Factors Impacting our Group Results

        Our results of operations are affected by numerous factors. Given the high fixed cost base of pulp and paper manufacturers, industry profitability is highly sensitive to changes in sales volumes and prices. Sales volumes and prices are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Industry profitability is also influenced by factors such as the level of raw material, energy, chemicals and other input costs, exchange rates, and operational efficiency.

        The principal factors that have impacted the business during the fiscal periods presented in the following discussion and analysis and that are likely to continue to impact the business are:

        Because many of these factors are beyond our control and certain of these factors have historically been volatile, past performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance and it is difficult to predict future performance with any degree of certainty.

Cyclical Nature of the Industry and Movement in Market Prices, Raw Materials and Input Costs:

        The markets for pulp and paper products are cyclical, with sales prices significantly affected by factors such as changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and changes in the world economy. The pulp and paper industry has often been characterized by periods of imbalances between supply and demand, causing prices to be volatile. Prices also vary significantly by geographic region and product. Coated woodfree paper, our core product used for many types of publications, is susceptible to the highly cyclical advertising market, a major driver in our business. See "—Markets" for a further discussion of the cyclical nature of the pulp and paper industry and movements

52



in market prices. In addition, the purchase prices of many of the raw materials we use generally fluctuate in correlation with global commodity cycles. Other input costs, such as energy and fuel costs, vary depending on various factors, including local and global demand and seasonality. Worldwide economic conditions experienced a significant downturn during fiscal 2009 which continued into fiscal 2010, resulting in significant recessionary pressures and lower business and consumer confidence. As worldwide economic conditions improved throughout 2010, demand for our products improved, and market prices increased in our major markets. Market prices for pulp increased significantly in fiscal 2010 and continued to do so during fiscal 2011 due to higher worldwide-demand, and in specific, demand from Asia. However, with the emergence of the sovereign debt crises in the European Union during the latter half of calendar 2011, the global economic recovery slowed and demand for our products, and consequently sales prices declined.

Sensitivity to Currency Movements:

        The principal currencies in which our subsidiaries conduct business are the US dollar (US$), euro (€) and South African Rand (ZAR). See "—Currency Fluctuations".

Sensitivity to Inflation Rates:

        Movements in inflation rates in the various regions in which we operate can affect our results. See "—Inflation and Interest Rates".

Additional week in fiscal 2011:

        Our normal reporting cycle comprises 4 quarters, each consisting of thirteen 7-day weeks, which is equal to 364 days per year. As a result, after 6 years we have effectively "lost" a week (including the leap year). Accordingly, every 6 years we add an additional week to one of our quarters, which we did in the first quarter of fiscal 2011—thus fiscal 2011 consists of 53 weeks of operations instead of the usual 52 weeks.

        The main impacts of the additional week this year are:

Acquisitions, Expansions, Restructurings and Cost-reduction Initiatives:

        We continually evaluate the performance of our assets by maintaining a focus on profitability and we actively manage our asset base on a regional basis, including closing non-performing assets and pursuing an investment policy that is focused on high-return projects. Some of these recent developments include the following:

        Blackburn mill closure and cessation of production from PM 5 at Maastricht mill:    During August 2008, we announced the possible closure of Blackburn mill in the United Kingdom and the possible cessation of production from our PM 5 at Maastricht mill in The Netherlands. We reached an agreement with labor representatives at out Blackburn mill during September 2008 and finally closed the facility on

53



November 12, 2008. On December 19, 2008 we also ceased production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill. As a result of the closure of our Blackburn mill and the cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, our coated woodfree paper capacity was reduced by 180,000 tons. Profitable products were moved to our other facilities in Europe.

        Acquisition of M-real Corporation's coated graphic paper business:    On December 31, 2008, we acquired the coated woodfree and coated mechanical paper business from the M-real Corporation. See "—Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment, Joint Venture and Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment".

        Muskegon mill closure:    During April 2009, we announced the suspension of production from our Muskegon mill in North America due to weak demand and prices for coated woodfree paper products in the North American market. We announced the final closure of our Muskegon mill on August 26, 2009. We continue to serve all our affected customers from our other operations in the United States. During August 2011, we sold the Muskegon mill site for US$2.2 million to a third party.

        Kangas mill closure:    Due to a reduction in the European consumption of coated magazine paper arising from the global recession, our Kangas mill in Finland had experienced a substantial amount of commercial downtime since the beginning of 2009. We announced the closure of the mill in January 2010. All our affected customers are now served from our other European operations. On July 7, 2010, we sold the Kangas mill land and buildings to M-real for €13 million.

        Usutu mill closure:    The Usutu mill was closed on January 31, 2010 in response to adverse market conditions in the pulp sector, as well as the cumulative severe impact of fire damage during August 2008, which destroyed 40% of the mill's timber crop. As a result, the mill was no longer self-sufficient with respect to timber supplies.

        Biberist mill closure:    On March 31, 2011 we announced, that due to the persistent overcapacity in the European coated and uncoated fine paper market, we would be entering into a consultation process with employee representatives and social partners at our Biberist mill in Switzerland. Despite the combined efforts of mill employees and management, we were unable to identify a viable alternative to ensure the future existence of the mill. On July 20, 2011, we announced the closure of the Biberist mill and ceased operations in the mill during August 2011. As a result of this closure, we reduced our annual production capacity by 500,000 tons of coated and uncoated fine paper in the European market. We expect that most of our affected customers will in the future be serviced from other European mills.

        Adamas mill closure:    We announced the possible closure of our Adamas mill in South Africa on May 23, 2011 and entered into a consultation process with employee representatives soon thereafter. Unable to find a viable alternative for the mill, we announced the final closure of the mill on August 3, 2011. We ceased operations at the mill later in August 2011 and transferred all products produced at the facility to other Sappi mills in South Africa to ensure an un-interrupted supply of products to our customers.

        Expansion of chemical cellulose capacity:    On May 17, 2011, we announced the US$340 million expansion of our Ngodwana mill in South Africa. The expansion will change the product portfolio of the mill to include the annual production of 210,000 tons of chemical cellulose. During November 2011, we also announced an additional investment of US$170 million in our Cloquet mill in the United States, which will enable the facility to produce 330,000 tons of chemical cellulose per annum. Together with our Saiccor mill in South Africa, these investments will increase our total annual chemical cellulose production capacity to approximately 1.3 million tons. Both projects have been initiated, are progressing well and we plan to commission both projects during 2013.

54


        Forestry investment:    During fiscal 2011, we announced a joint proposal with AsgiSA (Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa) to accelerate the establishment and management of 30,000 hectares of commercial tree plantations by 2020 in the Eastern Cape province of South Africa.

        European and southern African restructuring initiatives:    During fiscal 2011, we embarked on restructuring initiatives in our European and southern African operations in an effort to streamline our operations further, to adapt to the changing needs of our customers and to match our assets to profitable markets for future growth. We expect to start realizing the cost-saving benefits from these initiatives in Europe in the first half of fiscal 2012, and in southern Africa in the second half of fiscal 2012.

Markets

        The markets for our products are cyclical, with demand and pricing significantly affected by supply and demand dynamics, customer inventory levels and changes in the world economy. Prices also vary significantly by geographic region and product. Coated woodfree paper, our core product used for many types of publications, is susceptible to the highly cyclical advertising market, a major driver in our business.

Coated Woodfree Paper

        Demand for coated woodfree paper is heavily dependent on global economic growth. The slowdown in the global economy at the end of 2008 through most of 2010 meant demand for our products was lower than in previous years, where the global economy enjoyed stable growth. During 2011, demand for coated woodfree paper declined in mature markets, but grew in emerging markets, which we believe also reflects longer-term demand trends. Overall, there was a small decrease in global demand of 1.5% when compared to the previous year.


Global Coated Woodfree Paper Market Balance

GRAPHIC


Source: EMGE

        The global demand to capacity ratio for coated woodfree paper averaged 94% through fiscal 2008, but declined to approximately 82% in fiscal 2009 due to the slowdown in the global economy. The demand to capacity ratio rose to approximately 90% in 2010 as global economic conditions improved in our major markets and capacity curtailments were implemented. No increases in industry capacity in Europe and North America were discernible during this period, with companies reluctant to undertake

55



major new capital projects in these regions due to the poor returns being achieved. Despite global overcapacity, high Asian demand and growth rates and availability of funding led to significant coated woodfree paper capacity additions between fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2011 in Asia, particularly in China. Over 1 million tons of coated woodfree capacity was added in 2011. This additional capacity, coupled with flat demand, led the demand to capacity ratio to decline to 86% in fiscal 2011.

        North American apparent consumption declined by 26% in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008, largely as a result of the global economic recession. In fiscal 2010, as economic conditions improved, demand for our products improved by 13% compared to fiscal 2009. However, with the emergence of the sovereign debt crisis, growth rates declined in 2011 and apparent consumption grew by less than 1% during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Coated woodfree paper prices in North America increased during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, with an increase of approximately 8% in the grade that represents the largest end use of coated woodfree paper (No. 3 60lb rolls).

        Demand in Europe grew 2% in fiscal 2007 and was flat in fiscal 2008. Deteriorating economic conditions in 2009 led to a severe reduction in demand for coated fine paper of approximately 17% but demand grew again slightly by 1% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. During fiscal 2011, demand for coated woodfree paper fell by 6% when compared to fiscal 2010 as a result of sovereign debt issues combined with competition from electronic media. Industry shipments, which include export volumes, fell 5% in the same period. Due to global overcapacity and low demand for coated woodfree paper, manufacturers announced closures of approximately 1.7 million tons of coated woodfree paper capacity in 2008 and 2009. These closures positively affected the supply / demand relationship in Europe and around the world. There were no major capacity closures in 2010. In 2011, a major producer has announced the closure of 1.3 million tons of coated paper in Europe, including approximately 800,000 tons of coated paper, which is expected to further improve the supply / demand balance for magazine paper in Europe.

        The graph below reflects apparent consumption for the United States and Europe. Apparent consumption is consumption as indicated by mill sales volumes, which ignores the impact of customer inventory and the reclassification of imports. The sales volume to customers is used as the indicator of demand, with the difference between apparent and real demand being the movement in inventories.

56



US and European Apparent Consumption of Coated Woodfree Paper

GRAPHIC


Source: AF&PA & Cepifine
United States short tons converted to tons

        The price history for benchmark coated woodfree grades in North America and Europe is shown in the following chart:


Benchmark Coated Woodfree Paper Prices for North America and Europe

GRAPHIC


Source: RISI (Resource Information System Inc)

        Prices are list prices. Actual transaction prices could differ.

Coated Woodfree Paper—North America:

        The average sales prices achieved by Sappi Fine Paper North America increased by US$44 to US$1,058 per ton, in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Prices showed an improving trend over the course of the fiscal year as economic conditions improved and demand for our products grew.

57


        In October 2010, the US International Trade Commission determined that imports of coated paper from China and Indonesia threatened material injury to US producers and workers. The decision allowed the US Department of Commerce to impose duties on coated paper arriving in the US from China, ranging from 27.1% to 338.7% and for imports arriving from Indonesia, at 38%. These duties are expected to remain in effect for five years from November 2010, although there can be no guaranty that the duties will not be eliminated or reduced prior to that time.

Coated Woodfree Paper—Europe:

        In fiscal 2011, the average prices realized for our European products increased by €33 per ton compared to fiscal 2010. Prices for coated woodfree paper in Europe were higher in the first half of the year but declined slowly as demand weakened on rising uncertainty surrounding the European sovereign debt crisis. Sales prices in Europe are impacted by the movement in the US$ / euro exchange rate, as explained in detail in the analysis of sales by region contained in "Operating Results—Sales".

Coated Mechanical Paper—Europe:

        European deliveries of coated magazine paper increased 5% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, while average market prices also increased by 5%. The market for coated mechanical paper was more favorable than that of coated woodfree paper due to an exaggerated price differential between the grades, which made coated mechanical paper more affordable and more attractive to purchasers. Sales prices in Europe are impacted by the movement in the US$ / euro exchange rate, as explained in detail in the analysis of sales development by region contained in "Operating Results—Sales".

Pulp

        The global economic recession in fiscal 2009 led to a decrease in demand for paper and subsequently, market pulp. As economic conditions began to recover in fiscal 2010, coupled with a disruption of supply from Chile due to an earthquake, prices for market pulp rose quickly. Average NBSK pulp prices increased by 36% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Average NBSK pulp prices continued to perform well and remained high into fiscal 2011, showing an 11% increase when compared to 2010. NBSK pulp prices peaked in June 2011 but began falling as worldwide economic conditions became increasingly uncertain due to the European Union sovereign debt crisis.

        Since we sell roughly as much pulp as we purchase, fluctuations in market pulp prices have a marginal direct impact on our overall profitability. However, at a divisional level, pulp prices do affect the profitability of our divisions as Sappi Fine Paper Europe is a net buyer of hardwood pulp and Sappi Southern Africa and Sappi North America are net sellers of hardwood pulp.

58


        The price of NBSK and Bleached Hardwood Kraft pulp (BHKP) is depicted in the following chart:


PIX Benchmark Pulp Prices

GRAPHIC


Source: PIX (Index from FOEX Indexes Ltd)

        Chemical cellulose accounts for the majority of external pulp sales. Chemical cellulose is produced at our Saiccor mill in South Africa and is used principally as an input in the production of various textiles, non-woven fibres, microcrystalline cellulose for the food and pharmaceutical industries, ethers and Cellulose Microcrystalline's ("CMC") for a range of household as well as mining products, and a number of other application areas. Sappi is not currently active in the acetate segment primarily due to production constraints at the Saiccor mill, coupled with strong demand from its other segments.

        The movement in the price of certain chemical cellulose grades is linked to the price of NBSK. However, higher technical grade specifications allow chemical cellulose to typically trade at a premium to NBSK. BHKP generally sells at a lower price than NBSK.

        After a decline in the US$ denominated sales price of NBSK, which dropped to a low of US$577 per ton in March 2009, the market has seen a steady recovery, reaching a high of US$1,023 per ton in June 2011 before retreating to US$958 per ton by the end of September 2011. Spot prices for chemical cellulose reached record highs at the beginning of 2011 before falling back sharply in the latter half of the year.

        While demand for chemical cellulose experienced a sharp downturn during the first half of fiscal 2009 as a result of the global economic crisis, this was short lived and demand recovered strongly in the second half of fiscal 2009, driven mainly by a recovery in demand for textile fibres, including viscose staple fibres and lyocell. The Saiccor mill has operated at full capacity from the second half of 2009 and during fiscal 2010 and 2011, except for the three week strike during July 2011. Towards the end of 2011, a number of viscose staple fibre producers, largely those purchasing chemical cellulose on a non-contract basis, began reducing their chemical cellulose order quantities as a result of weakening demand, the introduction of new viscose capacity and the expectation of lower chemical cellulose prices from the newly announced chemical cellulose capacity entering the market. However, Saiccor's order book remains full as a significant portion of its capacity is contracted with key industry players.

        In fiscal 2010 the 90,000 ton per annum Baikalsk plant in Russia restarted production while the P.T. Toba plant in Indonesia, which had been switched to run on paper grade pulp, recommenced producing

59



chemical cellulose at an estimated rate of around 140,000 tons per annum. Furthermore, China increased its bamboo based chemical cellulose capacity by 40,000 tons per annum during the year.

        During fiscal 2011, the spot price for certain chemical cellulose grades peaked at US$2,400 per ton on the back of strong global demand. With pricing at these levels, a number of pulp and paper companies around the world announced new chemical cellulose capacities. However, as pricing for chemical cellulose eased back to more stable levels, some of these capacity expansions were cancelled or placed on hold, although, the market did see the commissioning of approximately 300,000 tons of chemical cellulose conversions (swing production capacity) due to the record high prices of chemical cellulose and cotton linter pulp in 2011. However, these production facilities exited the chemical cellulose market and recommenced with the production of paper pulp as the spot prices for chemical cellulose products declined.

        During 2011, the Cosmo Speciality Fibres production facility restarted its 140,000 ton per annum chemical cellulose line in the USA, bamboo based chemical cellulose capacity in China was expanded by a further 70,000 tons per annum and the Paskov Mill commissioned an additional 50,000 tons per annum of chemical cellulose in the Czech Republic.

Currency Fluctuations

        The principal currencies in which our subsidiaries conduct business are the US dollar (US$), the euro (€) and the South African Rand (ZAR). Although the reporting currency is the US dollar, a significant portion of the Group's sales and purchases are made in currencies other than the US dollar. In Europe and North America, sales and expenses are generally denominated in euro and US dollars, respectively; however, pulp purchases in Europe are primarily denominated in US dollars. In South Africa, costs incurred are generally denominated in ZAR, as are local sales. Exports from the South African businesses to other regions, which in local currency represented approximately 49% of net sales of Sappi Southern Africa in fiscal 2011 (fiscal 2010: 47%; fiscal 2009: 44%), are denominated primarily in US dollar.

        The appreciation of the ZAR or the euro against the US dollar diminishes the value of exports from South Africa and Europe in local currencies, while depreciation of these currencies against the US dollar has the opposite impact. Since expenses are generally denominated in local currencies, the depreciation of the US dollar has a negative effect on gross margins on exports sales as well as those domestic sales which are priced relative to international US dollar prices. The appreciation of the US dollar has the opposite impact. In North America, the depreciation of the US dollar against the euro or Asian currencies has a positive effect on sales volumes and margins, due to high levels of imports of coated woodfree paper in the market, which are adversely affected by such depreciation, and the favorable impact on exports of coated woodfree paper and release paper. The Group's consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the US dollar and the respective local currencies to which subsidiaries are exposed. The principal currencies in which subsidiaries conduct business that are subject to the risks described in this paragraph are the euro and ZAR. The following table depicts the average and year end exchange rates for the ZAR and euro against the US dollar used in the preparation of our financial statements in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009:

 
  Average rates   Closing rates  
Exchange rates
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

US$/ZAR

    6.9578     7.4917     9.0135     8.0963     7.0190     7.4112  

EUR/US$

    1.3947     1.3658     1.3657     1.3386     1.3491     1.4688  

60



Exchange Rate Trends

GRAPHIC


Source: Thomson Reuters

US$ 1 = ZAR, EUR 1 = US$.

        The profitability of certain of our South African operations is directly dependent on the ZAR proceeds of their US dollar exports. Selling prices in the local South African market are also influenced by pricing of foreign currency imports, and appreciations of the ZAR against the US dollar lead to increased pressure from imports.

        The translation of our annual results into the reporting currency (US dollar) from local currencies tends to distort comparisons between fiscal periods due to the volatility of currency exchange rates. On average, the euro strengthened 2% against the US dollar in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, but weakened towards the end of fiscal 2011 to close below its 2010 fiscal closing levels. The ZAR strengthened in fiscal 2011 to an average level against the US dollar of 6.96, 7% stronger than fiscal 2010 average levels, but weakened to a closing rate of ZAR8.10 / US$ at the end of fiscal 2011, approximately 14% weaker than the closing rate of fiscal 2010. The impact of these currency movements increased reported sales in US dollars by US$210 million for fiscal 2011, reduced reported sales in fiscal 2010 by US$264 million and increased reported sales by US$547 million in fiscal 2009. The impact of currency translation effects on our results of operations are described in "Operating Results—Sales" and "Operating Results—Operating Expenses".

Inflation and Interest Rates

        The graph below summarizes the South African inflation and interest rates (3 month JIBAR), as well as the South African Reserve Bank lending rate (repo rate) at the relevant fiscal year ends.

61



South African Inflation and Interest Rates

GRAPHIC


Source: Bloomberg

        In view of the global financial and economic crisis, inflation rates in the United States and Europe continued to decline in the first half of calendar 2009 before rising again in late calendar 2009 and early 2010. United States inflation rates declined again in late calendar 2010 before rising sharply in early calendar 2011 to reach levels closer to those of 2007 and 2008. European inflation rates continued to rise gradually in late calendar 2010 and 2011, also reaching levels closer to those of 2007 and 2008.

        Short term interest rates declined sharply in early calendar 2009, as central banks reacted to the sharp decline in economic activity, and remained at their low levels during the second half of calendar 2009, 2010 and 2011. The table below depicts the fiscal period average United States three month Libor.


United States 3 Month Average Libor

GRAPHIC

        The fiscal period average three-month Euribor interest rate in Europe is depicted below. The low short-term interest rates in the United States and Europe continue to represent a significant interest rate

62



differential when compared to South Africa's 5.5% repurchase rate as determined by the South African Reserve Bank, and could result in further short-term strengthening of the ZAR.


European 3 Month Average Euribor

GRAPHIC

        The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The Group monitors market conditions and may utilize approved interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest rate loans in response to changes in the interest rate environment. Hedging of interest rate risk for periods greater than one year is only allowed if income statement volatility can be minimized by means of hedge accounting, fair value accounting or other means.

        With regard to interest rate and currency swaps, hedge accounting is permitted when the hedging relationship between the hedging instrument and the underlying debt meets the relevant requirements of IFRS. For example, the Group has entered into two hedging relationships, an interest rate and currency swap which swaps the fixed rate on a US dollar public bond to a euro fixed rate, as well as swapping the US dollar principal of the bonds to euro, and an interest rate swap which swaps the fixed rate on a US dollar public bond into a floating US dollar rate.

        The Group has a current policy of not hedging translation risks. The South African and European operations use the ZAR and the euro as their respective functional currencies. Any translation of the value of these operations into US dollars results in foreign exchange translation differences as the ZAR and the euro exchange rates move against the US dollar. These changes are booked to the foreign currency translation reserve via other comprehensive income. Borrowings taken up in a currency other than the functional currency of the borrowing entity are specifically hedged with financial instruments, such as currency swaps and forward exchange contracts.

        For further information, see note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a detailed explanation.

South African Economic and Political Environment

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in South Africa. We have significant operations in South Africa, which accounted for 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, 24% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and 22% of our net sales in fiscal 2009. See "—Operating Results" for the proportion of South African operating profit to total profit.

63


        South Africa features a highly developed, sophisticated "first world" infrastructure at the core of its economy. Econometrix, a provider of economic analysis and forecasting for the South African economy, forecasts the South African GDP to grow by 3.1% in calendar year 2011. South Africa's long-term foreign currency investment ratings have remained constant over the last year. For information on South Africa's exchange control regime, see "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls".

        South Africa continues to face challenges in overcoming substantial differences in levels of economic and social development among its people. Access to land, poverty, unemployment, crime and a growing prevalence of HIV/AIDS are some of the social and economic factors that affect businesses operating in this country.

        The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. There are currently 66 open land claims against us, of which 42 are in Mpumalanga and 24 are in KwaZulu-Natal. Fifteen of the claims in KwaZulu-Natal have been withdrawn as have two in Mpumalanga. Another ten claims in KwaZulu-Natal are in the process of being settled. In addition, we have made an offer for the settlement of four further claims in KwaZulu-Natal and three claims in Mpumalanga. These settlements involve the sale of the portions of the land subject to the respective claims at prices to be agreed with the Commissioner on Restitution of Land Rights. The remaining claims have not been finalized and are still under investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.

        The southern African region has one of the highest infection rates of HIV/AIDS in the world. In 1992, we started a program to address the effects of HIV/AIDS and its impact on our employees and our business. Our aim is to ensure that our program prevents new infections and to treat the HIV/AIDS positive employees. The program places special emphasis on testing and counseling to ensure that staff is informed with regard to their HIV/AIDS status to enable them to make informed decisions as to their life choices. Since August 2002, our medical care for employees has included treatment to prevent mother to child transmission. Anti-retroviral treatment has been offered to HIV-infected permanent employees from the beginning of 2003. We have also extended our voluntary counseling and testing (VCT) programs, and are offering an HIV test to every employee who visits the clinics for a medical examination.

        The key components of Sappi's HIV/AIDS management program include health risk assessments and counseling services. The health risk assessment mechanism assesses the health risk levels among our employees, and channels the high risk individuals into various managed programs. Sappi have now reached a position where more than 50% of our southern African employees check their HIV status every year. Regular voluntary counseling and testing (VCT) ensures that we achieve early diagnosis of HIV infection and timely access to care.

        Following the first anonymous voluntary prevalence tests in 2003, a fourth comprehensive voluntary study was conducted during 2011 in all of our southern African operations. Based on a participation rate of greater than 80%, at the locations tested, we estimate that the overall infection rate in our southern African operations has stabilized at approximately 15%, which compares favorably with the national average (19.2%). In response to these surveillance results, renewed focus has been placed on the HIV/AIDS management program so as to further contribute to the containment of the pandemic. We

64



estimate that approximately 64% of our employees that are HIV/AIDS positive participate in our HIV/AIDS managed care programs, which is an improvement on the prior year's participation rate (58%). Furthermore, the impact of HIV/AIDS on a company is generally reflected in the mortality rate of its employees. Sappi Southern Africa's mortality rate has more than halved from a high of 1.12% in 2005 to a rate of 0.47% in fiscal 2011.

        Each Sappi operation in southern Africa has also identified the relevant role players in their geographical area and is working with them on the implementation of a comprehensive HIV/AIDS program, eliminating duplication and making optimum use of relevant resources through private-public partnerships.

        The government and organized business have taken a number of steps in recent years to increase the participation of Black people in the South African economy. To this end, the Employment Equity Act (No. 55 of 1998), the Skills Development Act (No. 97 of 1998) and the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act (No. 5 of 2000) were promulgated. The Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (No. 53 of 2003) has formalized the country's approach to distributing skills, employment and wealth more equitably between races and genders. BEE focuses on increasing equity ownership, management and control of businesses by Black people, and improving Black representation in all levels of employment. It also promotes the development of skills within a business, the nurturing of Black entrepreneurship through preferential procurement and enterprise development, and the uplifting of communities through social investment.

        In February 2007, the BEE scorecard as set out in the Codes of Good Practice published by the Department of Trade and Industry was streamlined and simplified without affecting their intended objectives. Our South African businesses were evaluated by Empowerdex, an independent BEE certification agency, against the Department of Trade and Industry's generic BEE scorecard and we achieved a score of 41 points with an overall BEE status of a "level seven contributor" (B rating) and a preferential procurement recognition level of 50%. Preferential procurement is used to drive transformation throughout the South African economy in that many customers will only buy from high BEE scorecard suppliers to boost their own BEE scorecard ratings. In July 2009, Empowerdex undertook the second verification of our South African businesses' BEE scorecard, and we improved our rating to a score of 54 points and an overall BEE status of a "level six contributor" (BB rating) and a preferential procurement recognition level of 60%.

        The Forest Sector Charter was published in the Government Gazette in June 2009 as the "Forest Sector Code". This Charter applies to all enterprises involved with commercial forestry and the first level processing of wood products. Our South African businesses are signatories to this charter via their membership of both Forestry South Africa (FSA) and the Paper Making Association of South Africa (PAMSA). This charter sets the objectives and principles for BEE, and includes the scorecard and targets to be applied within the industry, as well as certain undertakings by the government and the private sector (or South African forestry companies) to assist the forestry industry to achieve its BEE targets. With effect from calendar 2010, our South African businesses were evaluated against the Forest Sector's BEE scorecard.

        In June 2010, Sappi completed a BEE transaction whereby ordinary and "A" ordinary shares equivalent to 4.5% of Sappi Limited were issued to its strategic empowerment partners, and to various trusts for the benefit of its black managers, its employees and growers/communities in the geographic areas where Sappi's South African businesses have operations. The value of the BEE transaction (approximately ZAR814 million, US$115 million) corresponds to an effective 30% interest in Sappi Southern Africa, which meets the requirements of Forest Sector Charter and BEE legislation in general.

        For further information on the BEE transaction, see "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions".

65


        In September 2010, Empowerdex verified the South African businesses against the Forestry Sector's BEE scorecard for the first time, and we further improved our rating to a score of 75.2 points with an overall BEE status of a "level three contributor" (AA rating) and a preferential procurement recognition level of 110%. As a result, 110% of the value of all purchases from our South African businesses qualify as preferential procurement spend in a customer's BEE scorecard.

        The representation of Black people, particularly Black women, in management and all levels of employment within the company is a focus within the organization, driven by employment equity targets set in each occupational category. Skills development initiatives, particularly programs aimed at improving management and leadership skills, are geared to meet these targets. Where practical, we purchase goods and services from Black-owned businesses and seek opportunities to develop future Black vendors. We are committed to the support of our Project Grow, which is an initiative with local communities using their land for plantations while training them in the core principles of forestry management. This is achieved through financial and technical input, as well as by providing a secure market during the start-up phase of these small tree farming enterprises. This initiative has been extended to encourage aspirant tree farmers who wish to undertake forestry activities on a larger scale consistent with the government's strategy of promoting forestry as a means of sustainable livelihood in rural areas. We have a number of enterprise development initiatives and have established programs to train new entrepreneurs. These initiatives involve the transfer of business skills, technical assistance, financial support and preferential payment terms to assist new enterprises to enter the market. We have a history of investment in the communities in which we operate. Initiatives to promote education, health and welfare, arts and culture, and rural and community development, amongst others, are regularly undertaken.

        The South African constitution guarantees ownership rights of assets, and it is the stated intent of the constitution that transfer of ownership will occur at market prices. It should be noted that BEE equity participation need not necessarily occur at the corporate level, and can be effected at divisional, business unit or lower levels. Because the BEE Act sets forth a framework for plans rather than specific requirements or goals, it is not possible to predict whether or how our business or assets may be impacted.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company" and "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors".

Environmental Matters

        We operate in an industry subject to extensive environmental regulations. Typically, we do not separately account for environmental operating expenses but do not anticipate any material expenditures related to such matters. We do separately account for environmental capital expenditures. See note 32 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of these matters.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Environmental and Safety Matters".

Operating Results

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The operations of the Group are organized into the following three reportable segments: (for a more detailed description of the operations of the Group, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview"):

66


        The Sappi Fine Paper business comprises the two reportable segments, Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

        The Sappi Southern Africa reportable segment includes the following divisions: Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging, Sappi Chemical Cellulose, and Sappi Forests. Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging consists of two fine paper mills, three packaging paper mills and the Sappi ReFibre operation. The volume, revenue and cost relationship within the Sappi Forests business is substantially different to that of the paper and chemical cellulose businesses which form part of this segment.

        Profit or losses from investments in equity accounted associates and joint ventures not accounted for in our reportable segments and costs related to our Corporate Head Office, the Group's treasury operations and non-manufacturing entities which form part of the Sappi Group are not included in the reportable segments mentioned above, and are disclosed as Unallocated and eliminations in the segmental reporting.

        The analysis and discussion which follows should be read in conjunction with our Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        The key indicators of the Group's operating performance include sales and operating profit and operating profit excluding special items. Operating profit represents sales after operating expenses, which are comprised of cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses, other operating expenses or income and share of profit or loss from associates and joint ventures. As described in more detail in the discussion and analysis which follows, the key components of the Group's operating expenses can be characterized as variable costs (primarily variable manufacturing costs) or fixed costs (the fixed cost components of cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses).

        Cost of sales is comprised of:

67


        Selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised of:

        Other operating expenses (income) are comprised of:

        This overview of the Group's operating results is intended to provide context to the discussion and analysis which follow. General trends are being highlighted here, with a detailed discussion and analysis in separate sections below. The Group's results reflect the Acquired Business from December 31, 2008, the date of the closing of the Acquisition.

        The key indicators of the Group's operating performance are:

Key figures
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  US$ million (except for
share amounts)

 

Sales

    7,286     6,572     5,369  

Operating profit (loss)

    86     341     (73 )

Special items(1)

    318     (2 )   106  

Operating profit excluding special items

    404     339     33  

Basic (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

    (45 )   13     (37 )

(1)
Please see "Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data" for a discussion of our use of Operating profit excluding special items and its usefulness for investors as a non-GAAP measure.

68


        The following table reconciles operating profit (loss) excluding special items to profit (loss) for the year.

 
  Year Ended
September
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

(Loss) profit for the year

    (232 )   66     (177 )

Taxation charge (benefit)

    11     20     (41 )

Net finance costs

    307     255     145  
               

Operating profit (loss)

    86     341     (73 )

Special items—losses (gains)

    318     (2 )   106  
               

Operating profit excluding special items

    404     339     33  
               

Special Items:

                   

     

Plantation price fair value adjustment—loss (gain)

    16     (31 )   67  

Restructuring charges

    135     46     34  

Profit on disposal of property, plant & equipment

    (1 )   (5 )   (1 )

Asset impairments (impairment reversals)

    167     (10 )   79  

Alternative fuel mixture tax credits

        (51 )   (87 )

Integration costs

            3  

BEE transaction charge

    5     23      

Fire, flood, storm and related events

    (4 )   26     11  

     

Total Special items

    318     (2 )   106  
               

        Movements in operating profit and operating profit excluding special items are explained below.

        Segment contributions to operating profit were as follows:

Segment Operating Profit (Loss)
  2011   2011 vs. 2010   2010   2010 vs. 2009   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    136     (44 )   180     127     53  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    (71 )   (143 )   72     139     (67 )

Sappi Southern Africa

    63     (49 )   112     167     (55 )

Unallocated and eliminations

    (42 )   (19 )   (23 )   (19 )   (4 )
                       

Total

    86     (255 )   341     414     (73 )
                       

 

Segment Special Items (Gains)/Losses
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    (7 )   (56 )   (55 )

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    139     4     79  

Sappi Southern Africa

    136     22     72  

Unallocated and eliminations

    50     28     10  
               

Total

    318     (2 )   106  
               

69


Segment Operating Profit/(Loss) excluding Special Items
  2011   2011 vs. 2010   2010   2010 vs. 2009   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    129     5     124     126     (2 )

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    68     (8 )   76     64     12  

Sappi Southern Africa

    199     65     134     117     17  

Unallocated and eliminations

    8     3     5     (1 )   6  
                       

Total

    404     65     339     306     33  
                       

        Special items for the Group in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 are generally summarized below:

        Plantation price fair value:    This relates to an accounting fair value adjustment of the timber assets of Sappi Forests and Usutu Forests. This fair value adjustment is mainly impacted by timber selling prices, cost associated with standing timber values and harvesting and delivery, and discount rates applied. The parameters applied are all market related. The impact was a negative US$16 million in fiscal 2011, a positive US$31 million in fiscal 2010 and a negative US$67 million in fiscal 2009. For further information see "—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates".

        Impairment and restructuring charges:    In fiscal 2011 operating profit was negatively impacted by asset and investment impairments of US$167 million. The asset and investment impairments included US$56 million related to the closure of our Biberist Mill in Europe, US$10 million related to the closure of our Adamas Mill in South Africa, US$58 million related to asset impairments in our Southern African Paper and Paper Packaging business, where production will be curtailed, and US$45 million impairment of part of our investment in equity accounted associates and joint ventures. In fiscal 2010 operating profit was positively impacted by asset impairment reversals of US$10 million, which comprised the reversal of a portion of the fiscal 2009 impairment of the coated mechanical paper business in Europe that had negatively impacted operating profit in that year (US$74 million). Fiscal 2009 operating profit was further negatively impacted by the impairment of the Usutu Mill in southern Africa (US$5 million).

        In fiscal 2011 operating profit was negatively affected by restructuring charges of US$135 million. These restructuring charges related to mill closures and other restructuring actions mainly in our European business (US$89 million) and our Southern African business (US$45 million). In fiscal 2010 operating profit was negatively impacted by restructuring charges of US$46 million, which related to the closure of the Usutu Mill in southern Africa and the Kangas Mill in Europe. In fiscal 2009 operating profit was negatively impacted by restructuring charges of US$34 million which related mostly to the closure of the Muskegon Mill in the United States.

        Alternative fuel mixture tax credits:    The U.S. Internal Revenue Code allowed an excise tax credit to taxpayers for the use of alternative fuel mixtures. In 2009 we began to use an alternative fuel mixture containing diesel fuel and "black liquor", a by-product of pulp production, at our Somerset and Cloquet mills. During the second calendar quarter of 2009, we were approved by the IRS as an alternative fuel producer. The tax credit expired on December 31, 2009.

        During fiscal 2010, the Company filed claims for alternative fuel mixture credits covering eligible periods subsequent to February 2009 totaling US$51 million and US$87 million, net of fees and expenses and has reflected such amounts in the accompanying Group income statement in "Other operating expenses (income)". Cash received, net of fees and expenses paid by the Company during fiscal 2010 and 2009 totalled US$73 million and US$65 million, respectively. No receivables related to alternative fuel mixture credits were outstanding at the end of fiscal 2010. The Company considers the tax credits earned in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 as fully taxable and treated them as such in the calculation of its tax provision in the consolidated financial statements.

70


        On October 15, 2010, the IRS issued additional guidance on this topic, indicating that a taxpayer who received cash refunds under the alternative fuel tax program, can also receive the tax credit under the Cellulosic Biofuels Producer Credit ("CBPC") on those black liquor volumes for which it had not previously collected the cash refund. The company can make this election to file for the CBPC tax credits through fiscal 2013.

        BEE charges:    Charges related to a BEE transaction completed during fiscal 2010 amounted to US$5 million in fiscal 2011 and US$23 million in fiscal 2010. This transaction is explained in more detail in the section titled "South African Economic and Political Environment" above and in Item 7 "—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions".

        Fire, Flood and Storm Damage:    During fiscal 2011 operating profit was positively impacted by insurance recoveries of US$10 million related to the fire in the Stockstadt mill in Europe which occurred during fiscal 2010. The insurance recoveries were offset by costs incurred in fiscal 2011 related to the same fire.

        During fiscal 2010 operating profit was negatively impacted by a fire in our Stockstadt mill in Europe (US$21 million) and storm damage to various southern African business units (US$5 million).

        During fiscal 2009 the southern African business experienced devastating fires across a wide area of afforested land and some flooding at the Saiccor mill. The cost of these damages was US$11 million in fiscal 2009.

        Our Operating profit declined to US$86 million in fiscal 2011 from US$341 million in fiscal 2010.

        Operating profit in fiscal 2011 was negatively affected by net special items of US$318 million compared to a positive impact of net special items in fiscal 2010 of US$2 million. Special items in fiscal 2011 included an unfavorable plantation fair value price adjustment (US$16 million), restructuring charges (US$135 million) and asset impairments (US$167 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items increased in fiscal 2011 to US$404 million from US$339 million in fiscal 2010. This significant improvement was mainly due to increased demand in sales volumes and increased average selling prices for some of our major products.

        The Operating loss of US$73 million recorded in fiscal 2009 improved to an Operating profit of US$341 million in fiscal 2010.

        Operating profit in fiscal 2010 was positively affected by net special items of US$2 million compared to a negative impact of net special items in fiscal 2009 of US$106 million. Special items in fiscal 2010 included a favorable plantation fair value price adjustment (US$31 million), asset impairment reversals (US$10 million) and alternative fuel mixture tax credits earned in North America (US$51 million). These positive special items were offset by restructuring charges (US$ 46 million), BEE charges (US$23 million) and fire and flood damage (US$26 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items increased in fiscal 2010 to US$339 million from US$33 million in fiscal 2009. This significant improvement was mainly due to increased demand and sales volumes in the Group's major markets and increased average selling prices for some of our major products.

71


 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Segment operating profit

    136     180     53  

Profit on disposal of property, plant & equipment

    (2 )   (3 )    

Asset impairment reversals

    (3 )   (2 )    

Alternative fuel mixture tax credits

        (51 )   (87 )

Restructuring provisions (released) raised

    (2 )       31  

Fire, flood, storm and related events

            1  
               

Segment operating profit excluding special items

    129     124     (2 )
               

        Operating profit decreased from US$180 million in fiscal 2010 to US$136 million in fiscal 2011.

        The operating profit for fiscal 2011 included favorable net special items of US$7 million as shown in the table above.

        Operating profit excluding special items improved to US$129 million in fiscal 2011 from US$124 million in fiscal 2010. This improvement was mainly due to increased sales volumes and increased average selling prices partially offset by increased manufacturing costs.

        Operating profit increased from US$53 million in fiscal 2009 to US$180 million in fiscal 2010.

        The operating profit for fiscal 2010 included favorable net special items of US$56 million and consisted mainly of alternative fuel mixture tax credits earned (US$51 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items improved to US$124 million in fiscal 2010 from an operating loss excluding special items in fiscal 2009 of US$2 million. This significant improvement was mainly due to increased sales volumes, a reduction in variable cost per ton and a reduction in fixed costs.

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Segment operating (loss) profit

    (71 )   72     (67 )

(Profit) loss on disposal of property, plant & equipment

        (2 )   1  

Asset impairments (impairment reversals)

    57     (10 )   74  

Insurance recoveries

    (11 )   (22 )    

Restructuring provisions raised

    89     17     1  

Fire, flood, storm and related events

    4     21      

Integration costs

            3  
               

Segment operating profit excluding special items

    68     76     12  
               

72


        Operating profit declined from a profit of US$72 million in fiscal 2010 to an operating loss of US$71 million in fiscal 2011.

        The operating loss for fiscal 2011 included unfavorable net special items of US$139 million which included asset impairments related to the closure of the Biberist Mill and restructuring charges (US$89 million) partially offset by insurance recoveries (US$11 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items decreased to US$68 million in fiscal 2011 from an operating profit excluding special items in fiscal 2010 of US$76 million. This decline was due to increased input cost pressure and competition in all our major markets.

        Operating profit improved from a loss of US$67 million in fiscal 2009 to an operating profit of US$72 million in fiscal 2010.

        The operating profit for fiscal 2010 included unfavorable net special items of US$4 million which included restructuring charges for the closure of the Kangas mill (US$17 million), costs related to fire damage at our Stockstadt mill (US$21 million) partially offset by insurance recoveries (US$22 million) and the reversal of asset impairment charges (US$10 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items improved to US$76 million in fiscal 2010 from an operating profit excluding special items in fiscal 2009 of US$12 million. This significant improvement was mainly due to improved market demand for our products which lead to increased sales volumes, partially offset by increases in variable costs and fixed costs.

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Segment operating profit (loss)

    63     112     (55 )

Plantation price fair value adjustment

    16     (31 )   67  

Loss (profit) on disposal of property, plant & equipment

    1         (2 )

Asset impairments

    68     2     5  

Insurance recoveries

            (10 )

Restructuring provisions raised

    45     23     2  

Fire, flood, storm and related events

    1     5     10  

BEE transaction charge

    5     23      
               

Segment operating profit excluding special items

    199     134     17  
               

        Operating profit decreased from a profit of US$112 million in fiscal 2010 to an operating profit of US$63 million in fiscal 2011.

        The operating profit for fiscal 2011 included unfavorable net special items of US$136 million which consisted mainly of an unfavorable plantation price fair value adjustment (US$16 million), asset impairments (US$68 million) and restructuring charges (US$45 million). The asset impairments included US$10 million related to the closure of our Adamas Mill and US$49 million related to impairments of assets in our paper and paper packaging business where we have decided to cease production of

73



certain products. The restructuring charges relate to our revised strategy for our South African paper and paper packaging business.

        Operating profit excluding special items improved to US$199 million in fiscal 2011 from an operating profit excluding special items in fiscal 2010 of US$134 million. This significant improvement was mainly due to increased sales volumes and average selling prices in our chemical cellulose business partially offset by increased variable input cost per ton and increased fixed costs for the Southern African business as a whole. In fiscal 2011, all of the operating profits excluding special items of Sappi Southern Africa were generated by our Saiccor Mill, with the paper and paper packaging business making a loss.

        Operating profit improved from a loss of US$55 million in fiscal 2009 to an operating profit of US$112 million in fiscal 2010.

        The operating profit for fiscal 2010 included unfavorable net special items of US$22 million which consisted mainly of a favorable plantation price fair value adjustment (US$31 million), offset by BEE charges (US$23 million) and restructuring charges for the closure of the Usutu Mill (US$23 million).

        Operating profit excluding special items improved to US$134 million in fiscal 2010 from an operating profit excluding special items in fiscal 2009 of US$17 million. This significant improvement was mainly due to increased sales volumes in our chemical cellulose business, increased average selling prices for our pulp and paper operations, a decrease in variable input cost per ton, partially offset by an increase in fixed costs.

        Movements in the sales, variable cost and fixed cost components of operating profit are explained below.

Sales

        An analysis of sales movements in fiscal 2011 and 2010 is presented below:

Sales Volume
  2011   Change
2011 vs.
2010
  2010   Change
2010 vs.
2009
  2009  
 
  Tons ('000)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    1,436     82     1,354     80     1,274  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe*

    3,845     49     3,796     840     2,956  

Sappi Southern Africa

                               
 

Pulp & Paper

    1,700     (51 )   1,751     91     1,660  
 

Forestry

    917     (76 )   993     176     817  
                       

Total Sappi Southern Africa

    2,617     (127 )   2,744     267     2,477  
                       

Total

    7,898     4     7,894     1,187     6,707  
                       

74



Sales Value
  2011   Change
2011 vs.
2010
  2010   Change
2010 vs.
2009
  2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    1,520     147     1,373     78     1,295  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe*

    3,965     327     3,638     743     2,895  

Sappi Southern Africa

                               
 

Pulp & Paper

    1,721     233     1,488     364     1,124  
 

Forestry

    80     7     73     18     55  
                       

Total Sappi Southern Africa

    1,801     240     1,561     382     1,179  
                       

Total

    7,286     714     6,572     1,203     5,369  
                       

*
Fiscal 2009 includes 9 months contribution of the Acquired Business.

        The main factors impacting sales are volume, price, product sales mix and currency exchange rate movements. The South African and European businesses transact in ZAR and euro respectively, but the results of their operations are translated into US dollars for reporting purposes. The movement in the exchange rate from local currency to US dollars during the periods of high volatility significantly impacts reported results from one period to the next. Movements in exchange rates impacted sales positively by US$210 million in fiscal 2011 and positively by US$263 million in fiscal 2010. An analysis of the drivers of sales movements is presented below:

Sales Value Variance Analysis
  2011 vs.
2010
  2010 vs.
2009
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Exchange rate effects

    210     263  

Volume change effects

    3     951  

Price and product mix effects

    501     (11 )
           

Total

    714     1,203  
           

        Sales for fiscal 2011 were US$7,286 million, an increase of 11% compared to fiscal 2010. This increase was primarily driven by increased average selling prices and improved product sales mix in the paper and pulp businesses. Sales in fiscal 2011 also included a positive currency translation impact of US$210 million.

        Average selling prices realized by the Group in fiscal 2011 were 11% higher in US dollar terms than the average selling prices realized in fiscal 2010, as a result of an increase in pulp selling prices and increased average coated paper prices in our European and North American businesses. The average world benchmark NBSK pulp price increased by 11% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.

        In fiscal 2011, sales volume for the Group was almost equal to the sales volume in fiscal 2010.

        Sales for fiscal 2010 were US$6,572 million, an increase of 22% compared to fiscal 2009. This increase was driven primarily by improved demand in all our major markets leading to increased sales volumes. Another reason for the increase in sales was that the Acquired Business was included for twelve months in fiscal 2010 compared to 9 months in fiscal 2009. Sales also included a positive currency translation impact of US$263 million.

75


        Average selling prices realized by the Group in fiscal 2010 were 4% higher in US dollar terms than the average selling prices realized in fiscal 2009, mainly as a result of an increase in pulp selling prices. The average world benchmark NBSK pulp price increased by 36% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009.

        In fiscal 2010, sales volume for the Group was approximately 18% higher than in fiscal 2009. Excluding the sales volume of the Acquired Business, our sales volume increased by 13% compared to fiscal 2009.

        Sales increased by 11% from US$1,373 million in fiscal 2010 to US$1,520 million in fiscal 2011. Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales volumes increased by 6% when compared to fiscal 2010 as a result of improved demand for market pulp and increased coated paper sales, despite a weaker demand in that market. Average selling prices realized in fiscal 2011 of US$1,058/ton were 4% higher than the US$1,014/ton achieved in fiscal 2010.

        Sales increased by approximately 6% from US$1,295 million in fiscal 2009 to US$1,373 million in fiscal 2010. Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales volumes increased by 6% when compared to fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of increased coated paper sales, despite a weaker demand in that market. Average selling prices realized in fiscal 2010 of US$1,014/ton were slightly lower than the US$1,016/ton achieved in fiscal 2009.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe experienced strengthening market conditions during the first half of fiscal 2011. The second half of fiscal 2011 was however affected by a deteriorating economic environment which had a negative impact on volumes and sales prices. Overall sales volumes ended the year in-line with fiscal 2010.

        Although our average selling prices realized in euro and US dollar terms increased from €702 (US$958) per ton in fiscal 2010 to €739 (US$1,031) per ton in fiscal 2011, average selling prices realized during the last fiscal quarter of 2011 were below the average for the year.

        Market conditions improved for all Sappi Fine Paper Europe products during fiscal 2010 compared to the fiscal 2009 year. In fiscal 2010, sales volumes, including the Acquired Business for twelve months, were 28% higher than the sales volume in fiscal 2009, which included nine months of the Acquired Business. Excluding the sales volume of the Acquired Business, sales volume for fiscal 2010 increased by 20% compared to fiscal 2009.

        Despite the improvement in market conditions, selling prices only started rising in the last six months of fiscal 2010. The average selling price in euro terms for the last quarter of fiscal 2010 was €753/ton compared to an average selling price of €677/ton in the last quarter of fiscal 2009.

        Overall, average selling prices during fiscal 2010, in both euro and US dollar terms were lower than those achieved in fiscal 2009. Average realized prices in euro terms decreased from €717/ton in fiscal 2009 to €702/ton in fiscal 2010. Average selling prices realized in US dollar terms in fiscal 2009 were US$979/ton compared to US$958/ton for fiscal 2010.

76


        Sales from the southern African pulp and paper operations increased by 16% in US dollar terms or 7% in Rand terms in fiscal 2011 (US$1,721 million; ZAR11,974 million) compared to fiscal 2010 (US$1,488 million; ZAR11,148 million). The higher increase in sales in US dollar terms was largely due to the difference in average exchange rates used to translate Rand sales to US dollar in fiscal 2010 (ZAR/USD 7.49) and 2011 (ZAR/USD 6.96).

        Sales volumes for the southern African pulp and paper operations decreased by 3% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Demand for chemical cellulose products was extremely strong in fiscal 2011 and sales volume for the Sappi Chemical Cellulose business increased by 9% compared to fiscal 2010. The sales volumes for the Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging business declined by 10% compared to fiscal 2010, due to weak market conditions and strong competition from imported products due to the strengthening of the Rand against the US dollar during fiscal 2011.

        A major determinant of sales pricing in the chemical cellulose business is the NBSK pulp market price. During fiscal 2011, the average NBSK pulp price increased by 11% from an average of US$885/ton in fiscal 2010 to an average of US$978/ton in fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2011, our average chemical cellulose selling prices in US dollar terms increased by 21% compared to fiscal 2010, but increased by only 12% in Rand terms due to the strengthening of the Rand against the US dollar during fiscal 2011.

        Average selling prices realized in the Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging business increased by 14% in US dollar terms and by 6% in Rand terms compared to fiscal 2010.

        Sales of our Sappi Forests business increased by 10% in US dollar terms or 2% in Rand terms in fiscal 2011 (US$80 million; ZAR557 million) compared to fiscal 2010 (US$73 million; ZAR547 million). The sales volumes of the Sappi Forests business decreased by 8% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Average selling prices of timber, in Rand terms, increased by 9% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 due to decreased timber availability.

        Sales from the southern African pulp and paper operations (excluding Sappi Forests) increased by 32% in US dollar terms or 10% in Rand terms in fiscal 2010 (US$1,488 million; ZAR11,148 million) compared to fiscal 2009 (US$1,124 million; ZAR10,131 million). The increase in sales in US dollar terms was largely due to the difference in average exchange rates used to translate Rand sales to US dollar in fiscal 2009 (ZAR/USD 9.01) and 2010 (ZAR/USD 7.49).

        Sales volumes for the southern African pulp and paper operations increased by 5% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Demand for chemical cellulose products was significantly better in fiscal 2010 than during fiscal 2009 and sales volume for the Sappi Chemical Cellulose business increased by 18% compared to fiscal 2009. The sales volumes for the Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging business declined by 3% compared to fiscal 2009, despite market conditions and demand being better than in fiscal 2009. This comparison includes the closure of the Usutu Mill in January 2010 and the resulting loss of sales volume. Excluding the fiscal 2009 sales volumes of the Usutu Mill, sales volumes of the Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging business increased by 6% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009.

        A major determinant of sales pricing in the chemical cellulose business is the NBSK pulp market price. During fiscal 2010, the average NBSK pulp price increased by 36% from an average of US$650/ton in fiscal 2009 to an average of US$885/ton in fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2010, our average chemical cellulose selling prices in US dollar terms increased by 26% compared to fiscal 2009, but

77



increased by only 11% in Rand terms due to the strengthening of the Rand to the US dollar during fiscal 2010.

        Average selling prices realized in the Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging business increased by 20% in US dollar terms and by 4% in Rand terms compared to fiscal 2009.

        Sales of our Sappi Forests business increased by 33% in US dollar terms or 10% in Rand terms in fiscal 2010 (US$73 million; ZAR547 million) compared to fiscal 2009 (US$55 million; ZAR496 million). The sales volumes of the Sappi Forests business increased by 22% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Average selling prices of timber, in Rand terms, decreased by 9% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 due to increased timber availability.

        In the analyses which follow, cost per ton has been based on sales tons. An analysis of the Group operating expenses is as follows:

Operating Costs
  2011   Change
2011 vs.
2010
  2010   Change
2010 vs.
2009
  2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Variable Costs

                               

Delivery

    597     50     547     93     454  

Manufacturing

    3,962     501     3,461     619     2,842  
                       

Total Variable Costs

    4,559     551     4,008     712     3,296  

Fixed Costs

    2,296     138     2,158     184     1,974  

Price Fair value plantation

    16     47     (31 )   (98 )   67  

Impairment (impairment reversals)

    167     177     (10 )   (89 )   79  

Restructuring

    135     89     46     12     34  

Alternative fuel mixture tax credits

        51     (51 )   36     (87 )

Fire, flood, storm and related events

    6     (20 )   26     15     11  

BEE charge

    5     (18 )   23     23      

Insurance recoveries

    (10 )   (10 )            

Other operating costs

    26     (36 )   62     (6 )   68  
                       

Total

    7,200     969     6,231     789     5,442  
                       

        See "Operating Results" for the line items plantation fair value pricing adjustment, impairment, alternative fuel mixture tax credits, restructuring and fire and flood damage.

        Variable and fixed costs are analyzed in more detail below.

78


Group

        The table below sets out the major components of the Group's variable manufacturing costs.

 
  2011   2010   2009  
Variable Manufacturing Costs
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
  Change
2011 vs.
2010
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
  Change
2010 vs.
2009
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Wood

    773     98     149     624     79     54     570     85  

Energy

    670     85     59     611     77     47     564     84  

Pulp(1)

    987     125     80     907     115     382     525     78  

Chemicals

    1,117     141     92     1,025     130     186     839     125  

Other costs

    415     53     121     294     37     (50 )   344     51  
                                   

Total

    3,962     502     501     3,461     438     619     2,842     423  
                                   

(1)
Pulp includes only bought-in fully bleached hardwood and softwood.

        Variable manufacturing costs relate to costs of inputs which vary directly with output. The line "Other costs" in the table above relates to inputs such as water, fillers, bought-in pulp (other than fully bleached hardwood and softwood) and consumables. The Group's variable costs are impacted by sales volume, exchange rate impacts on translation of our European and South African businesses into US dollars, and the underlying costs of inputs. The major contributors to variable cost movements at a Group level have been the impact of the exchange rates on translation of the European and the South African operations into the US dollar presentation currency and actual input cost escalations. See "Principal Factors Impacting our Group Results" and "Currency Fluctuations" for a discussion of exchange rate movements. Cost increases are largely driven by international commodity price increases.

        An analysis of variable cost developments by region is as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
Regional Variable Manufacturing Costs
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
  Change
2011 vs.
2010
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
  Change
2010 vs.
2009
  Costs   US$ /
Ton
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    757     527     104     653     482     (7 )   660     518  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    2,407     626     282     2,125     560     547     1,578     534  

Sappi Southern Africa

    798     305     115     683     249     79     604     244  

        Cost management is a major focus area for the Sappi group. The company has engaged in a number of cost reduction initiatives aimed at offsetting the impact of increases in input costs. These initiatives are aimed at improved procurement strategies, improvement of production processes and product re-engineering initiatives to reduce raw material input costs through substitution of high cost raw materials with low cost raw materials. Product design and raw material inputs are constantly reviewed to ensure that product attributes and quality meet market specifications.

        During fiscal 2011, variable manufacturing costs increased by 9% from US$482 per ton to US$527 per ton in fiscal 2011. Wood, energy, pulp and chemical input prices were higher in fiscal 2011 compared

79


to fiscal 2010, however many procurement and manufacturing initiatives have helped mitigate the input cost increases. Cost management remains a high priority for fiscal 2012.

        During fiscal 2010, variable manufacturing costs per ton decreased by 7% compared to fiscal 2009 due to decreases in purchase prices of wood, energy and chemicals, partially offset by an increase in pulp input costs.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe experienced significant variable manufacturing cost pressure during fiscal 2011. Variable manufacturing costs per ton in euro terms in fiscal 2011 increased from €410 to €449 or by 10% from fiscal 2010, mainly due to the increases in wood costs and the cost of fillers and consumables, including machine clothing. In US Dollar terms the increase in variable manufacturing costs per ton from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was 12%.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe experienced significant variable manufacturing cost pressure during fiscal 2010. Variable manufacturing cost per ton in euro terms increased by 5% compared to fiscal 2009, mainly due to increased pulp input costs per ton. This increase was offset to some extent by a decrease in purchased energy prices. The increase in variable manufacturing costs from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 in US Dollar terms was also 5% as the average US$/euro exchange rate for the two years did not change significantly.

        During fiscal 2011, variable manufacturing costs per ton in Rand terms increased by 14% compared to fiscal 2010 due to increases in the prices for all raw materials and energy, driven by increases in international commodity prices. In addition to increased input material prices, production costs were also negatively impacted by a three week industry-wide strike during the year. The 22% increase in US Dollar terms in input costs per ton reflects the different average exchange rates used for translation in fiscal 2011 (US$/ZAR: 6.96) and in fiscal 2010 (US$/ZAR: 7.49).

        During fiscal 2010, input costs per ton in Rand terms decreased by 15% compared to fiscal 2009 mainly due to decreases in the input prices for chemicals and other input costs, driven by decreases in international commodity prices. The 2% increase in US Dollar terms in input costs per ton reflects the different average exchange rates used for translation in fiscal 2010 (US$/ZAR: 7.49) and in fiscal 2009 (US$/ZAR: 9.01).

80


Fixed costs

        A summary of the Group's major fixed cost components is as follows:

Fixed Costs
  2011   Change
2011 vs.
2010
  2010   Change
2010 vs.
2009
  2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Personnel

    1,238     62     1,176     130     1,046  

Maintenance

    300     25     275     25     250  

Depreciation

    414     3     411     15     396  

Other

    344     48     296     14     282  
                       

Total

    2,296     138     2,158     184     1,974  
                       

        The regional analysis which follows includes corporate fixed costs and consolidation adjustments which are reallocated to the regions and are not material.

Regional Fixed Costs
  2011   Change
2011 vs.
2010
  2010   Change
2010 vs.
2009
  2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    482     32     450     (29 )   479  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    1,169     36     1,133     94     1,039  

Sappi Southern Africa

    645     70     575     119     456  

        Fixed costs in fiscal 2011 increased by US$32 million or 7% from fiscal 2010 with increased personnel costs being the largest contributor. The reduction in our inventories from fiscal 2010 had a negative impact on fixed costs of US$11 million compared to fiscal 2010, as the fixed cost component of the inventory reduction was charged to fixed costs in fiscal 2011.

        The decrease in fixed costs of US$29 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 included a decrease in depreciation of US$11 million at our Somerset mill, and the benefits of ongoing cost reduction efforts in services and administration, partially offset by small increases in personnel and maintenance costs. The decrease in depreciation at the Somerset mill was due to certain assets being fully depreciated early in fiscal 2010. The increase in our inventories from fiscal 2009 had a positive impact on our fixed costs of US$13 million compared to fiscal 2009 as the fixed cost component of the inventory increase was credited to fixed costs in fiscal 2010.

        In fiscal 2011, fixed costs remained well controlled and increased by €9 million or 1% compared to fiscal 2010. The fixed costs increase in US dollar terms of US$36 million largely reflects the different average exchange rates used for translation in fiscal 2011 (EURO/US$: 1.40) and in fiscal 2010 (EURO/US$: 1.37). We have implemented fixed cost reduction programs in our European business, including the closure of our Biberist Mill this year. We expect the Biberist Mill closure and all our other

81


fixed and variable cost reduction efforts to yield benefits of approximately €75 million per annum going forward.

        Fixed costs increased by €69 million or 9% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The major portion of this increase was due to the inclusion of the Acquired Business for 12 months in fiscal 2010 compared to 9 months in fiscal 2009. Excluding the Acquired Business, fixed costs increased by €19 million or 3% in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009, mainly due to increased personnel and maintenance costs.

        Personnel cost is the largest component of fixed costs and remains under pressure in South Africa due to a high inflation environment and the impact of a skills shortage on labor rates, particularly in skilled technical functions.

        Fixed costs increased, in Rand terms, by 4% from ZAR4,311 million to ZAR4,485 million, in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. This increase was mainly due to a 9% increase in maintenance costs and an 8% increase in personnel costs. The additional maintenance related to the restarting of manufacturing equipment in fiscal 2011 that had been mothballed in fiscal 2010.

        Fixed costs increased, in Rand terms, by 5% from ZAR4,110 million to ZAR4,311 million, in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. This increase was mainly due to a 7% increase in personnel costs. Maintenance and services expenses were well controlled and remained at similar levels in fiscal 2010 than in fiscal 2009.

Net Finance Costs

        Annual finance costs may be analyzed as follows:

Finance Costs
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Finance costs

    348     309     198  

Finance revenue

    (12 )   (16 )   (61 )
               

Net interest paid

    336     293     137  

Net foreign exchange gains

    (13 )   (17 )   (17 )

Net fair value (gain)/loss on financial instruments

    (16 )   (21 )   25  
               

Net finance costs

    307     255     145  
               

        Net interest paid (finance costs less finance revenue) in fiscal 2011 was US$336 million compared to US$293 million in 2010 and to US$137 million in fiscal 2009. The increase in net interest paid in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was a result of breakage costs of US$43 million incurred in connection with the 2011 Refinancing. The increase in net interest paid in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was a result of higher interest rates on higher average debt following the 2009 Refinancing completed towards the end of fiscal 2009.

        The US$13 million and US$17 million net foreign exchange gains in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, were due to the forward points that accrued on US Dollar/ZAR forward cover taken on export sales from our Southern African business. The Group's policy is to identify foreign exchange risks immediately when they arise and to cover these risks to the functional currency of the operation where

82



the risk lies. The majority of the Group's foreign exchange exposures are covered centrally by the Group Treasury which nets the internal exposures and hedges the residual exposure with third party banks.

        The net fair value movement on financial instruments relates to the net impact of currency and interest rate movements, under hedge accounting for certain interest rate and currency swaps the Group entered into, in order to manage the interest and currency exposure on internal and external loans. During fiscal 2009 certain interest rate swaps were closed early in anticipation of the 2009 Refinancing and this resulted in additional swap charges. The closure of these swaps stopped the hedging relationship with the underlying debt and therefore the difference between the carrying amount and the notional amount of the debt is being amortized over the original life of the swaps. This has resulted in a gain to financial instruments of US$16 million and US$21 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.

Taxation

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

(Loss)/profit before taxation

    (221 )   86     (218 )

Taxation at the average statutory tax rates

    (49 )   35     (60 )

Net exempt income and non-tax deductible expenditure

    (10 )   (10 )   (32 )

Effect of tax rate changes

            (3 )

Deferred tax asset not recognized

    110     65     72  

Utilization of previously unrecognized tax assets

    (41 )   (54 )   (22 )

Secondary Tax on Companies

            4  

Prior year adjustments

    (5 )   (20 )   (4 )

Other taxes

    6     4     4  
               

Taxation charge/(benefit)

    11     20     (41 )
               

Effective tax rate

    (5% )   23 %   19 %

        Our effective tax rate for fiscal years 2011, 2010, and 2009 was negative 5% and positive 23% and 19%, respectively. Our tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates and the amount of income in certain jurisdictions, which we expect to be fairly consistent in the near term. It is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. The main factors accounting for differences between our statutory income tax rate of 22% and our effective tax rate are explained below:

        Our tax charge for the year was US$11 million, despite incurring a Net Loss before Taxation for the group of US$221 million (which arose mainly as a result of the Special Items charge).

        In Europe, despite a US$318 million loss before tax, we incurred a small tax charge of US$4 million. This situation arose as a result of certain of our companies in Europe not booking tax relief on pre-tax losses and impairments as, in our judgment, there is not sufficient certainty that we will generate sufficient profits in those countries to recover these losses in the near future. In other countries we did incur taxable profits which resulted in the small charge for taxation in the region as a whole. We have substantial unrecognized tax losses in Austria, Finland, Belgium and The Netherlands which will substantially shield any profits earned in those countries in the future.

        A US$8 million charge in North America relates mainly to US Federal Alternative Minimum Tax and taxes paid in certain of the States where we operate. At the Federal level we have substantial unrecognized tax losses which shielded most of the pre-tax profits of the business.

83


        Southern Africa benefited from lower taxes on exports in certain countries through our Trading operations.

        Our tax charge for fiscal 2010 was US$20 million which was lower than taxation at the average statutory tax rates. In Europe, despite the US$150 million loss before tax, we were only able to receive tax relief of US$6 million, as certain countries in Europe did not generate sufficient pre-tax profits to recover these losses. We have substantial additional unrecognized tax losses in Austria, Finland, Belgium and The Netherlands which will substantially shield future profits earned in those countries.

        The US$6 million in North America related mainly to US Federal Alternative Minimum Tax and taxes paid in certain of the States in which we operate. At the Federal level we had substantial unrecognized tax losses which, in 2010, largely shielded the profits of our North American business and are expected to continue to shield them for some years to come.

        The effective tax rate in Southern Africa was lower than the statutory rate of 28%. Although there was no tax relief on the Broad-based Black Economic Empowerment transaction and on the Usutu Pulp Mill closure costs, profits on exports benefited from lower taxes in certain countries.

        Our tax benefit for fiscal 2009 was US$41 million, resulting in a tax rate of 19%. Our taxation relief was reduced because certain countries in Europe did not generate sufficient pre-tax profits to utilize the carried forward tax losses.

Profit (loss) for the year

        The company recorded a loss of US$232 million for fiscal 2011 compared to a profit of US$66 million for fiscal 2010 and a net loss of US$177 million in fiscal 2009. The main reason for the change in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was the adverse impact on profit of the unfavorable special items of US$318 million. For further information see "—Overview".

        In addition, this loss, together with a large negative currency difference on translating our euro and ZAR based operations into our US Dollar reporting currency and a negative adjustment related to retirement funding, led to a US$418 million reduction in our Equity in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.

        Basic earnings per share development is illustrated in the table below:


Earnings Per Share (US cents)

GRAPHIC

        In fiscal 2011 earnings per share was negatively impacted by certain significant items, including a plantation fair value price adjustment (US$16 million), restructuring charges (US$135 million) and asset and investment impairments (US$167 million).

        In fiscal 2010 earnings per share was positively impacted by certain significant items, including alternative fuel mixture tax credits (US$51 million), a plantation fair value price adjustment

84



(US$25 million) and asset impairment reversals (US$10 million). These positive items were partly offset by adverse impacts from restructuring provisions (US$46 million), BEE charges (US$23 million) and fire, flood and storm related events (US$21 million).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our principal sources of liquidity are cash holdings, cash generated from operations and availability under our revised credit facilities and other debt arrangements. Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from the need to fund capital expenditures in order to maintain our assets, to expand our business whether organically or through acquisitions, to fund our working capital requirements, to service our debt and to make dividend payments. Short term debt at the end of fiscal 2011 was US$449 million and included €100 million (US$134 million) which was drawn on the €350 million Revolving Credit Facility in July 2011 and held as cash, a ZAR1 billion (US$124 million) Public Bond in South Africa due in October 2011, which has since been settled from cash resources and a ZAR500 million (US$62 million) Public Bond in South Africa due in June 2012. The remainder of the short term debt consisted of additional short term portions of long term debt (US$38 million) and short term facilities which we expect to be able to roll on a quarterly basis (US$91 million). Based on our current level of operations and assuming the refinancing of the ZAR500 million Public Bond in South Africa due in June 2012, we believe our cash flow from operations, available borrowings under our credit facilities, and cash and cash equivalents will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. We intend to refinance the South African ZAR500 million Public Bond in the South African markets prior to its maturity.

        Our liquidity resources are subject to change as market and general economic conditions evolve. Decreases in liquidity could result from a lower than expected cash flow from operations, including decreases caused by lower demand, weaker prices for our products, or higher input costs. In addition, any potential acquisitions in which all or a portion of the consideration would be payable in cash, could have a significant effect on our liquidity resources. Our liquidity could also be impacted by any limitations on the availability of our existing debt and our ability to refinance existing debt, raise additional debt and the associated terms of such debt. However, at the end of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 we had substantial cash and cash equivalents of US$639 million and US$792 million, respectively.

        One of our liquidity requirements is usually the payment of annual dividends to shareholders. Considering among others the macroeconomic and global financial market conditions and our performance in fiscal 2011, as well as our priority to reduce indebtedness and preserve liquidity, the Board of Directors decided in November 2011 not to declare a dividend for fiscal 2011. See "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends".

Cash Flow

        In fiscal 2011, we retained our emphasis on cash generation and kept our capital expenditure at low levels, without compromising our current high levels of maintenance activities. Our focus on managing

85



working capital remained strong, particularly in relation to inventory levels and receivables, keeping our level of working capital in line with the level of trading activity.

Cash Flow Summary
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Cash generated from operations(1)

    798     737     432  

Movement in working capital

    (98 )   (5 )   152  

Net finance costs paid

    (256 )   (194 )   (81 )

Taxation paid

    (38 )   (9 )   (5 )

Dividends paid

            (37 )
               

Cash retained from operating activities

    406     529     461  

Investing activities(2)

    (243 )   (188 )   (762 )
               

Cash generated/(utilized)

    163     341     (301 )
               

(1)
Cash generated from operations is calculated by adding to the profit (loss) for the period, net finance costs, taxation and various non-cash items as set out in the table below. For further information, see note 23 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)
Investing activities in fiscal 2009 includes spending of US$590 million on the acquisition of the Acquired Business.

        Total non-cash items (as set out in the table below) in fiscal 2011 amounted to US$782 million, compared to US$469 million in fiscal 2010 and compared to US$567 million in fiscal 2009.

Non-cash Items
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Depreciation

    414     411     396  

Fellings

    82     71     69  

Asset impairments (reversals) & closures

    167     (10 )   79  

Plantation fair value—price

    16     (31 )   67  

Plantation fair value—volume

    (81 )   (67 )   (73 )

Restructuring provisions raised

    135     46     34  

BEE charge

    5     23      

Other non-cash items

    44     26     (5 )
               

Total

    782     469     567  
               

        Cash generated from operations increased to US$798 million in fiscal 2011 compared to US$737 million in fiscal 2010 mainly due to the US$65 million increase in operating profit excluding special items.

        Cash generated from operations increased to US$737 million in fiscal 2010 compared to US$432 million in fiscal 2009 mainly due to the US$306 million increase in operating profit excluding special items.

86


        The movement in components of net working capital is as shown in the table below.

Working capital movement
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Inventories

    750     836     792  

% sales

    10.3 %   12.7 %   14.8 %

Receivables

    831     888     858  

% sales

    11.4 %   13.5 %   16.0 %

Payables

    (1,064 )   (1,271 )   (1,116 )

% Cost of goods sold

    16.5 %   22.0 %   22.2 %
               

Net working capital

    517     453     534  

Ratio of net working capital to sales

    7.1 %   6.9 %   9.9 %
               

        Optimizing the levels of our working capital remained a key management focus area during fiscal 2011. We regularly compare our ratio of working capital to annual sales to those of our peers, and we believe that our working capital management compares favorably in that regard, although we have identified opportunities to improve this further. Managing the average monthly level of net working capital is a large element of the management incentive scheme for all our businesses.

        Net working capital expressed as a percentage of sales was higher at the end of fiscal 2011 than fiscal 2010. Comparing the average net working capital balance excluding currency impacts, over the fiscal year to the change in sales excluding currency impacts, the Group net average working capital was 2% lower than in fiscal 2010, while sales increased by 8%.

        Net working capital expressed as a percentage of sales was lower at the end of fiscal 2010 than fiscal 2009. Comparing the average net working capital balance excluding currency impacts, over the fiscal year to the change in sales excluding currency impacts, the Group net average working capital was 6% lower than in fiscal 2009, while sales increased by 18%.

        As part of the Acquisition in fiscal 2009, we acquired €232 million (US$326 million) of additional working capital, which was included in the purchase price. In the three quarters following the acquisition, great efforts were made by our European division to reduce net working capital to be more in line with the lower levels of business following the global economic crisis. The US$152 million of cash released from working capital in fiscal 2009 relates mainly to working capital reduction in the European business following the Acquisition. Nevertheless, net working capital as a percentage of sales at the end of fiscal 2009 was higher, at 9.9%, than the 7.2% achieved in fiscal 2008.

        Cash utilized in investing activities for the period from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 is as set out in the table below:

Investing Activities
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Capital expenditure

    262     211     176  

Proceeds on disposals of non-current assets

    (6 )   (21 )   (2 )

Decrease in other non-current assets

    (13 )   (2 )   (2 )

Acquisition of businesses(1)

            590  
               

Total

    243     188     762  
               

(1)
The Acquisition by the Group of the Acquired Business on December 31, 2008.

87


        Capital expenditure by region is as follows:

Capital Expenditure by Region
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    56     42     28  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    111     95     83  

Sappi Southern Africa

    93     72     67  

Other

    2     2     (2 )
               

Total

    262     211     176  
               

        Capital expenditure excludes capitalized interest.

        Our capital expenditure program varies from year to year, and expenditure in one year is not necessarily indicative of future capital expenditure.

        During fiscal 2011, our capital expenditure was US$262 million, compared to US$211 million during fiscal 2010. As part of our cash management efforts we managed capital expenditure to a strategic target without compromising the maintenance of our asset base.

        During fiscal 2010, our capital expenditure, including US$9 million of plantation land purchases, was US$211 million, compared to US$176 million during fiscal 2009, which included US$1 million of plantation land purchases.

        During fiscal 2009, as part of our efforts to address the impact of challenging market conditions and since we were not committed to any significant capital expenditures for expansion, we reduced capital expenditures significantly.

        The capital expenditure program for these periods was funded primarily through internally generated funds.

        We operate in an industry that requires high capital expenditures and, as a result, we need to devote a significant part of our cash flow to capital expenditure programs, including investments relating to maintaining operations. Capital spending for investment relating to maintaining operations during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 amounted to approximately US$213 million, US$173 million and US$147 million, respectively. The capital spending relating to maintaining investments included US$11 million, US$14 million and US$6 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, spent in connection with reconfiguring the recovery cycle at the Somerset Mill to increase the utilization of black liquor, a renewable fuel generated as a by-product of the pulping process. This increase in black liquor utilization is estimated to be equivalent to the energy contained in approximately 100,000 barrels of oil per year. We achieved the expected results of lower costs, improved energy efficiency and further reduction of our carbon footprint.

        Capital spending for expanding or improving our operations during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 amounted to approximately US$49 million, US$38 million and US$29 million, respectively.

        Capital expenditure to expand or improve operations in fiscal 2011 included production process improvements across all three of our operating regions and also included the chemical cellulose expansion project at our Ngodwana Mill.

        On May 17, 2011, we announced a US$340 million expansion at our Ngodwana mill which will change the product portfolio of the mill to include the annual production of 210,000 tons of chemical cellulose. During November 2011, we also announced an additional investment of US$170 million in our Cloquet mill in the United States, which will enable the facility to produce 330,000 tons of chemical cellulose per annum. Together with our Saiccor Mill in South Africa, these investments will increase our total annual chemical cellulose production capacity to approximately 1.3 million tons. Both projects have been initiated, are progressing well and we plan to commission both projects during the 2013 calendar year.

88


        Capital expenditure to expand operations in the fiscal years 2010 and 2009 primarily consisted of investments to improve production processes, increase our plantation land holdings and increase the capacity of and improve our Saiccor Mill in South Africa. In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the existing capacity at our Saiccor Mill, where Chemical Cellulose products are produced. The previous production capacity of the mill was approximately 600,000 metric tons per annum. This expansion increased the capacity to a maximum of 800,000 tons per annum. The increased capacity came on-line in September 2008 and became fully operational in April 2009.

        Capital spending is expected to be funded primarily through internally generated funds. For further details about our capital commitments, see note 25 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Cash generated in fiscal 2011 was US$163 million compared to cash generated of US$341 million in fiscal 2010. The cash flow in fiscal 2011 was negatively impacted by higher working capital, capital expenditure and finance costs. See "—Financing Cash Flows—Summary of Certain Debt Arrangements".

        Cash generated in fiscal 2010 was US$341 million compared to cash utilized in fiscal 2009 of US$301 million, which included US$590 million spent on the Acquisition. The cash flow in fiscal 2010 was improved by US$73 million received in connection with alternative fuel mixture tax credits in our North American business.

Financing cash flows

        Net financing cash outflows of US$296 million during fiscal 2011 relate mainly to debt repayments. See "—Financing" for a more detailed discussion on the 2011 financing transactions, other cash inflows and cash outflows and the application of the funds received from these transactions.

        Gross finance inflows and outflows for fiscal 2010 represent the continuous nature of our various revolving securitization programs, revolving credit facilities and other interest bearing borrowings. In fiscal 2010, cash resources were used to repay approximately US$316 million of long term interest bearing liabilities.

        Net financing cash inflows during fiscal 2009 of US$707 million were positively impacted by the December 2008 rights offer raising gross proceeds of US$575 million and the completed high yield bond offerings in July 2009 raising US$300 million and €350 million, both of which are due in 2014. In addition, we successfully refinanced the outstanding €400 million OeKB loan and entered into a new Revolving Credit Facility amounting to €209 million. Total cost related to rights offering and the Refinancing amounted to US$31 million and US$78 million respectively. See "—Financing" for a more detailed discussion on the financing transactions, other cash inflows and cash outflows and the application of the funds received from these transactions.

89


Financing

General

        Debt is a major source of funding for the Group.

Gross Debt
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Long term interest bearing liabilities

    2,289     2,317     2,726  

Short term interest bearing liabilities

    449     691     601  

Bank overdraft

    1     5     19  
               

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,739     3,013     3,346  
               

 

Cash Position
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    639     792     770  
               

Cash position

    639     792     770  
               

        Approximately 48% of total assets are funded by gross debt as of September 2011, is shown in the table below:

Total Assets Excluding Cash Equivalents
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,739     3,013     3,346  

Shareholder's equity

    1,478     1,896     1,794  

Other liabilities

    2,091     2,275     2,157  

Cash equivalents

    (639 )   (792 )   (770 )
               

Total assets excluding cash equivalents

    5,669     6,392     6,527  
               

 

 
  %   %   %  

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    48     46     52  

Shareholder's equity

    26     30     27  

Other liabilities

    37     36     33  

Cash equivalents

    (11 )   (12 )   (12 )
               

Total assets excluding cash equivalents

    100     100     100  
               

        The movement in gross debt from the beginning of fiscal 2009 to the end of fiscal 2011 is explained below:

Gross Debt Movement Analysis
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Gross debt—beginning of period

    3,013     3,346     2,679  

Debt raised

    910     69     1,274  

Debt repaid

    (1,118 )   (316 )   (634 )

Currency & fair value impact

    (66 )   (86 )   27  
               

Gross debt—end of period

    2,739     3,013     3,346  
               

        We continue to focus on managing the level of our debt and have repaid US$1,118 million of gross debt during fiscal 2011. The debt raised in fiscal 2011 consists mainly of the 2018 Notes, the 2021 Notes, notes issued under the Domestic Medium Term Note Program in South Africa and a €100 million drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility. Debt repayments in 2011 relate mainly to the repayment of the

90



US$500 million 2012 Notes and the early repayment of €320 million outstanding on the OeKB Term Loan facility. These debt repayments were made using both cash resources and the funds received from the offering of the 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes. Also included in the 2011 debt repayments is the net funding difference of US$79 million due on replacing the previous short-term receivables securitization program with a new long-term facility. Of the US$274 million decrease in gross debt in fiscal 2011, US$66 million was due to the impact of translating our European and South African debt into US dollars and other fair value adjustments.

Debt profile

        Our debt is comprised of a variety of debt instruments, including committed credit facilities, local bank overdraft facilities and lines of credit, debt securities issued in the global and South African capital markets, commercial paper programs, receivables securitization programs and finance leases. See note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        The make-up of our gross debt is set out in the table below:

Debt Profile
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Long-term debt

    2,289     2,317     2,726  

Short-term debt

    449     691     601  

Bank overdraft

    1     5     19  
               

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,739     3,013     3,346  
               

        Short-term debt of US$449 million includes an amount of €100 million (US$134 million) which was drawn on the €350 million Revolving Credit Facility in July 2011 and held as cash, as well as the ZAR1 billion (US$124 million) Public Bond in South Africa due in October 2011 and which has since been settled from cash resources. The remainder of the short term borrowings consists of the short term portion of long term debt and short term facilities which are rolled quarterly. Short-term debt of US$691 million in fiscal 2010 includes an amount of US$447 million (fiscal 2009: US$400 million) of securitized receivables funding under various short term revolving securitization programs. These short-term programs were replaced with a single long-term program in fiscal 2011 and therefore securitization receivables funding of US$368 million is included within Long-term debt in fiscal 2011.

        The average maturity of our long term debt as at September 2011 is 5 years with the profile as shown below:


Gross debt maturity profile (US$ million)

GRAPHIC

91


        As at the fiscal 2011 year end, short-term debt and overdraft funding was US$450 million and cash and cash equivalents were US$639 million.

        At September 2011 the Group had unutilized uncommitted borrowing facilities of approximately US$43 million and available cash and cash equivalents of US$639 million. At September 2010 the unutilized uncommitted borrowing facilities were approximately US$106 million and the available cash and cash equivalents were US$792 million. The committed facilities at the end of fiscal 2011 of US$421 million include the €250 million undrawn portion of the €350 million Revolving Credit Facility. This facility was increased and extended during fiscal 2011 from the €209 million facility that was available and undrawn at the end of fiscal 2010.

        US$368 million of the long-term debt at the fiscal 2011 year end was in the form of securitized trade receivables funding under the new three year program. For further information on Group borrowing facilities secured by trade receivables, refer to note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        In fiscal 2011, our financing activities concentrated on utilizing our cash resources to repay certain long-term debt, improving our debt maturity profile by arranging longer term debt to refinance a portion of our shorter term debt and replacing our short-term securitization program with a new long-term program and improving our liquidity position by increasing and extending our revolving credit facility. This was achieved by the issuance of the €250 million 2018 Notes and, the US$350 million 2021 Notes, the repayment of both the US$500 million 2012 Notes and the €320 million outstanding on the OeKB Term Loan facility, the increase and extension of the €209 million revolving credit facility maturing in 2012 to a €350 million Revolving Credit Facility maturing in 2016 and entering into a new three year €360 million long-term trade receivables securitization program, the proceeds of which, together with cash on hand, were used to repay our old short-term securitization program. In fiscal 2010, our financing activities concentrated on reducing gross debt by utilizing our cash resources to repay certain long term debt. See "Item 10—Additional Information—Material Contracts".

        The make-up of our gross debt by currency is shown in the following table:

Debt by currency ratio
  2011   2010   2009  

USD

    23.0 %   24.5 %   28.9 %

EUR

    59.7 %   57.7 %   55.1 %

ZAR

    17.3 %   17.8 %   16.0 %

        Included in the euro denominated debt is the US$300 million 2014 Notes which have been swapped into euro.

Interest on Borrowings

        Raising new debt and refinancing existing debt in the third quarter of fiscal 2011, while improving the interest payable on borrowings going forward, resulted in once-off breakage costs of approximately US$43 million recorded as interest paid in fiscal 2011. The refinancing in the last quarter of fiscal 2009 resulted in substantially higher margins than we were previously paying, mainly because of prevailing market conditions and our credit ratings during that period. Our interest payable on borrowings therefore increased in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009.

Interest Rate Risk

        The Group has a policy of maintaining a balance between fixed and variable rate loans which enables it to minimize the impact of borrowing costs on reported earnings. Exceptions are made when fixed rates can be obtained at attractive rates, as this strategy locks in acceptable interest rates for the life

92



of the borrowing instrument. Hedging activities in relation to borrowings are restricted to interest rate swaps and where appropriate, cross-currency swaps.

        Upon issuing the US$350 million 2021 Notes, the fixed interest rate was, in April 2011, swapped into a floating interest rate using an interest rate swap. Upon issuing the US$300 million 2014 Notes, such notes were, in August 2009, swapped from fixed USD interest rates into fixed euro interest rates using an interest rate and currency swap. At the end of fiscal 2011, the ratio of gross debt at fixed and floating interest rates, after the impact of the interest rate swaps, was 65:35 compared to 80:20 at the end of fiscal 2010.

Short term borrowings

        The Group's short-term borrowings' position improved during fiscal 2011 with the implementation of a long-term trade receivables securitisation program to replace the previous short-term program. In addition, the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility improved the liquidity headroom available to the Group.

        Other than the securitization funding and the Revolving Credit Facility drawing, the short term borrowings have been largely consistent throughout the year. The Group issued no commercial paper during fiscal 2011 or 2010 and relies on the Revolving Credit Facility and cash on hand for short term liquidity requirements.

Summary of Certain Debt Arrangements

        Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms of some of our significant debt arrangements. Reference should also be made to those debt arrangements which are filed as, or incorporated by reference as, exhibits to this Annual Report. See Note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report "Item 10—Additional Information—Material Contracts" and "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements".

        Revolving Credit Facility.    On April 28, 2011, we amended and restated our existing revolving credit facility dated August 27, 2009. The amended and restated revolving credit facility provides for up to €350 million of borrowing availability in euro, US dollars and certain other currencies (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). The commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility terminate on March 28, 2016 and the annual interest rate on borrowings is calculated based on Libor or Euribor plus a funding margin varying between 1.65% and 4.75% depending on the credit rating assigned to the senior secured debt of Sappi Limited, plus certain costs. Borrowings may be made by certain subsidiaries of Sappi Limited and the Revolving Credit Facility is jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior basis by Sappi Limited, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH ("SPH") and certain other subsidiaries of Sappi Limited, as well as secured, together with certain of our other indebtedness, by first-priority security interests over certain assets of Sappi Limited, SPH and the other subsidiary guarantors. The Revolving Credit Facility contains an interest coverage covenant, a leverage covenant and a net debt to total capitalization covenant, in each case measured at the Sappi Limited consolidated level and set at various levels in line with the long term forecast of Sappi's results. The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain customary negative covenants and restrictions, including (among others) restrictions on dividend distributions, the granting of security, incurrence of indebtedness, the provision of loans and guarantees, a change of business of the Group, acquisitions or participations in joint ventures and mergers and disposals. As of September 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants. For further information, see "Item 10—Additional Information—Material Contracts", "Item 19—Exhibits", and note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        2018 and 2021 Secured Notes.    On April 14, 2011, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH ("SPH"), issued €250 million 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Notes") and US$350 million 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the "2021 Notes"). The interest on the 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes

93



is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2011. The 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes mature on April 15, 2018 and April 15, 2021, respectively. The 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior basis by Sappi Limited and certain other subsidiaries of Sappi Limited, and are secured by substantially the same collateral that secures the obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. Sappi has agreed to observe certain covenants with respect to the 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes, including limitations on dividend distributions and other payments, indebtedness, asset sales, liens, guarantees and on mergers and consolidations. For further information, see "Item 10—Additional Information—Material Contracts", "Item 19—Exhibits", and note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        OeKB Term Loan Facility.    In April 2011, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes to repay €200 million of our OeKB Term Loan Facility. We repaid the remaining €120 million of our OeKB Term Loan balance from cash on hand in June 2011.

        2014 Secured Notes.    On July 29, 2009, PE Paper Escrow GmbH (the "Issuer"), a special purpose limited liability company wholly owned by SPH, issued €350 million 11.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and US$300 million 12.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (together, the "2014 Notes"). Interest on the 2014 Notes is payable semi-annually, commencing on February 1, 2010, and the 2014 Bonds mature on August 1, 2014. The 2014 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior basis by Sappi Limited, SPH and certain other subsidiaries of Sappi Limited, and are secured by substantially the same collateral that secures the obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. Sappi has agreed to observe certain covenants with respect to the 2014 Notes, including limitations on dividend distributions and other payments, indebtedness, asset sales, liens, guarantees and on mergers and consolidations. For further information, see "Item 19—Exhibits" and note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Domestic Medium Term Note Program.    In June 2009, Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd (previously Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd) combined its ZAR3 billion (US$437 million) Domestic Medium Term Note Program established in June 2006 (the "Initial Program") with its commercial paper program established in November 2003 ("Initial CP Program"), into a new ZAR5 billion Domestic Medium Term Note Program (the "DMTN Program") which supersedes and replaces the Initial Program and the Initial CP Program in their entirety without affecting any notes issued under the Initial Program and Initial CP Program. On June 27, 2006, Sappi Southern Africa issued ZAR1 billion (US$146 million) senior unsecured fixed rate notes (the "First Tranche") under its Initial Program at a fixed interest rate of 9.34% payable semi-annually on December 27, and June 27, of each year, commencing on June 27, 2006. The securities issued under the First Tranche mature on June 27, 2013. On September 25, 2007, Sappi Southern Africa issued a second tranche of ZAR1 billion (US$146 million) senior unsecured fixed rate notes (the "Second Tranche") under the Initial Program at a fixed interest rate of 10.64%. The interest on the securities issued under the Second Tranche is payable semi-annually on April 14 and October 14 of each year, commencing on April 14, 2008. The securities issued under the Second Tranche matured on October 14, 2011 and were repaid using the issuance proceeds of the Fourth Tranche and cash on hand. On June 30, 2009, Sappi Southern Africa issued ZAR325 million (US$41 million) and on July 13, 2009, issued ZAR175 million (US$21 million) senior unsecured fixed rate notes (collectively the "Third Tranche") under the DMTN Program at a fixed interest rate of 12.13%, payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing on June 30, 2009. The securities issued under the Third Tranche mature on June 30, 2012. On June 28, 2011, Sappi Southern Africa issued ZAR500 million (US$62 million) senior unsecured fixed rate notes (the "Fourth Tranche") under the DMTN Program at a fixed interest rate of 9.63%, payable semi-annually on June 28 and December 28 of each year. The securities issued under the Fourth Tranche mature on June 28, 2016. The proceeds of the Fourth Tranche were used to partially refinance the securities issued under the Second Tranche that matured on October 14, 2011. Sappi Southern Africa has agreed to observe certain undertakings with respect to the

94



securities including limitations on encumbrances (other than permitted encumbrances) over its assets. For further information, see note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        2012 and 2032 Guaranteed Notes.    In June 2002, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (then organized as an AG) issued US$500 million 6.75% unsecured guaranteed notes due 2012 (the "2012 Notes") and US$250 million 7.50% unsecured guaranteed notes due 2032 (the "2032 Notes"), guaranteed by Sappi Limited and Sappi International S.A. On March 15, 2011, we purchased for cash US$150 million principal amount of our outstanding US$500 million 2012 Notes for an aggregate consideration of approximately US$160.3 million (which included accrued interest thereon of approximately US$2.5 million). Following the repurchase, the remaining outstanding principal amount of our 2012 Notes was US$350 million, which was redeemed in April 2011 with a portion of the proceeds of the issuance of the 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes. Interest on the 2032 Notes is payable semi-annually. The indenture governing the 2032 Notes provides for an optional redemption of the 2032 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price of the greater of (i) the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the applicable remaining scheduled payments discounted at a rate as determined under the indentures, together with, in each case, accrued interest. The indenture governing the 2032 Notes contains events of default customary for investment grade debt, including failure to pay principal or interest, a default in any other indebtedness, certain enforcement actions against our property and certain bankruptcy events. The indenture also contains certain customary covenants, which restrict our ability to create liens, to enter into sale and leaseback transactions and to undertake mergers or consolidations. For further information, see "Item 19—Exhibits" and note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Covenants

        Financial Covenants apply to US$23 million of our non-South African bank debt, the €350 million Revolving Credit Facility and our Securitization borrowings. In addition, our 2014 Bonds, 2018 Bonds and 2021 Bonds and certain of our bank facilities contain customary affirmative and negative covenants restricting, among other things, the granting of security, incurrence of debt, the provision of loans and guarantees, mergers and disposals and certain restricted payments, including the payment of dividends. As regards dividend payments, the group is restricted from paying cash dividends in certain circumstances. In addition, any cash dividends paid may not exceed 50% of Net Profit excluding any Special Items of a non-cash nature.

        Separate covenants apply to certain debt in our Southern African businesses.

        Our financial covenants require that:

95


        The table below shows that as at September 2011 we were in compliance with these covenants. With regards to our financial covenants, EBITDA is defined under the relevant agreements and net debt is calculated using average exchange rates for fiscal 2011.

 
  Fiscal 2011   Covenants  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Group Covenants

             

Net Debt to EBITDA

    2.60     <4.5  

EBITDA to Net Interest

    3.25     >2.0  

Net Debt to Total Capitalization

    59 %   <65 %

Sappi Southern Africa Covenants

             

Net Debt to Equity

    21 %   <65 %

EBITDA to Net Interest

    7.69     >3.0  

        The Group financial covenants also apply to our securitization program, included in the US$390 million amount mentioned above, with outstanding balances of US$368 million at the end of September 2011. No Sappi Limited guarantee has been provided for these facilities.

Gearing

        Gross debt to capitalization for each of the past three years was as set out below:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Gross debt

    2,739     3,013     3,346  

Gross debt and equity

    4,217     4,909     5,140  

Gross debt to capitalization ratio

    65 %   61 %   65 %

        Management monitors the Group's indebtedness in the context of the complex trade-offs associated with determining an appropriate level of debt finance, namely—financial risk, credit rating, the cost of debt and the expected return that can be earned on that debt. In regard to our debt level we also monitor cash flow to net interest cover. We recognize that we operate in a mature industry that normally generates substantial and reasonably reliable cash flows and that management has some flexibility to delay or minimize capital expenditure (which is a major use of cash) in difficult times to reduce financial risk. As previously described in this "Liquidity and Capital Resources", in view of the continuing difficulties in the world financial markets and macro-economic conditions, focusing on cash generation remains a priority. We are also aware that with uncertainty in financial markets, refinancing existing or raising additional debt and the associated terms are likely to be more challenging. The refinancing activities of 2009 and 2011 have contributed greatly to extending the Group's debt maturity profile.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Letters of credit discounting.    To improve the Group working capital, the Group sells certain Letters of Credit to Royal Bank of Scotland (Hong Kong) and DBS Bank (London) every fiscal month—end on a non-recourse basis.

        'Scheck-Wechsel'.    The Scheck-Wechsel is a financial guarantee supplied by Sappi to the bank of a customer who wishes to obtain a loan to finance early payment of specified trade receivables owed to us (thereby benefiting from an early settlement discount). By signing the Scheck-Wechsel, Sappi provides a financial guarantee to the bank of the customer.

96


        This financial guarantee contract is initially recognized at fair value. At inception the risk for Sappi having to reimburse the bank is nil because there is no evidence that the customer will not reimburse its loan to the bank. There is also no guarantee fee due by the bank and the Scheck-Wechsel is a short term instrument (maximum 90 days). Therefore, the fair value at inception is zero. Subsequently, the financial guarantee contract is measured at the higher of:

        As no default event has occurred, no provision is set up and the fair value at the end of fiscal 2011 remains zero. However, according to IAS 37 a contingent liability of US$32 million (2010: US$29 million) has been disclosed in this respect.

        Sappi Southern Africa securitization facility.    Sappi sells the majority of its ZAR receivables to Rand Merchant Bank Limited, which issues commercial paper to finance the purchase of such receivables. Sappi does not guarantee the recoverability of any amounts, but shares proportionately with Rand Merchant Bank Limited the credit risk of each underlying receivable, after all recoveries, including insurance recoveries, with Sappi bearing 15% of such risk (and Rand Merchant Bank Limited the remainder). Sappi administers the collection of all amounts processed on behalf of the bank that are due from the customer. The purchase price of these receivables is adjusted dependent on the timing of the payment received from the client. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter Bank Agreed Rate) plus a spread. This structure is currently treated as an off balance sheet arrangement.

        The total amount of trade receivables sold at the end of September 2011 amounted to US$121 million (September 2010: US$215 million). Details of the securitization program at the end of fiscal 2011 and 2010 are disclosed in the tables below.

        If this securitization facility was to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold in excess of the 15% credit risk described above. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an amount of defaults above a specified level; terms and conditions of the agreement not being met; or breaches of various credit insurance ratios. The impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement was entered into.

        Details of the securitization facility at September 2011 and 2010 are set out below:

Bank
  Currency   Value   Facility   Discount charges

September 2011

               

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   ZAR979 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR

September 2010

               

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   ZAR1,510 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR

*
The facility in respect of the securitization facility is unlimited, but subject to the sale of qualifying receivables to the bank.

        Details of the on-balance sheet securitization facilities that are applicable to our non-South African businesses being Sappi Trading, Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper Europe are described in notes 16 and 20 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        For details of operating leases please refer to note 25 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

97



Contractual Obligations

        We have various obligations and commitments to make future cash payments under contracts, such as debt instruments, lease arrangements, supply agreements and other contracts. The following table includes information contained within the Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as information regarding purchase obligations. The tables reflect those contractual obligations at the end of fiscal 2011 that could be quantified.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than 1 year   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than 5 years  
 
  (US$ millions)
 

On Balance Sheet

                               

Long-Term Debt Obligations(1)

    3,868     642     1,686     207     1,333  

Capital Finance Lease Obligations(1)

    45     19     19     7      

Other Long-term Liabilities reflected on the Balance Sheet(4)

    553                  

Off Balance Sheet

                               

Operating Lease Obligations(2)

    105     29     29     11     36  

Purchase Obligations(3)

    108     67     39     2      

Capital Commitments(5)

    61     57     4          
                       

Group Total

    4,740     814     1,777     227     1,369  
                       

(1)
Includes interest obligations to maturity to service the debt using interest rates prevailing at September 2011. The principal debt is US$2,738 million.

(2)
Operating leases are future minimum obligations under operating leases. Refer to note 25 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(3)
Unconditional Purchase Obligations are obligations to transfer funds in the future for fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices (for example, as in take-or-pay contracts or throughput contracts, relating to among others, timber and power).

(4)
The Other Long-Term Liabilities of US$553 million (fiscal 2010: US$546 million) on balance sheet, relate mainly to post-employment benefits, post-retirement benefits other than pension obligations, workmen's compensation, and other items which do not have a payment profile. Refer to note 21 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(5)
Capital commitments are commitments for which contracts have been entered into. Refer to note 25 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

        Strategically Sappi's Research and Development (R&D) focuses in two broadly defined areas. The first targets Sappi's core businesses where the drive is to improve current products and processes, as well as to, bring new product innovation to market, thereby serving our current markets through differentiation on cost and/or quality. The second area concentrates on opening up new markets for Sappi, through the development of distinctly new products and processes with the intent to maximize Sappi's opportunities as a processer and producer from a renewable resource base.

        R&D is managed at a number of regional technology centers. These "centers of excellence" liaise globally to leverage a unique set of skills to both improve processes and reduce costs, and to provide customer-focused product development. In fiscal 2011 our R&D expenditure was US$38 million, an increase from the fiscal 2010 expenditure of approximately US$35 million. In fiscal 2009 our R&D expenditure was US$31 million, reflecting a curtailment of research expenditure due to the difficult global economic situation which heavily impacted the pulp and paper industry. Since 2009, Sappi's R&D expenditure has increased approximately 10% year on year. During the same time, in response to the

98



gradual decline in demand that is evident in Sappi's graphic and fine paper markets, the proportion of this expenditure directed at developing products for new business and markets has increased from 6% to 12% of this total expenditure.

North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's R&D activities are centered at Westbrook. This center has a proud history of product and process innovation; for example, it developed the first machine coated and calendared one-sided and two-sided coated paper as well as the first high bulk coated paper.

        In addition, Sappi Fine Paper North America has a number of proprietary technologies, including the on-line finishing technology and its Ultracast electron-beam technology. Sappi Fine Paper North America's on-line finishing technology is used in production of coated paper at Somerset and drove a new quality standard for lightweight coated publishing papers. Our Ultracast technology is utilized in speciality papers such as release papers used in the production of high fidelity synthetic leather and other decorative surfaces.

        Research and development efforts are focused on next generation product design for margin improvement and customer features and benefits in both the release and graphic papers businesses. We have recently developed a unique textured leather offering with positive customer response. Current technology platform development centers on innovative materials research which has resulted in a more eco-friendly and cost effective binding technology. Lastly, a strong emphasis remains on expanding the use of our unique Ultracast Technology into new growth markets.

Europe

        R&D in Sappi Fine Paper Europe has focused predominantly on the development of digital grades, alternative raw materials and on innovative ways to substantially lower manufacturing costs.

        After the introduction of the toner-based grade, Digital TOP, in fiscal 2011 the effort has now shifted to the inkjet market where two grades, a coated grade and a pigmented grade are expected to be launched in 2012.

        In today's paper manufacturing process, many raw materials used are either mineral-oil based or obtained from mining operations. Sappi Fine Paper Europe's R&D is developing processes that enable use of raw materials that result from primary processes as a waste or byproduct in order to further boost the level of sustainability of coated paper. As has been developed in Sappi Fine Paper North America, new binder technology that is more eco—friendly and cost effective has been introduced into the European products. In both North America and Europe Sappi has developed a set of alternative binder techniques that are expected to provide a buffer against the impact of increasing oil prices on latex prices.

        Using R&D's adapted coating application technology, Sappi Fine Paper Europe has been able to significantly reduce manufacturing costs. In addition, the further adaptation of paper-architecture of coated paper allows the use of cheaper raw materials, thus lowering manufacturing costs significantly at various mills.

Southern Africa

        Building on the proud history of development in South Africa, which includes the development of the Sapoxal oxygen bleaching process, applied research is conducted over the full value chain of papermaking from fibre to pulping, bleaching, stock preparation as well as product development and the environment. Highlights for the year include the successful introduction of enzymes to reduce the energy consumption during refining and improve pulp properties into two further mills, the scaling up of the pilot process for producing dissolving pulp from the commercial wood species in the regions using

99



the pre-hydrolysis kraft process into the Ngodwana Mill expansion, and the identification and implementation of opportunities to reduce refining energy at the Kirkniemi mill in Europe.

        At our forest research center in KwaZulu-Natal, we focus on the genetic improvement of trees planted in Sappi's plantation forests to maximize the yield of high quality pulp obtained per hectare. This includes breeding and selecting trees with fibre properties that enhance the characteristics of our end products, as well as, breeding for pest and disease resistance to ensure a sustainable supply of timber. Investigating new molecular genetic breeding tools which can increase the speed and efficiency of the current tree improvement processes, forms part of the research. The recent adoption of DNA fingerprinting tools to ensure the correct identity of individuals in the breeding populations and production seed orchards, marks the first operational adoption of the molecular genetic tools.

        At the Saiccor mill, there is a research group dedicated to the production of chemical cellulose. The focus is largely on product development to provide more product options and expand the value added product range from Saiccor, and meet the needs of Sappi's global customers.


Share Buy Backs

        Through a wholly-owned subsidiary, the Sappi group has in previous fiscal years acquired approximately 21.4 million Sappi Limited ordinary shares (treasury shares) on the open market of the JSE Limited. No shares were acquired during fiscals 2011 and 2010. Some of these treasury shares have been, and will continue to be, utilized to meet the requirements of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust from time to time. See notes 17 and 28 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional details relating to treasury shares.

        Considering that it is the Group's stated intention to reduce debt, it is unlikely that the Group will seek approval for the purchase of Sappi shares in the foreseeable future.

        On December 02, 2011, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 2,309 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was US$2.81 per ADS. See "Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details" for an explanation of share prices.

        In terms of the listing requirements of the JSE a company may not repurchase its shares during a closed period, which is defined as the period between the end of a fiscal reporting period and the publication of the results for that period and any period during which the company is trading under a cautionary announcement.


Dividends

        Our policy is to consider dividends on an annual basis and to declare cash dividends in US dollars. Taking into account the macro-economic and global financial market conditions, our performance in fiscal 2011 as well as our priority to reduce indebtedness and preserve liquidity, the Board of Directors decided in November 2011 not to declare a dividend for fiscal 2011.

        Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the Refinancing. See "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends" for a listing of the most restrictive conditions for declaring cash dividends.


Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment, Joint Venture and Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment

        Forestry investment:    During fiscal 2011, we announced a joint proposal with AsgiSA (Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa) to accelerate the establishment and management of 30,000 hectares of commercial tree plantations by 2020 in the Eastern Cape province of South Africa.

100


        Adamas mill closure:    We announced the possible closure of our Adamas mill in South Africa on May 23, 2011 and entered into a consultation process with employee representatives soon thereafter. Unable to find a viable alternative for the mill, we announced the final closure of the mill on August 03, 2011. We ceased operations at the mill later in August 2011 and transferred all products produced at the facility to other Sappi mills in South Africa to ensure an un-interrupted supply of products to our end customers.

        Biberist mill closure:    On March 31, 2011 we announced, that due to the persistent overcapacity in the European coated and uncoated fine paper market, we would be entering into a consultation process with employee representatives and social partners at our Biberist mill in Switzerland. Despite the combined efforts of mill employees and management, we were unable to identify a viable alternative to ensure the future existence of the mill. On July 20, 2011, we announced the closure of the Biberist mill and ceased operations at the mill during August 2011. As a result of this closure, we reduced our annual production capacity by 500,000 tons of coated and uncoated fine paper in the European market. We expect that most of our affected customers will in the future be serviced from other European mills.

        Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment deal:    In 2006, we implemented the Lereko Property Consortium (Lereko) BEE deal. However, this transaction did not meet our undertakings under the Forestry Charter gazetted in June 2009 (which sets the objectives and principles for BEE in the forestry industry and includes the BEE scorecard and targets to be applied, as well as certain undertakings by government and South African forestry companies to assist the forestry industry to achieve its BEE targets). Accordingly, we decided to unwind the 2006 deal, which resided at a South African subsidiary level, to implement a new sustainable transaction of equivalent value at the holding company level by making use of our listed securities.

        In June 2010, we completed a BEE transaction whereby ordinary and "A" ordinary shares equivalent to 4.5% of Sappi Limited were issued to our strategic empowerment partners, and to various trusts for the benefit of our black managers, our employees and growers/communities in the geographic areas where our South African business has operations. The value of the BEE transaction (approximately ZAR814 million, US$115 million) corresponds to an effective 30% interest in Sappi Southern Africa, which meets the requirements of Forest Sector Charter and BEE legislation in general. For further information on the BEE transaction, see "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions" and "—South African Economic and Political Environment", and note 28 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Usutu mill impairment and closure.    The Usutu mill was closed on January 31, 2010 in response to adverse market conditions, as well as the cumulative severe impact of fire damage over the past few years. In particular, fires in August 2008 destroyed 40% of the Usutu timber crop. As a result, Usutu mill was no longer sustainable.

        Kangas mill closure.    Due to a reduction in the European consumption of coated magazine paper arising from the global recession, our Kangas mill in Finland had experienced a substantial amount of commercial downtime since the beginning of 2009. We announced the closure of the mill in January 2010. All our affected customers are now served from our other European operations. On July 7, 2010, we sold the Kangas mill land and buildings to M-real for €13 million.

        Muskegon mill impairment and closure.    In light of significantly lower global demand for coated woodfree paper products, operations at Muskegon mill were temporarily suspended on April 01, 2009. We announced the permanent closure of the Muskegon mill on August 26, 2009 and during August 2011 we sold the Muskegon mill site for US$2.2 million to a third party.

        Acquisition of coated paper business of M-real Corporation:    On December 31, 2008, we acquired four paper mills from M-real Corporation: the Kirkniemi mill and the Kangas mill in Finland, the

101



Stockstadt mill in Germany and the Biberist mill in Switzerland and other specified assets, as well as all of the know-how, brands, order books, customer lists, intellectual property and goodwill of the coated woodfree and coated mechanical paper business of M-real Corporation. The four acquired mills became part of Sappi Fine Paper Europe.

        Sappi acquired M-real's coated graphic paper business for an enterprise value of €750 million (approximately US$1.1 billion). The final purchase consideration was reduced by assumed debt and other adjustments (including working capital) amounting to €102 million (US$189 million) in total. The Acquisition was mainly financed through a combination of the issuance to M-real Corporation of €32 million (US$45 million) Sappi Limited shares, vendor loan notes of €220 million (US$307 million), which has been fully repaid, and a cash consideration of €401 million (US$565 million) obtained mainly from a ZAR5.8 billion (US$575 million) rights offering of Sappi Limited shares.

        Blackburn mill closure and cessation of production from PM 5 at Maastricht mill.    In August 2008, we announced that we had undertaken a review of our European production activities in response to overcapacity and significant input cost pressure. On September 22, 2008 we reached an agreement with labor representatives at our Blackburn mill, pursuant to which the mill was permanently closed on November 12, 2008. On October 17, 2008, production had ceased at the mill. The sales office for coated woodfree paper in the UK and the specialties sales and marketing organization have remained in operation. As a result of our review, we also ceased production at PM 5 at our Maastricht mill on December 19, 2008, having reached an agreement with the mill's works council regarding such action.

        We offer customers comparable products and services from our other sites in Europe and did not have any supply interruption. Blackburn mill had an annual capacity of 120,000 tons of coated woodfree paper. PM 5 at Maastricht mill had an annual capacity of 60,000 tons of speciality paper. Following the closure of our Blackburn mill and cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, our coated woodfree paper capacity was reduced by 190,000 tons after giving effect to a reallocation of our products.

        In 2004 we acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited, a company incorporated in the People's Republic of China. The joint venture commissioned a coated mechanical paper machine with a capacity of 350,000 tons per annum, a mechanical pulp mill with a capacity of 187,000 tons per annum and a de-inked pulp mill with a capacity of 136,000 tons per annum during 2005.

        Impairment of assets.    The Group has reviewed the carrying value of all its non—current assets in fiscal 2011 and has determined that the impairment provision, as provided in the Group Annual Financial Statements, was sufficient to record all necessary impairment of non-current assets.


Pensions and Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions

        The Group provides various defined benefit post-retirement benefits to its active and retired employees worldwide, including pension, post-retirement health and other employee benefits. The Group also provides various defined contribution schemes to its active employees worldwide.

        For defined contribution schemes, the Group is only obligated to pay contributions according to contribution scales applicable in each scheme. Contributions are expensed for the period in which they fall due. No actuarial risk exists for the company with respect to these schemes.

        Our funded defined benefit pension schemes generally hold a broad range of assets including a significant portion of bonds, in line with an investment strategy to preserve funded status and balance risk and return.

        In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, bond yields and equity markets rose, projecting a reduced consolidated net balance sheet liability to the group. However in the final quarter, this reversed, regionally to varying degrees leading to the group deficit being slightly higher at year-end. Net balance

102



sheet liabilities to schemes in Europe were slightly improved compared to fiscal 2010 but in North America slightly deteriorated. Whilst falling equities and bond yields adversely affected our schemes in the final quarter, our funded schemes in North America and continental Europe are exposed to high quality treasury bonds and benefited from strong investment gains that also arose during the final quarter, helping offset the former adverse effects. Separately, in southern Africa, an increase in the provision was made to cover higher expected annual increases to pensions in payment, contributing to an actuarial loss to schemes in that region.

        Following our investment outlook envisaged as we reported at fiscal 2010, we continue to believe markets will remain volatile in the short-term. We believe markets are being driven extensively by political influences rather than investment fundamentals and this will continue whilst the sovereign debt crisis remains unresolved. To this extent investment conditions are expected to remain difficult, with a lack of widespread investment growth opportunities and economic growth and stability return.

        However, it is the interaction of these factors that will determine the extent to which the pension schemes balance sheet liabilities will change. Listed below are examples of situations that could affect the balance sheet position of our pension schemes:

        The balance sheet liability of the group's pension schemes increased by US$7 million from a deficit of US$261 million as of September 2010 to a deficit of US$268 million as of September 2011. However, US$168 million of this liability relates to unfunded schemes (mainly in Europe). With these unfunded liabilities stripped out, the Group has a deficit of US$151 million in our funded schemes. Post-retirement benefit liabilities (other than pensions) reduced by US$3 million from a deficit of US$185 million as of September 2010 to a deficit of US$182 million as at September 2011.

103


        Benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 
  September 2011   September 2010   September 2009  
 
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan Assets
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan Assets
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan Assets
 
 
  (US$ millions)
 

Pensions

    1,827     1,559     2,069     1,808     1,945     1,695  

Post-retirement benefits other than pensions

    182         185         179      

        Actual investment returns from the assets of the various regional funded pension schemes during 2011 were positive, and higher than actuarial projections in South Africa, but lower elsewhere. Collectively this contributed to increased asset values but also to an actuarial loss as at September 2011. Overall, investment returns were +4.4% or US$80 million over the fiscal year but includes an actuarial loss of US$31 million.

        Discount rates increased in continental Europe but reduced in North America, reflecting corresponding changes to average yields on corporate bonds (as prescribed in the accounting standard) of similar duration to the liabilities. For the pension schemes the net effect from different regions contributed to an overall increase in liabilities shown as actuarial losses of US$23 million. Experience adjustments (i.e. changes in membership or benefits) were favorable, contributing to an actuarial gain of US$4 million. Contributions paid to the schemes were a major beneficial factor, leading to a reduction in liabilities of US$58 million.

        At a consolidated level, there were no significant factors over and above any others that could be the leading cause of the change in net balance sheet liability as is seen by its relatively small shift over the fiscal year. Actuarial losses from both assets and liabilities were slightly more than offset by company contributions.

        Currency effects were minimal leading to a small loss of US$1 million in the net balance sheet liability.

        Minor factors contributed to a small net fall in liabilities in the post-retirement benefits (other than pensions) of US$3 million.

        Defined benefit schemes remain open to mill employees in North America and continental Europe, with notable exceptions being Austria and the UK and one scheme in North America for regional office employees. The 'main' defined benefit scheme in South Africa is in a closed phase where the active membership is a closed group that will gradually reduce over time.

        Whilst the group accounts in its annual reporting the effects from various financial and demographic factors, a change in the prescribed valuation method in the accounting standard presents a rare but otherwise further consideration to the group. Shortly after the publication in June 2011 of revisions in the Accounting Standard, IAS19, the group conducted an investigation into the effects of adopting the revised Standard. The most significant effect came from the potential loss of the ability to pre-book outperformance from growth assets in the pension expense of our funded plans. Simulating a theoretical adoption during fiscal 2011, it was estimated that the 2011 regional pension expenses would collectively increase by US$17 million, 70% of which would emerge from our North American region. The group will be adopting the new Standard during fiscal year beginning October 2013. For further information see note 27 in our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


Insurance

        The Group has an active program of risk management in each of its geographical operating regions to address and to reduce exposure to property damage and business interruption. All production and

104



distribution units are subjected to regular risk assessments, the results of which receive the attention of senior management. The risk assessment and mitigation programs are coordinated at Group level in order to achieve a harmonization of methodology and standardization of approach.

        Sappi follows a practice of insuring its assets against unavoidable loss arising from catastrophic events. These events include fire, flood, explosion, earthquake and machinery breakdown. Our insurance also covers the business interruption costs which may result from such events. Specific environmental risks are also insured. In line with previous years, the Board decided not to take separate cover for losses from acts of terrorism, which is consistent with current practice in the paper manufacturing industry. This insurance cover excludes insurance for our plantations, which is placed separately.

        Sappi has a global insurance structure and the bulk of its insurance is placed with its own captive insurance company, Sappisure Försäkrings AB, domiciled in Stockholm, Sweden, which re-insures most of the risks in the insurance market.

        Sappi has successfully negotiated the renewal of its 2011 insurance cover at more favorable rates to those of 2010. Self-insured retention for any one property damage occurrence is €20.5 million, with an annual aggregate of €33 million. For property damage and business interruption insurance, cost-effective cover to full value is not readily available. However, we believe that the loss limit cover of €700 million should be adequate for what we have determined as the reasonably foreseeable loss for any single claim. From fiscal 2011 our property damage insurance policy is euro denominated as most of our assets are based in euro denominated jurisdictions.

        Insurance cover for credit risks currently applies on a regional basis to Sappi's Northern American, European and South African domestic trade receivables subject to a US$5 million Group aggregate first loss.

        Sappi has placed the insurance for its plantations on a stand-alone basis through Sappisure Försäkrings AB into international insurance markets. Cover was purchased from May 1, 2011 to April 30, 2012.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Management of the group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future in applying its accounting policies. The estimates may not equal the related actual results. The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of management judgement and estimation required and/or the potential material impact they may have on the group's financial position and performance.

        Impairment of assets other than goodwill and financial instruments.    The group assesses all assets (other than goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use) at each balance sheet date for indications of impairment or the reversal of a previously recognised impairment.

        Intangible assets not yet available for use are tested at least annually for impairment. In assessing assets for impairment, the group estimates the asset's useful life, discounted future cash flows, including appropriate bases for future product pricing in the appropriate markets, raw material and energy costs, volumes of product sold, the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The pre-tax discount rate (impairment discount factor) is another sensitive input to the calculation. For an asset whose cash flows are largely dependent on those of other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

        Where impairment exists, the losses are recognised in other operating expenses in profit or loss for the period.

105


        A previously recognised impairment loss will be reversed through profit or loss if the recoverable amount increases as a result of a change in the estimates used previously to determine the recoverable amount, but not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

        Refer to note 9 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for the assumptions and inputs used in assessing assets for impairment or impairment reversals.

        Goodwill.    The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

        Goodwill arising at acquisition is subsequently held at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently where there is an indication of impairment based on an allocation to one or more CGUs in which the synergies from the business combinations are expected.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment using a cash flow valuation model based on an allocation of the goodwill to one or more CGUs. The group takes into account its ability to carousel products across different operating units in allocating goodwill to CGUs.

        Property, plant and equipment.    Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the estimated cost of dismantling and removing the assets, where specifically required in terms of legislative requirements or a constructive obligation exists, professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the group's accounting policy.

        Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of owner-occupied property or equipment is capitalised to the cost of the item of owner-occupied property and equipment and the part replaced is derecognised.

        Depreciation which commences when the assets are ready for their intended use, is charged to write off the depreciable amount of the assets, other than land, over their estimated useful lives to estimated residual values, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset's future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity. Management judgement and assumptions are necessary in estimating the methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values. The residual value for the majority of items of plant and equipment has been deemed to be zero by management due to the underlying nature of the equipment.

        The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Buildings

  straight-line 40 years

Plant

  straight-line 5 to 20 years

Vehicles

  straight-line 5 to 10 years

Furniture and equipment

  straight-line 3 to 6 years

        Taxation.    Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred taxation. Taxation is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case, it is also recognised in other comprehensive income.

106


        Current taxation is the expected taxation payable on the taxable income, which is based on the results for the period after taking into account necessary adjustments, using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to taxation payable in respect of previous years.

        The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) is a South African income tax, that arises from the distribution of dividends and is recognised in profit or loss at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend.

        Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet liability method, based on temporary differences. The amount of deferred taxation provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. Before recognising a deferred tax asset the group assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent recovery is not probable, a deferred tax asset is not recognised. In recognising deferred tax assets, the Group considers profit forecasts, including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions.

        Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in the same line of profit or loss as the change in the hedged item.

        In relation to cash flow hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss.

        The gains or losses, which are recognized in other comprehensive income, are transferred to profit or loss in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

        If the forecasted transaction results in the recognition on a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the associated cumulative gain or loss is transferred from other comprehensive income to the underlying asset or liability on the transaction date.

        The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in other comprehensive income and is only reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation.

107



Discontinuance of hedge accounting

        Hedge accounting is discontinued on a prospective basis when the hedge no longer meets the hedge accounting criteria (including when it becomes ineffective), when the hedge instrument is sold, terminated or exercised when, for cash flow hedges, the designation is revoked and the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. Where a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss deferred in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

        The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

        Refer to note 29 to the Group Annual Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for details of the fair value hedging relationships as well as the impact of the hedge on the pre-tax profit or loss for the period.

        Plantations.    Plantations are stated at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the harvesting stage.

        In arriving at plantation fair values, the key assumptions are estimated prices less cost of delivery, discount rates, and volume and growth estimations. All changes in fair value are recognised in the period in which they arise.

        The impact of changes in estimate prices, discount rates and, volume and growth assumptions may have on the calculated fair value and other key financial information on plantations is disclosed in note 10 to the Group Annual Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Estimated prices less cost of delivery

        The Group uses a 12 quarter rolling historical average price to estimate the fair value of all immature timber and mature timber that is to be felled in more than 12 months from the reporting date. 12 quarters is considered a reasonable period of time after taking the length of the growth cycle of the plantations into account. Expected future price trends and recent market transactions involving comparable plantations are also considered in estimating fair value.

        Mature timber that is expected to be felled within 12 months from the end of the reporting period are valued using unadjusted current market prices. Such timber is expected to be used in the short term and consequently, current market prices are considered an appropriate reflection of fair value.

        The fair value is derived by using the prices as explained above reduced by the estimated cost of delivery. Cost of delivery includes all costs associated with getting the harvested agricultural produce to the market, including harvesting, loading, transport and allocated fixed overheads.

        Discount rate

        The discount rate used is the applicable pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the business unit.

        Volume and growth estimations and cost assumptions

        The group focuses on good husbandry techniques which include ensuring that the rotation of plantations is met with adequate planting activities for future harvesting. The age threshold used for quantifying immature timber is dependent on the rotation period of the specific timber genus which varies between eight and eighteen years. In the southern African region, softwood less than eight years and hardwood less than five years are classified as immature timber.

        Trees are generally felled at the optimum age when ready for intended use. At the time the tree is felled it is taken out of plantations and accounted for under inventory and reported as depletion cost (fellings).

108


        Depletion costs include the fair value of timber felled, which is determined on the average method, plus amounts written off against standing timber to cover loss or damage caused by fire, disease and stunted growth. These costs are accounted for on a cost per ton allocation method multiplied by unadjusted current market prices. Tons are calculated using the projected growth to rotation age and are extrapolated to current age on a straight-line basis.

        The group has projected growth estimation over a period of 8 to 18 years per rotation. In deriving this estimate, the group established a long-term sample plot network which is representative of the species and sites on which trees are grown and the measured data from these permanent sample plots were used as input into the group's growth estimation. Periodic adjustments are made to existing models for new genetic material.

        The group directly manages plantations established on land that is either owned or leased from third parties. Indirectly managed plantations represent plantations established on land held by independent commercial farmers where Sappi provides technical advice on the growing and tendering of trees. The associated costs for managing the plantations are recognized as silviculture costs in cost of sales (see note 4.1 to the Group Annual Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report).

        Pension plans and other post-retirement benefits.    Defined-benefit and defined-contribution plans have been established for eligible employees of the group, with the assets held in separate trustee-administered funds.

        The present value of the defined benefit obligations and related current service costs are calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

        These actuarial models use an attribution approach that generally spread individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of "events" are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases.

        Estimates and assumptions used in the actuarial models include the discount rate, return on assets, salary increases, healthcare cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees.

        The group's policy is to recognize actuarial gains and losses, which can arise from differences between expected and actual outcomes or changes in actuarial assumptions, in other comprehensive income. Any increase in the present value of plan liabilities expected to arise due to current service costs is charged to profit or loss.

        Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan are recognized in profit or loss when the group is demonstrably committed to the curtailment or settlement. Past service costs or credits are recognized immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of those benefits.

        The net liability recognized in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation adjusted for unrecognized past service costs, reduced by the fair value of the plan assets. Where the calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognized asset is limited to the net total of unrecognized past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

        Refer to note 27 to the Group Annual Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for the key estimates, assumptions and other information on post-employment benefits applicable as at the end of September 2011.

        Provisions.    Provisions are recognized when the group has a legal or constructive obligation arising from past events that will probably be settled and can be measured reliably. Where the effect of discounting (time value) is material, provisions are discounted and the discount rate used is a

109



pre-taxation rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

        The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgment by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

        Environmental accruals are recorded based on current interpretation of environmental laws and regulations.

        Restructuring provisions.    Restructuring provisions are recognized when the group has developed a detailed formal plan for restructuring and has raised a valid expectation that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it.

        The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, and are recorded in other operating expenses within profit or loss.

        Environmental restoration and decommissioning obligations.    The group initially recognizes a liability for management's best present value estimate for costs expected to be incurred in dismantling and removing non-current assets when the group ceases operating at its production facilities. This liability is accreted over time and actual costs incurred in future periods could differ materially from the estimates. Additionally, future changes to environmental laws and regulations, life-of-operation estimates and discount rates could affect the carrying amount of this liability.

        Due to the uncertainty in the timing of the closure of the group's production facilities, some of these obligations have an indeterminate settlement date, and the group believes that adequate information does not exist to apply an expected-present-value technique to estimate any such potential obligations. Accordingly, the group does not record a liability for such remediation until a decision is made that allows reasonable estimation of the timing of such remediation.

        The services or goods received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction with counterparties are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at grant date.

        If the equity instruments granted vest immediately and the beneficiary is not required to complete a specified period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those instruments, the benefit received is recognized in profit or loss for the period in full on grant date with a corresponding increase in equity.

        Where the equity instruments do not vest until the beneficiary has completed a specified period of service, it is assumed that the benefit received by the group as consideration for those equity instruments, will be received in the future during the vesting period. These benefits are accounted for in profit or loss as they are received during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Share-based payment expenses are adjusted for non-market-related performance conditions.

        The equity instruments granted by the group are measured at fair value at the measurement date using modified binomial option pricing valuation models. The valuation technique is consistent with generally acceptable valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price of the equity instruments.

110


        The group accounts for the transaction in accordance with IFRS 2 and AC 503 and the fair value of the services rendered by employees in profit or loss as they are rendered during the service period.

        In accounting for the group's share-based payment transactions management uses estimates and assumptions to determine share-based payment expenses. Key inputs to this process include: the volatility of the group's share price, employee turnover rate and dividend pay-out rates which are used as necessary in determining the grant date fair value.

        Note 28 to the Group Annual Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, provides further detail on key estimates, assumptions and other information on share-based payments applicable as at the end of September 2011.


Adoption of accounting standards in the current year

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards have been adopted by the group in the current year:

        The group adopted IFRIC 19, amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 2, IAS 32 and various improvements to IFRSs in fiscal 2011. The adoption of these interpretations, amendments and improvements to standards did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.

        Accounting standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards that are not yet effective

        The group has not yet adopted certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards, which have been published but are only effective for our accounting periods beginning on or after October 2011 or later periods. The group is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of these IFRSs will have on its consolidated financial statements when they are adopted in the respective periods indicated. These new standards and their effective dates for the group's annual accounting periods are listed below:

111


        Amendments, revisions or issues of the following standards or interpretations which will only become mandatory for the group's consolidated financial statements on the dates indicated are not expected to have a material impact on the group's results or financial position:

        Comparative figures are re-classified as necessary to afford a proper and more meaningful comparison of results as set out in the affected notes to the financial statements.

        The group adjusted note 25 to the financial statements. This adjustment only impacted the notes to the financial statements and therefore the group has disclosed two comparative periods for the affected note. Due to the fact that no changes were made to the fiscal 2010 and 2009 balance sheets, only one comparative period has been disclosed for the balance sheet.

112


ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors and Senior Management

        The Articles of Association of Sappi Limited provide that the Board of Directors (the "Board") must consist of not less than four nor more than twenty Directors at any time. The Board currently consists of fifteen Directors.

        The business address for all of the Directors is 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg 2001, Republic of South Africa. The Directors are South African citizens except for Godefridus Beurskens (a Dutch citizen), Prof. Meyer Feldberg, James Healey and Karen Osar (United States citizens), Michael Fallon and Sir Nigel Rudd (British citizens) and Dr Rudolf Thummer (an Austrian citizen).

        Following the retirement of David Charles Brink and Dr Franklin Abraham Sonn effective on December 31, 2009, we appointed Nkateko Peter Mageza and Dr Rudolf Thummer as non-executive directors of the Board of Sappi Limited effective January 1, 2010 and February 1, 2010 respectively. Mohammed Valli Moosa was appointed as a non-executive director of the Sappi Limited Board during August 2010, while Helmut Claus-Jürgen Mamsch retired on December 31, 2010. Michael Fallon was appointed to the Board on September 01, 2011 and Godefridus Beurskens appointment became effective on October 01, 2011.

Non-executive directors



Daniël (Danie) Christiaan Cronjé
(Chairman)
Age : 65
Qualifications :
B Com (Hons), MCom, DCom
Nationality : South African
Appointed : January 2008


 


Sappi board committee memberships
Human Resources and Transformation Committee (Chairman)
Nomination and Governance Committee (Chairman)
(Attends Audit Committee meetings and Compensation Committee meetings Ex Officio)

Other board and organization memberships
Die Dagbreek Trust (Chairman)

Skills, expertise and experience
Dr Cronjé retired in July 2007 as chairman of both ABSA Group Limited and ABSA Bank Limited (a leading South African Banking organization in which Barclays plc. obtained a majority share in 2005). Dr Cronjé had been with ABSA Group since 1975 and held various executive positions including group chief executive for 4 years and chairman for 10 years. Prior to that Dr Cronjé was lecturer in Money and Banking at Potchefstroom University.

113





Godefridus (Frits) Peter Franciscus Beurskens

(Independent)
Age: 64
Qualifications:
BSc Mechanical Engineering, MSc Industrial Engineering and Management Science
Nationality: Dutch
Appointed: October 2011



 



Other board and organization memberships

Smufit Kappa Group
A number of supervisory boards of companies

Skills, expertise and experience
The Smurfit Kappa group is an almost €7-billion global leader in paper-based packaging. As president and chief executive officer of Kappa Packaging, prior to their merger with the Smurfit group, he oversaw the establishment of Kappa Packaging as a top performer and one of Europe's largest companies operating in the production, development and sale of containerboard, corrugated board, solid board packaging, graphic board and specialty board. He is a past chairman of CEPI (the Confederation of European Print Industries) and of ICCA (the International Corrugated Case Association). In December 2007, he was appointed by the Dutch Queen as officer in the Order of Oranje Nassau (Knighthood).



Michael (Mike) Anthony Fallon

(Independent)
Age: 53
Qualifications :
BSc Hons (First Class)
Nationality: British
Appointed : September 2011



 



Other board and organization memberships

Nippon Sheet Glass Company Limited (NSG Group) (executive director)

Skills, expertise and experience
Mr Fallon is President of NSG's global automotive division. With annual sales of around €6 billion the NSG Group is one of the world's largest manufacturers of glass and glazing products for the Building, Automotive and Specialty Glass sectors. His management and leadership experience extends across a wide range of functions from plant management, sales and marketing and supply chain to general management, including M&A experience. He has been a director and chairman of companies in the United Kingdom, New Zealand and Finland.

114





Professor Meyer Feldberg

(Lead Independent Director)
Age: 69
Qualifications:
BA, MBA, PhD
Nationality: American
Appointed: March 2002



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Compensation Committee (Chairman)
Nomination and Governance Committee

Other board and organization memberships
Columbia University Business School
Macy's, Inc.
Morgan Stanley (Senior Adviser)
New York City Ballet
New York City Global Partners (President)
PRIMEDIA, Inc.
Revlon, Inc.
UBS Global Asset Management
University of Cape Town Graduate School of Business (Advisory Board)

Skills, expertise and experience
Professor Feldberg is currently serving as a Senior Advisor to Morgan Stanley. His career has included teaching and leadership positions in the Business Schools of the Universities of Cape Town, Northwestern and Tulane. He served as president of Illinois Institute of Technology for three years and as dean of Columbia Business School for 15 years. He is currently dean emeritus and professor of leadership at Columbia Business School. He has served on the Council of Competitiveness in Washington, DC. In 2001, the International Centre in New York honored Professor Feldberg as a distinguished foreign-born American who has made a significant contribution to American life.




James (Jim) Edward Healey*

(Independent)
Age: 70
Qualifications :
BSc (Public Accounting), Honorary Doctor (Commercial Science), Certified Public Accountant (USA)
Nationality: American
Appointed: July 2004
* Retiring at the end of December 2011




 




Sappi board committee memberships

Audit Committee
Human Resources and Transformation Committee
Sappi Fine Paper North America Audit Committee (Chairman)

Skills, expertise and experience
He has held various senior financial positions in a career spanning 37 years. In 1995 Mr. Healey became vice president and treasurer of Bestfoods, formerly CPC International Inc. In 1997 he became executive vice president and chief financial officer of Nabisco Holdings Inc., one of the world's largest snack food manufacturers, a position from which he retired at the end of 2000.

115





Deenadayalen (Len) Konar

(Independent)
Age: 57
Qualifications:
BCom, MAS, DCom, CA (SA)
Nationality : South African
Appointed : March 2002



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Audit Committee (Chairman)
Nomination and Governance Committee
Other board and organization memberships
Exxaro Resources Limited (Chairman)
Illovo Sugar Limited
Lonmin plc.
JD Group Limited
Mustek Limited (Chairman)
Steinhoff International Holdings Limited (Chairman)

Skills, expertise and experience
Previously professor and head of the department of Accountancy at the University of Durban-Westville, Dr. Konar is a member of the King Committee on Corporate Governance in South Africa and the SA Institute of Directors, past member and chairman of the external audit committee of the International Monetary Fund and member of the Safeguards Panel and Implementation Oversight Panel of the World Bank (Co-Chairman).



Nkateko Peter Mageza

(Independent)
Age: 57
Qualifications :
FCCA (UK)
Nationality : South African
Appointed : January 2010



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Audit Committee
Human Resources and Transformation Committee
Other board and organization memberships
Baird's Renaissance (Pty) Limited
Eqstra Holdings Limited (Chairman)
Clover Industries Limited
Ethos Private Equity (Pty) Limited
Rainbow Chickens Limited
Remgro Limited
MTN Group Limited

Skills, expertise and experience
Mr. Mageza joined the Sappi Board after having held senior executive positions across a wide range of industries. He is a former Group Chief Operating Officer and executive director of ABSA Group Limited, Assistant General Manager at Nedcor Limited and Chief Executive Officer of Autonet, the Road Passenger and Freight Logistics Division of Transnet Limited.

116





John (Jock) David McKenzie

(Independent)
Age: 64
Qualifications :
BSc Chemical Engineering (cum laude), MA
Nationality : South African
Appointed: September 2007



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Compensation Committee
Sustainability Committee (Chairman)
Other board and organization memberships
Accelerate Cape Town (Chairman)
Coronation Fund Managers
University of Cape Town Foundation (Chairman)
WESGRO
Save the Children Fund (Cape)

Skills, expertise and experience
Mr. McKenzie joined the Sappi board after having held senior executive positions globally and in South Africa. He is a former president for Asia, Middle East and Africa Downstream of the Chevron Texaco Corporation and also served as the chairman and chief executive officer of the Caltex Corporation. He was a member of the Singapore Economic Development Board from 2000-2003.




Mohammed Valli (Valli) Moosa

Age: 54
Qualifications:
BSc (Mathematics)
Nationality : South African
Appointed : August 2010*
* Mr. Moosa's appointment was subsequent to the BEE transaction implemented by Sappi in June 2010




 




Other board and organization memberships

Auditor-General's Advisory Committee (South Africa)
Anglo Platinum Limited (deputy chairperson and lead
Independent director)
Imperial Holdings Limited
Lereko Investments (Pty) Ltd and various other associate companies of Lereko Investments (Pty) Ltd
Real Africa Holdings Limited (Chairman)
Sanlam Limited
Sun International Limited (Chairman)

Skills, expertise and experience
Mr. Moosa is currently the Deputy Chairman of Lereko Investments (Pty) Ltd, Sappi's Strategic Black Economic Empowerment partner. He has held numerous leadership positions across business, government, politics and civil society in South Africa. To name but a few, he was South African Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism; the President of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature; Chairman of the UN Commission for Sustainable Development, and he was a long serving National Executive Committee member of the African National Congress.

117





Karen Rohn Osar

(Independent)
Age: 62
Qualifications:
MBA, Finance
Nationality: American
Appointed: May 2007



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Audit Committee

Other board and organization memberships
Innophos Holdings, Inc. (also Chairperson of Audit Committee)
Webster Financial Corporation (also Chairperson of Audit Committee)

Skills, expertise and experience
Ms. Osar was executive vice president and chief financial officer of speciality chemicals company Chemtura Corporation until her retirement in March 2007. Prior to that, she held various senior management and board positions in her career. She was vice president and treasurer for Tenneco, Inc. and also served as chief financial officer of Westvaco Corporation and as senior vice president and chief financial officer of the merged MeadWestvaco Corporation. Prior to those appointments she spent 19 years at JP Morgan and Company, becoming a managing director of the Investment Banking Group. She has chaired several external board audit committees.



Bridgette Radebe

(Independent)
Age: 51
Qualifications: BA (Pol Sc and Socio)
Nationality: South African
Appointed: May 2004



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Human Resources and Transformation Committee

Other board and organization memberships
Mmakau Mining (Pty) Ltd (Executive Chairperson)
South African Mining Development Association (President)
New Africa Mining Fund (founder and Board Trustee)

Skills, expertise and experience
Ms. Radebe was the first black South African deep level hard rock mining entrepreneur in the 1980s. She has more than a decade of experience in contract mining, mining construction and mining mergers and acquisitions. She is founder of Mmakau Mining which has investments in platinum, coal, chrome and gold mines as well as the business of shaft sinking. She participated in the design of the South African Mining Charter and present mining legislation.

118





Sir Anthony Nigel Russell Rudd

(Independent)
Age: 65
Qualifications:
DL, Chartered Accountant
Nationality: British
Appointed: April 2006



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Compensation Committee
Nomination and Governance Committee

Other board and organization memberships
BAA Limited (Chairman)
Barclays Wealth (Chairman of the UK & Ireland Private Bank Advisory Board)
Business Growth Fund (Chairman)
Cyden Limited (Chairman)
Invensys plc. (Chairman)

Skills, expertise and experience
Sir Nigel Rudd has held various senior management and board positions in a career spanning more than 35 years. He founded Williams plc. in 1982 and the company went on to become one of the largest industrial holding companies in the United Kingdom. He was knighted by the Queen for services to the manufacturing industry in the UK in 1996 and holds honorary doctorates from Loughborough and Derby Universities. In 1995 he was awarded the Founding Societies Centenary Award by the Institute of Chartered Accountants. He is a Deputy Lieutenant of Derbyshire and a Freeman of the City of London.



Rudolf Thummer

Age: 64
Qualifications:
Dr Techn, Dipl-Ing
Nationality: Austrian
Appointed: February 2010



 



Sappi board committee memberships

Sustainability Committee

Skills, expertise and experience
Dr Thummer joined the Sappi Board after having served many years in the pulp and paper industry. He joined Hannover Papier in 1979 (later purchased by Sappi) as Manager of Research and Development. In 1982, he became the Paper Mill Manager at Alfeld mill. In 1990 he was appointed Technical Director of Alfeld mill. In 1992, Dr Thummer became an Executive Board Member of the Hannover Papier Group, responsible for Manufacturing at the Alfeld and Ehingen mills. In 1998 he moved to Sappi Fine Paper Europe based in Brussels as Technical Director and Executive Board Member. He served as Group Head Technology of Sappi Limited from January 1, 2006 up to his retirement at the end of December 2007.

119


Executive directors



Roeloff (Ralph) Jacobus Boëttger

Chief Executive Officer
Age: 50
Qualifications:
BAcc Hons, CA (SA)
Nationality: South African
Appointed: July 2007


 


Sappi board committee memberships

Sustainability Committee
Attends meetings of all other board committees by invitation

Skills, expertise and experience
At the age of 34 he was appointed chief executive officer of Safair and the next year appointed to the executive committee of Safmarine Limited. From 1998 until July 2007 he was with Imperial Holdings when Imperial acquired Safair. From 2002, he was an executive director of Imperial Holdings with responsibility for their local and international logistics operations, the aviation division and the heavy commercial vehicle distribution operations. His field of responsibility encompassed businesses operating in southern Africa, numerous European countries, the Middle East and Asia. He is well versed in managing an operation with diverse cultures.




Mark Richard Thompson*

Chief Financial Officer
Age: 59
Qualifications:
BCom, BAcc, LLB, CA (SA)
Nationality: South African
Appointed: August 2006
* Mr. Thompson retires in August 2012.




 




Sappi board committee memberships

Attends Audit Committee meetings by invitation

Skills, expertise and experience
Mr Thompson joined Sappi in 1999 as group corporate counsel and was appointed to his present position in August 2006. Prior to joining Sappi, he was group treasurer at Anglo American, managing director of Discount House Merchant Bank and prior to that head of the corporate finance division of Central Merchant Bank.

Senior Management

        Mark Gardner (56) BSc, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Mr Gardner joined Sappi in 1981. Prior to accepting the position of President and Chief Executive Officer in 2007, Mr Gardner held the roles of Vice President Manufacturing and Vice President, Supply Chain. He has also worked in a variety of production management roles, including Production Manager at the Westbrook Mill, Paper Mill Manager at the Somerset Mill, Managing Director at the Muskegon Mill and Director of Engineering and Manufacturing Technology at the regional head office in Boston. Mr Gardner has received the TAPPI (Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry)/PIMA (Paper Industry Management Association) 2009 Executive of the year award. The award is the highest recognition for leadership and management given by PIMA. He currently also serves on the board of directors of the American Forest & Paper Association and the NPTA Alliance.

        Robert Darsie Hope (59), BA (Hons) Economics, MRICS, Group Head Strategic Development

        Since joining Sappi in 1976, Mr. Hope has held a number of management roles including General Manager of Sappi Sawmills, Managing Director of Sappi Trading and is currently Group Head Strategic Development. Mr. Hope retires in June 2012.

120


        Andrea Rossi (58) BSc Eng. (Hons), C.Eng, Group Head Technology

        Mr Rossi joined Sappi in 1989. Prior to accepting the position of Group Head Technology, Mr Rossi held the roles of Project Director of the Sappi Saiccor Amakhulu Expansion project, Strategic Projects Director of Sappi Forest Products, Sappi Kraft Manufacturing Director, Managing Director Sappi Forests, General Manager Enstra mill, Project Director Enstra mill expansion, Project Manager for the Sappi Saiccor Mkomazi Expansion and Engineering Services Manager for Sappi Management Services.

        Lucia Adele Swartz (54) BA, Dip HR., Group Head Human Resources

        Ms Swartz joined Sappi in May 2002. Prior to joining Sappi she worked for the Seagram Spirits and Wine Group as Human Resources Director, Global Functions based in New York. She holds a BA in Psychology and Geography from the University of the Western Cape and a Diploma in Human Resources from the Peninsula Technikon.

        Alexander van Coller Thiel (50) BSc Mech Eng, MBA, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Southern Africa

        Mr Thiel joined Sappi in December 1989 as the Executive Assistant to the Executive Chairman in Johannesburg. In April 1993, as part of Sappi's expansion into Europe, he moved to Brussels as the Administration Manager reporting to the Managing Director of Sappi Europe. With the creation of Sappi Fine Paper Europe he was appointed in February 1998 as Manager Marketing Intelligence, reporting to the Sales and Marketing Director. In January 2003, he became the Director Logistics, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper Europe. He was appointed as Group Head Procurement, Sappi Limited in January 2008 and Integration Executive, in charge of the integration of the Acquired Business into Sappi operations, in September 2008. He led a project to redefine and implement Sappi's 'go-to-market' strategy in Europe from October 2009. Mr Thiel was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Southern Africa with effect from December 01, 2010.

        Berend (Berry) John Wiersum (56) MA, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Mr Wiersum joined Sappi in January 2007 as Chief Executive Officer Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Prior to joining Sappi, Mr Wiersum was a freelance mergers and acquisitions consultant for one year. He previously was Managing Director of Kappa Packaging and member of the management board in Eindhoven (The Netherlands) where he was responsible for overseeing over 90 packaging plants across Europe, Russia, the Mid East and North Africa. Mr Wiersum is Chairman of CEPI (Confederation of European Paper Industries) until the end of 2011.

Executive Officers

        The Executive Directors and the people listed as senior management above are the Executive Officers of Sappi.


Compensation

        The non-executive directors' fees are proposed by the Executive Committee and agreed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board, subject to final approval by shareholders.

        See notes 33 to 35 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details, by director, on Directors' and Senior Management remuneration, Directors' service contracts, Directors' interests and Directors' participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust.

        See note 30 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for details of payments to senior management which is reflected under related party interests.

121



Board Practices

        At every annual general meeting, as near as possible to, but not less than, one third of the directors (excluding any Executive director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Director) are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election, or as between directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election, in the absence of agreement, determined by lot. In addition, the appointment of any director appointed since the last annual general meeting will be required to be confirmed. Any director so appointed will also retire at the meeting and be eligible for re-election.

        The following table sets forth the terms of office of the Directors.

Name
  Start of term   Latest date
of end of
term
 

Godefridus Peter Franciscus Beurskens(1)

    2011     2012  

Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger

    2008     2013  

Daniël Christiaan Cronjé

    2011     2014  

Michael Anthony Fallon

    2011     2012  

Meyer Feldberg

    2011     2012  

James Edward Healey

    2009     2011  

Deenadayalen Konar

    2010     2012  

Nkateko Peter Mageza

    2010     2012  

John David McKenzie

    2010     2012  

Mohammed Valli Moosa

    2011     2014  

Karen Rohn Osar

    2011     2014  

Bridgette Radebe

    2011     2014  

Sir Nigel Anthony Russell Rudd

    2010     2012  

Mark Richard Thompson

    2010     2013  

Rudolf Thummer

    2010     2013  

(1)
Mr. Beurskens joined the board with effect from October 1, 2011.

        No retirement or other benefits arise from the retirement of Directors by rotation or on termination for any other reason.

Audit Committee

        An Audit Committee of the Board was established in 1984 and assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities to safeguard the Group's assets, maintain adequate accounting records and develop and maintain effective systems of internal financial control. It also oversees the financial reporting process and is concerned with compliance with accounting policies, Group policies, legal requirements and internal controls within the Group. It interacts with and evaluates the effectiveness of the external and internal audit process and reviews compliance with the Group's code of ethics.

        The Audit Committee consists of at least four independent non-executive directors of the Board (James Edward Healey, Deenadayalen Konar (Chairman), Nkateko Peter Mageza, and Karen Rohn Osar) and is directed by a specific mandate from the Board. The adequacy of the mandate is reviewed and reassessed annually. The Chairman of the Group attends Committee meetings ex-officio. The Audit Committee meets with senior management, which includes the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, at least four times a year. The external and internal auditors attend these meetings and have unrestricted access to the Committee and its Chairman. The Audit Committee also meets at least once per year with the management Disclosure Committee. The external and internal auditors meet

122



privately with the Audit Committee Chairman on a regular basis. The Audit Committee Chairman attends the annual general meeting. Deenadayalen Konar has been designated as the Audit Committee's financial expert.

        Regional audit committees exist in the three major regions and are chaired by independent non-executive directors. These committees have a mandate from the Group's audit committee, to whom they report on a regular basis, and they meet at least four times per year.

Nomination and Governance Committee

        The Nomination and Governance Committee of the Board consists of four independent non-executive directors (Daniël Christiaan Cronjé, the chairman of the Group and of the Committee, Meyer Feldberg, Deenadayalen Konar and Sir Anthony Nigel Russell Rudd). The Committee considers the composition of the Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement non-executive directors and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board. The Chief Executive Officer attends meetings by invitation.

Human Resources and Transformation Committee

        The Human Resources and Transformation Committee of the Board consists of four independent non-executive directors (Daniël Christiaan Cronjé, the chairman of the Group and of the Committee, James Edward Healey, Nkateko Peter Mageza and Bridgette Radebe). The responsibilities of the Committee are, among other things, to determine human resource policy and strategy. In addition the Committee oversees Transformation issues in South Africa.

Compensation Committee

        The Compensation Committee of the Board consists of three independent non-executive directors (Meyer Feldberg (Chairman), John "Jock" David McKenzie and Sir Nigel Rudd). The responsibilities of the Committee are mainly to determine the remuneration and incentives in respect of the Chief Executive Officer and those executives reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman of the Group attends meetings of the Committee ex-officio.

Sustainability Committee

        The Sustainability Committee of the Board consists of an independent non-executive director, John "Jock" David McKenzie (Chairman), a non-executive director, Dr Rudolf Thummer, and the Chief Executive Officer, Mr Roëloff "Ralph" Jacobus Boëttger. The Committee's mandate is essentially to oversee the group's sustainability strategies.


Corporate Governance

        The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) requires compliance with its corporate governance rules. The application of these NYSE rules is restricted for foreign companies, recognizing that such companies have to comply with domestic requirements. As a foreign private issuer, Sappi must comply with four NYSE corporate governance rules:

123


        As Sappi is listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, Sappi is required to comply with the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (King Report). Although there are differences between the King Report and the NYSE corporate governance rules, Sappi applies the principles of the King Report and has voluntarily adopted corporate governance practices that do not differ in any significant ways from the requirements of the NYSE corporate governance rules.


Employees

        The following table sets forth the number of employees as at the close of each fiscal year ended September.

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    2,224     2,247     2,336  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    6,025     6,659     6,710  

Sappi Southern Africa

    6,378     6,446     7,142  

Sappi Trading

    149     148     154  

Unallocated and eliminations

    86     86     85  
               

Total

    14,862     15,586     16,427  
               

Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Approximately 65% of employees are represented by eleven collective bargaining agreements with seven different unions. The majority of Sappi Fine Paper North America's hourly employees are represented by the United Steelworkers (USW) union. The labor contracts with the USW expire in May 2012, August 2013, and August 2014, respectively for the Cloquet, Somerset and Westbrook mills.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America has experienced no work stoppage in the past twenty years and believes that its relationship with its employees is satisfactory. In maintaining this relationship, we hope to reach agreements with our unions as contracts expire. In the event that an agreement cannot be reached with any of the unions and a prolonged work stoppage ensues, curtailment of output could negatively impact our business.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        A substantial number of Sappi Fine Paper Europe employees are represented by trade unions.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe is subject to industry-wide collective agreements that are in place with trade unions in Germany, Finland, Austria and Belgium and which relate to its employees in each of the relevant mills. At our mills in The Netherlands, Sappi Fine Paper Europe has entered into shop-floor agreements with the respective trade unions. Although we have in the past and may in the future experience work stoppages and other labor conflicts, overall labor relations have been stable in Europe.

        In addition to trade unions, Sappi Fine Paper Europe also consults with various local, national and European works councils. These works councils primarily serve in an advisory role. Sappi Fine Paper Europe is required, under certain circumstances, to keep the works councils informed of activities that affect the workforce and to consult with one or more of the works councils before proceeding with a course of action. This is especially relevant for any major reorganization.

124


        During fiscal 2011, we announced and implemented the closure of our Biberist Mill in Switzerland affecting approximately 550 employees. In addition, as a result of the mill closure, we have reduced our central services headcount by approximately 100 positions across Europe.

        In the last fiscal quarter of 2011, we announced that over 300 positions will potentially be made redundant across all our manufacturing sites.

        There were no work stoppages across our European organization except for the combined seven-day work stoppage of our white-collar population at Kirkniemi Mill in the context of the Finnish country-wide white-collar collective labor agreement negotiations.

Southern Africa

        48% of Sappi Southern Africa permanent employees are represented by trade unions. The pulp and paper industry experienced a three week wage strike in July 2011 which impacted our production and shipment capabilities, culminating in a loss of turnover and resulting in overall costs to Sappi of approximately US$20 million. The strike was resolved upon reaching consensus on an 8% wage increase to all unionized employees. The Swaziland Agricultural Plantation Workers Union declared two disputes regarding the Usutu Mill retrenchments which took place during 2005 and 2010. The Swazi High Court found in favor of Usutu with regard to the 2005 dispute, and the Union thereafter filed appeal papers relating to this decision. However, the Union does not currently appear to be proceeding with either the appeal or the dispute relating to the 2010 retrenchments.

        Our Health and Wellness Programme includes health risk assessments, counseling services, a comprehensive HIV/AIDS programme, medical aid and strategic business alliances. The HIV/AIDS programme has now advanced to a position where more than 50% of employees check their HIV status every year supported by voluntary counseling and testing ("VCT") ensuring that we achieve early diagnosis of HIV infection and timely access to care. The 2011 voluntary study was conducted in southern African operations and the results indicated that the infection rate is approximately 14.7% versus the South African workforce prevalence of 19.2%. Interventions in place are proving to be effective and there has been a recorded reduction of mortality rate from 1.12% in 2005 to 0.47% in 2010.

        The Employment Equity Act (No. 55 of 1998) requires certain employers to implement affirmative action measures designed to ensure that suitably qualified persons from previously disadvantaged groups have equal opportunities and are equitably represented in the workforce. In complying with the Act, Sappi Southern African has developed the Transformation Charter which is a strategy document aimed at driving transformation and supports the Employment Equity initiatives. The 2011/2014 Employment Equity Plan was submitted to the Department of Labour in July 2011 and the Employment Equity report will be submitted in January 2012 as per the Department of Labour schedule.

        The Skills Development Act, Skills Development Levies Act and the South African Qualifications Authorities Act (No. 58 of 1995), including amendments to the latter, have continued to receive significant attention during the fiscal 2011. Equity forums established under the Employment Equity Act are mandated to serve as Learning Forums, and their constitutions, roles and responsibilities continue to be encouraged. A skills levy of 1%, specified in accordance with the Skills Development Levies Act, was paid via Internal Revenue to the Fibre Processing and Manufacturing Sectorial Education Authority ("FPM SETA").

        In the context of our new strategy, the South African restructuring process commenced in July 2011 in order to improve Sappi Southern Africa's competitiveness and financial position. In connection with the restructuring it is envisaged that approximately 1,000 employees have been or will be affected and ultimately be retrenched. In addition, a hub functional structure has been adopted with the aim of reducing duplication of activities, inefficiencies and high overheads and the Adamas mill closure was

125



successfully completed in August 2011 in line with the strategy. The restructuring is expected to be completed by March 2012.


Share Ownership

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust ("Scheme")

        We have offered a share purchase scheme to eligible officers and employees since 1979. During March 1997, The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust, as amended from time to time (the "Share Incentive Scheme"), was adopted at the Annual General Meeting of Sappi Limited. Under the Share Incentive Scheme, Officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered the opportunity to acquire shares ("Scheme Shares"), options to acquire shares ("Share Options") or rights and options to enter into agreements with the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust to acquire shares ("Allocation Shares"). Participants may also be given the opportunity to acquire a combination of Scheme Shares, Share Options and Allocation Shares.

        The JSE Limited (Johannesburg Stock Exchange) amended Schedule 14 of its Listings Requirements in its entirety. As a result the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust revised its rules in fiscal 2009 to comply with the new Schedule 14. The main change for the Scheme is the limitation of Trustees and Sappi Limited Board of Directors' discretionary powers relating to prospective Scheme share issues to its participants. Other minor amendments to the rules were also made to comply with the new requirements. The JSE has approved the revised Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust rules. The revised rules are effective in January 2011. See "Item 19—Exhibits—Exhibit 4.1" for the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust rules as approved by the Company and the JSE.

The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust ("Plan")

        From the 2005 fiscal year we have also offered a performance share incentive plan to eligible officers and employees. Under the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (the "Performance Share Incentive Plan"), officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered Conditional Contracts to acquire Shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria from time to time determined by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board ("Performance Criteria") applicable to each Conditional Contract are met or exceeded, then Participants are entitled to receive such number of shares as specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the board resolves to award a Conditional Contract to that Participant. The Performance Criteria entails a benchmarking of the company's performance against an appropriate peer group of companies.

        The JSE Limited (Johannesburg Stock Exchange) amended Schedule 14 of its Listings Requirements in its entirety. As a result the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust revised its rules in fiscal 2009 to comply with the new Schedule 14. The main change for the Plan is the limitation of Trustees and Sappi Limited Board of Directors' discretionary powers relating to prospective plan conditional share awards to its participants. Other minor amendments to the rules were also made to comply with the new requirements. The JSE has approved the revised Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust rules. The revised rules are effective in January 2011. See "Item 19—Exhibits—Exhibit 4.14" for the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust rules as approved by the Company and the JSE.

        For a detailed description of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust see Note 28 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

126


Black Economic Empowerment Trusts ("BEE Trusts")

        In June 2010, Sappi completed a BEE deal to comply with South African legislation to increase the participation of Historically Disadvantaged South Africans in the South African economy. The BEE deal resulted in the BEE Trusts and certain strategic partners holding, collectively, Ordinary and "A" Ordinary Shares equivalent to 4.5% of Sappi Limited, which corresponded to an effective 30% interest in Sappi's South African business post the deal. The 30% is in terms of the Forestry Charter and BEE legislation in general.

        Under the deal "A" Ordinary shares were issued to the BEE Trusts. These "A" Ordinary shares were financed by notional loans from Sappi Limited to the BEE Trusts. The loans are repayable on August 30, 2019 when the shares convert to ordinary shares based on a conversion formula. The BEE Trusts consist of three trusts, the ESOP Trust for the benefit of certain employees of Sappi's South African business, the MSOP Trust for the benefit of Black Managers of Sappi's South African business and the Sappi Foundation for the benefit of certain local communities in South Africa.

        For a detailed description of the BEE Trusts see Note 28 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and see "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions".

Directors and Senior Management

        At the end of fiscal 2011, certain Directors and Senior Management of Sappi had been granted an aggregate of 226,600 Share Options, 81,400 Allocation Shares and 2,783,400 Performance Shares. None of the Directors and Senior Management of Sappi holds more than 1% of our issued share capital. See notes 33 to 35 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details individually by director and for senior management, of participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust.

        The director Mr M V Moosa is the Deputy Chairman of Lereko Investments (Pty) Ltd and holds 31.8% of Lereko Investments. Lereko Investments holds 1,971,693 Sappi Limited shares as part of the BEE transaction.

127


ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of the ordinary shares, R1.00 par value, of Sappi Limited by the shareholders of record of Sappi Limited as of September 30, 2011, holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares. There have been no significant changes in percentage of ownership by any major shareholder during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Name of Registered Holder
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage  

Nedcor Bank Nominees Limited(1)

    145,966,068     28.0  

First National Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(1)

    133,108,767     25.6  

Standard Bank Nominees (Transvaal) (Proprietary) Limited(1)(2)

    127,269,282     24.5  

ABSA Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(1)

    58,665,322     11.3  

Public Investment Commissioner (PIC)

    54,926,586     10.6  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

    994,783     0.19  

(1)
The registered holders have advised us that they hold shares for numerous clients.

(2)
Includes all the ADS shares which are held through the Standard Bank Nominees (Transvaal) (Proprietary) Limited.

        The authorized share capital of Sappi Limited consisted of 325,000,000 Ordinary Shares as of September 28, 2008, was increased to 1,325,000,000 on November 4, 2008, and was subsequently reduced to 725,000,000 on March 2, 2009. On April 29, 2010, the authorized share capital was increased by 19,961,476 "A" Ordinary Shares with a par value of ZAR1.00 per "A" Ordinary Share. The "A" Ordinary Shares rank pari passu with the ordinary shares in all respects except for dividend entitlements where the "A" Ordinary Shares are entitled to 50% of the dividends payable on the ordinary shares.

        On June 11, 2010 Sappi issued 4,328,359 Ordinary Shares and 19,961,476 "A" Ordinary Shares, as part of the BEE transaction. See "—Related Party Transactions" and Notes 17 and 28 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details relating to the BEE transaction.

        As of September 30, 2011, the issued Ordinary Share capital consisted of 541,446,223 Ordinary Shares, of which 20,981,431 Ordinary Shares are held in treasury. The remaining 520,464,792 issued Ordinary Shares have full voting rights. The issued "A" Ordinary Share capital consisted of 19,961,476 "A" Ordinary Shares, issued as part of the BEE transaction. The issued "A" Ordinary Shares are treated as treasury shares as the share trusts owning such shares are considered special purpose entities under IFRS. The "A" Ordinary treasury shares differ from the 20,981,431 Ordinary Shares held in treasury, in that the A" Ordinary treasury shares have full voting rights. The Ordinary Shares are listed shares, whilst the "A" Ordinary shares are unlisted shares. The "A" Ordinary Shares have the potential to convert into Ordinary Shares in 2019. See "—Related Party Transactions" for a summary of the conversion into Ordinary Shares.

        It is common in South Africa for shares to be held through nominees. As of September 30, 2011, the four largest ordinary share, shareholders of record (all of which are nominees) owned approximately 89.3% of the shares. We believe that, as of September 30, 2011, based on registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, 18% of our shares were held beneficially in North America, 71% of our shares were held beneficially in South Africa and 11% of our shares were held beneficially in Europe and elsewhere, excluding the shares owned by our subsidiaries.

128


        On September 30, 2011, there were 38 registered holders of ADSs holding 8,813,363 ADSs, representing 1.7% of our issued share capital.

        Pursuant to the Companies Amendment Act Number 37 of 1999, where securities of an issuer are registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in all of the securities held by the registered shareholder, the registered shareholder is obliged, at the end of every three-month period to disclose to the issuer the identity of each person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and price of securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. We have authorized JP Morgan Cazenove to conduct a monthly investigation into the beneficial ownership of Sappi Limited shares including those in nominee holdings. All beneficial holdings are investigated to determine whether there are any shareholders who hold 5% or more of our shares and these investigations have as of September 30, 2011, revealed the following beneficial holders of more than 5% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited:

Name of Shareholder
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage  

Public Investment Commissioner (South Africa)

    54,926,586     10.6  

        Further, as a result of these investigations, we have ascertained that some of the shares registered in the names of the nominee holders are managed by various fund managers and that, as of September 30, 2011, the following fund managers were responsible for 5% or more of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited.

Name of Fund Manager
  Number of
Shares
Managed
  Percentage  

Allan Gray Investment Council (South Africa)

    115,574,509     22.2  

Investec Asset Management (South Africa)

    62,469,821     12.0  

Capital Group Companies Inc. 

    36,773,804     7.1  

Coronation Fund Managers (South Africa)

    33,963,164     6.5  

Old Mutual Investment Group (South Africa)

    32,621,615     6.3  

        Under South African law, there is no obligation on the part of our shareholders to disclose to us arrangements or understandings that may exist between or amongst them with respect to the holding or voting of shares unless such arrangement or understanding constitutes an affected transaction under the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers. An "affected transaction" means, among other things, any transaction which has or will have the effect of vesting control of any company in any person or two or more persons acting in concert in whom control did not vest prior to such transaction or scheme. Control is defined with reference to a specified percentage, which is currently 35% of the entire issued share capital of a company. The major shareholders have no different voting rights.

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR5,815,184,693 (approximately US$575 million) which was used to partially finance the Acquisition and related costs.

        On December 31, 2008, a €32 million equivalent in ZAR portion of the Acquisition consideration was funded through the issue of 11,159,702 ordinary shares of Sappi Limited to M-real Corporation (the "Consideration Shares"), with the actual number of such Consideration Shares having been determined based on the average weighted closing price of the shares and certain adjustments in respect of the rights offering and other anti-dilutive protections.

129



Related Party Transactions

        For information on related party transactions, see note 30 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        In June 2010, Sappi completed a Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment ("BEE") transaction (the "BEE Transaction"). The South African government has through the years promulgated various pieces of legislation to increase the participation of Historically Disadvantaged South Africans ("HDSAs") in the South African economy and, through BEE legislation, formalized the country's approach in this regard. See "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment".

        In April 2006 Sappi announced a BEE transaction (the "Plantation BEE Transaction") with Lereko Property Company (Proprietary) Limited ("LPC"), a BEE company set up to house a consortium consisting of Lereko Investments (Proprietary) Limited, AMB Capital Limited and Malibongwe Women Development Trust (collectively, the "Strategic Partners"), pursuant to which LPC acquired a 25% undivided share in Sappi's South African plantation land, excluding the value of the plantations, owned by Sappi and/or Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd (previously Sappi Manufacturing), coupled with the right to develop the land not utilized for forestry operations. Sappi Southern Africa retained the right of use over all the land under the underlying arrangements. As part of the Plantation BEE Transaction, 30% of LPC was set aside for the benefit of certain categories of Sappi's South African employees, who did not participate in any Sappi share incentive scheme. The balance of the shareholding in LPC was held by Lereko Investments (46.19%), Malibongwe (10.14%) and AMB Capital (13.67%).

        However, the Plantation BEE Transaction did not meet Sappi's undertakings under the Forestry Charter gazetted in June 2009 (which sets the objectives and principles for BEE in the forestry industry and includes the BEE scorecard and targets to be applied, as well as certain undertakings by government and South African forestry companies to assist the forestry industry to achieve its BEE targets). Accordingly, Sappi decided to unwind the Plantation BEE Transaction, which resided at a South African subsidiary level and to implement the BEE Transaction, a new sustainable transaction of equivalent value at the holding company level using its listed securities.

        Sappi views BEE as a key requirement for sustainable growth and social development in South Africa. The BEE Transaction enabled Sappi to meet its BEE targets in respect of BEE equity ownership. The BEE Transaction, comprised two distinct parts. The first part entailed the issue of ordinary shares to the Strategic Partners and the Sappi employees who were to be participants in the Plantation BEE Transaction, as part of the unwinding of the rights from that transaction. The second part consisted of the creation and issuance of a new class of unlisted equity shares referred to as "A" Ordinary shares. The "A" Ordinary shares were issued at their par value of ZAR1.00 to a trust for the benefit of certain Sappi employees including HDSAs (the "ESOP Trust"), a trust for the benefit of certain Sappi managers that are HDSAs (the "MSOP Trust") and a trust for the benefit of tree growers and communities surrounding the major mills and/or plantations operated by Sappi in South Africa (the "Sappi Foundation Trust", and together with the ESOP Trust and the MSOP Trust, the "BEE Trusts"). The issuance of the "A" Ordinary shares was financed through notional non-interest bearing loans extended by Sappi to the BEE Trusts. The BEE Transaction resulted in the BEE Trusts and the Strategic Partners holding, collectively, ordinary and "A" Ordinary shares equivalent to 4.5% of the share capital of Sappi Limited, which corresponds to an effective 30% interest in Sappi's South African business under the Forestry Charter and BEE legislation in general.

130


Post transaction shareholding structure

         GRAPHIC

        The total value of the BEE Transaction, based on the 30 day volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Sappi's ordinary shares as at Friday February 5, 2010 of ZAR33.50 amounted to approximately ZAR814 million (US$115 million). As part of the BEE transaction, Sappi issued an aggregate of approximately 24.3 million shares, comprising approximately 4.3 million Ordinary shares and approximately 20 million "A" Ordinary shares. The value of their shareholding in LPC attributable to the Strategic Partners is ZAR102.1 million and the value of the South African employees' 30% entitlement in LPC, which will be held through the ESOP Trust, is ZAR42.9 million.

        The "A" Ordinary shares rank pari passu with and have the same rights and obligations attached as the ordinary shares in all respects except for dividend entitlements where the "A" Ordinary shares are entitled to 50% of the dividends payable on the ordinary shares. The "A" Ordinary shares have the same voting rights as ordinary shares but are not listed on the JSE.

        Sappi will have the option to repurchase a number of "A" Ordinary Shares at the end of the Transaction in August 2019. The number of "A" Ordinary Shares Sappi may be entitled to repurchase will be calculated according to a repurchase formula set forth in Article No. 38 of Sappi's Articles of Association. The number of any "A" Ordinary Shares that Sappi may elect to buy back in August 2019 will depend on the price performance of the Ordinary Shares over the period of the Transaction with the remaining "A" Ordinary Shares being distributed to the beneficiaries of the BEE Trusts (or, in the case of the Sappi Foundation Trust, continued to be held by such trust) and converted into Ordinary Shares. See "Item 10—Additional Information—Memorandum and Articles of Association—Share Capital" for a description of the "A" ordinary shares.

        For financial reporting purposes the "A" Ordinary Shares are treated as treasury shares, as the BEE Trusts owning such shares are considered special purpose entities under IFRS.

        The BEE deal involved the specific issue for cash of Ordinary Shares at full market value and "A" Ordinary Shares at par value. For further information on the resolution authorizing the change in the Company's Articles of Association relating to the "A" Ordinary Shares and the repurchase formula for the "A" Ordinary Shares, see "Item 19—Exhibits 1.1 and 1.3".


Interests of Experts and Counsel

        Not applicable.

131


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

        See the Group Annual Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report for the Report of the Independent Auditors.


Legal Proceedings

        We become involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in legal proceedings which, either individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or properties.

North America

        On June 29, 2009, the Commissioner of the Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife, State of Maine (the "Commissioner"), issued a decision requiring Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fish passage at the Cumberland Mills dam associated with the Westbrook mill, the most downriver dam on the Presumpscot River. Pursuant to a final order issued by the Commissioner, construction of the fish passage must be completed by May 1, 2013. Costs associated with construction and related engineering of this fish passage are estimated to be approximately US$4 million to US$5 million. Fish passage at the next dam upstream, the Saccarappa hydrofacility, must be operational two years after the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage is completed, during the spring of 2015. Installation of the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage may also trigger, over a period of approximately ten years, the obligation to install fish passages for at least some of Sappi Fine Paper North America's other upstream hydrofacilities as well, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of all fish passages associated with Sappi's dams along the Presumpscot River is estimated to be in the range of approximately US$18 million to US$28 million, which includes costs expected to be incurred in the next several years for the fish passage on the Cumberland Mills dam and Saccarappa hydrofacility as well as estimated costs for upstream fish passages which may be incurred in the future. Because construction of additional fish passages depends on several future contingencies, including the results of data gathering on fish populations in the river, we do not know the precise timing for incurring related future costs, assuming such obligations are triggered.

South Africa

        The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. There are currently 66 open land claims against us, of which 42 are in Mpumalanga, and 24 are in KwaZulu-Natal. Fourteen of the claims in KwaZulu-Natal are in the process of being settled. The remaining claims have not been finalized and are still under discussion and investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.


Dividends

        We consider dividends on an annual basis. Taking into account the macroeconomic and global financial market conditions, our performance in fiscal 2011 as well as our priority to reduce indebtedness

132



and preserve liquidity, the Board of Directors decided not to declare a dividend for fiscals 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

        Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the 2014 Bonds, 2018 Bonds and 2021 Bonds. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, we cannot declare or pay any cash dividends in, among others, the following circumstances:

        Under the 2014 Bonds, 2018 Bonds and 2021 Bonds, we are restricted from making restricted payments (which term includes cash dividend payments) except if:

        The restrictions summarized above are subject to various exceptions, certain of which are significant. Terms used above have the meaning ascribed to them in the relevant agreements. For the full terms of the restrictions on dividend distributions and exceptions thereto, see "Item 19—Exhibits—Exhibit 4.10, Exhibit 4.12, Exhibit 4.13, Exhibit 4.18, Exhibit 4.19, Exhibit 4.20 and Exhibit 4.21".

        Under the South African Companies Act any distribution, including dividends, is subject to the Company meeting the solvency and liquidity requirements of the Act. Holders of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement among us, The Bank of New York Mellon and the ADR holders (the "Deposit Agreement"). There is no restriction under South African exchange control regulations on the free transferability of cash dividends to non-resident shareholders or ADS holders (provided the necessary endorsements are obtained). See "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls".

        We are not currently obliged to withhold any form of tax on dividends paid to non-residents of South Africa. South African companies pay Secondary Tax on Companies ("STC") at the flat rate of 10% in respect of the amount of dividends declared by the company less certain dividends which accrue to the company during its relevant "dividend cycle". STC is to be replaced with a dividend withholding tax ("DWT") with effect from April 01, 2012. The DWT will be imposed on the shareholder and not on the company and it will be levied on the shareholder at a rate of 10%, subject to a reduction in terms of an applicable Double Taxation Agreement. In contrast to STC, the new DWT is a tax on the shareholder, although it will be collected as a withholding tax by the company paying a dividend, which implies that Sappi Limited will incur the obligation to withhold the DWT.


Significant Changes

        Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred in our financial position since October 02, 2011.

133


ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

Offer and Listing Details

        The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices of trading activity in the shares on the JSE, as reported by the JSE and adjusted for the dilution effects of the rights issue discussed below; and the high and low prices of trading activity in the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), as reported by the NYSE and adjusted for the dilution effects of the rights issue discussed below.

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR5,815,184,693 (approximately US$575 million) which was used to partly finance the Acquisition and related costs.

 
  Shares   ADSs  
 
  High(1)   Low(1)   High(1)   Low(1)  
 
  (SA cents per share)
  (US$ per ADS)
 

Annual highs and lows

                         

Fiscal 2011

    3,962     2,107     5.95     2.92  

Fiscal 2010

    3,792     2,539     5.14     3.27  

Fiscal 2009

    5,403     1,290     6.41     1.24  

Fiscal 2008

    7,661     4,700     9.98     5.72  

Fiscal 2007

    8,824     6,263     12.24     7.88  

Quarterly highs and lows

                         

2011

                         

Fourth quarter

    3,506     2,107     5.18     2.92  

Third quarter

    3,725     3,323     5.53     4.84  

Second quarter

    3,920     3,320     5.49     4.58  

First quarter

    3,962     3,265     5.95     4.80  

2010

                         

Fourth quarter

    3,685     2,877     5.14     3.70  

Third quarter

    3,275     2,633     4.54     3.27  

Second quarter

    3,792     2,875     5.08     3.74  

First quarter

    3,700     2,539     4.91     3.40  

Monthly highs and lows

                         

2011

                         

October

    2,471     2,225     3.20     2.68  

September

    2,724     2,385     3.78     2.92  

August

    3,099     2,107     4.54     3.33  

July

    3,509     2,942     5.19     4.35  

June

    3,682     3,379     5.45     4.90  

May

    3,693     3,323     5.45     4.96  

(1)
Historical share prices shown in the table above have been adjusted where applicable by 1.58 (an adjustment factor) for the effect of the issuance of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The adjustment factor applied to historical share prices was based on the theoretical ex-rights price ("TERP") calculation explained below.

TERP is the [(Number of new shares multiplied by the Subscription price) plus the (Number of shares held multiplied by the Ex-dividend share price)] all divided by the (Number of new shares plus the number of shares held prior to the rights offer).

The adjustment factor of 1.58 is calculated using the Pre-announcement price divided by the TERP.

134


        On December 02, 2011, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 2,309 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was US$2.81 per ADS.


Markets

        The principal market for the ordinary shares of Sappi Limited is the JSE. The ordinary shares of Sappi Limited were also listed on the London Stock Exchange until November 2, 2009, at which time the shares were delisted from the London Stock Exchange. On November 5, 1998, ADRs evidencing ADSs of Sappi Limited commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbol "SPP". The Bank of New York serves as depositary ("the Depositary") with respect to the ADSs. Prior to the commencement of trading of the ADSs on the NYSE, our ordinary shares were traded in the United States in the over-the-counter market pursuant to a sponsored unrestricted American Depositary Receipt facility established in 1994. Price data relating to that trading is not considered meaningful and has not been included in this Annual Report.

        On October 26, 1999, Sappi and The Bank of New York amended the Deposit Agreement to change, with effect from October 27, 1999, the number of ordinary shares represented by each ADS from 10 ordinary shares per ADS to one ordinary share per ADS.

The JSE Limited

        The JSE Limited (JSE) was formed in 1887 and provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity, corporate debt securities, warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands. The JSE is a self-regulatory organization operating under the supervision of the South African Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges.

        The market capitalization of South African equity securities was R6,384.6 billion as at September 30, 2011. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross holdings between listed companies. Liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalization at the end of the period) was 50.6% for the 12 months ended September 30, 2011. As of the end of September 2011, there were 411 listed companies on the JSE.

        Following the introduction of the FTSE/JSE free float indices, the FTSE/JSE All Share Index includes those companies that make up the top 77% of the total market capitalization of all companies listed on the JSE. The three main sectors in the market are Resources, Financials and Industrials. As of September 30, 2011, the All Share Index included 166 companies. The Resources Index, Industrials Index and Financials Index included 21, 97 and 48 companies respectively, and accounted for approximately 27%, 35% and 16% respectively, of the total market capitalization of the JSE.

        The JSE settles securities trades electronically through STRATE—(Share Transactions Totally Electronic). All trades are downloaded from the JSE SETS automated trading system to the JSE's Broker Deal Accounting (BDA) system, which manages the settlement status of every trade. The BDA system interfaces with STRATE's system which in turn interfaces with those of the custodian banks. The JSE's Settlement Authority monitors all trades from time of execution to settlement to ensure performance.

        Shares may not be traded on the JSE unless they have been dematerialized through STRATE. Contractual, rolling settlement has been introduced by the JSE in order to increase the speed, certainty and efficiency of the settlement mechanism and to fall into line with international practices. While settlement on the JSE is currently made five days after each trade (T+5), the JSE in conjunction with STRATE is exploring with the industry how best to reduce the settlement period further (to T+3) without introducing undue risk.

135


ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Memorandum and Articles of Association

        The following description is a summary of various provisions of the Memorandum ("Memorandum") and Articles of Association ("Articles") of Sappi Limited, the South African Companies Act No. 71 of 2008, as amended, (the "Companies Act") and the listings requirements of the JSE, which does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources. The Companies Act came into effect on May 01, 2011. From May 01, 2011 Sappi's Memorandum and Articles will be referred to as the Memorandum of Incorporation.

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in South Africa with registration number 1936/008963/06.

Purpose of the Company

        Paragraph 3 of the Memorandum states that Sappi Limited is established, among other things, to manufacture, produce, buy, sell and deal in pulp, timber, paper, cardboard and other stated products.

Directors

        In terms of the Articles:

        At every annual general meeting of Sappi Limited, as near as possible to, but not less than one third of the Directors (excluding any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting, the Executive Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Director) are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The Directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election or, as between Directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election and, in the absence of agreement, those determined by lot. Any Director who has held office for three years since his last election is also required to retire at such annual general meeting. In addition, the appointment of any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting will require to be confirmed at the next annual general meeting, failing which the appointment will cease.

        Except as set out in the following paragraph, a Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he has any material interest other than by virtue of his interest in ordinary shares or debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through Sappi Limited. A Director will not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he is barred from voting.

        A Director shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters:

136


        The remuneration of the Directors for their services as such shall be determined from time to time by a general meeting, save that in the discretion of the Board, there may in each year be paid out of the funds of Sappi Limited to, and divided among, the Directors who have held office during the year in respect of which the remuneration is to be paid, a sum, by way of remuneration for their services as Directors, not exceeding US$500,000, which remuneration shall be paid in such proportions as shall be determined by the Directors or a majority of them. If any Director is required to perform extra services or reside abroad or is otherwise specially occupied about Sappi Limited's business, he is entitled to receive remuneration to be fixed by the Directors (either in addition to, or in substitution for, the aforementioned remuneration). The Directors shall be paid all their traveling and other expenses properly and necessarily expended by them in and about the business of Sappi Limited. In terms of the Companies Act a company may pay remuneration to its directors for their service as directors only in accordance with a special resolution approved by the shareholders within the previous two years.

        The Directors may exercise all the powers of Sappi Limited to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking and property or any part thereof and to issue debentures, which may be issued at par, at a discount or at a premium, and other securities. The borrowings will be restricted so that, except with the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution of Sappi Limited in general meeting, the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all moneys borrowed by Sappi Limited and/or any of its subsidiaries will not at any time exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the aggregate of the nominal amount of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited and the total of the amounts standing to the credit of the combined capital and revenue reserve accounts of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve fund and retained surplus after deducting the amounts of any debit balance in the income statement but excluding sums set aside for taxation and amounts attributable to outside shareholders in subsidiaries), as shown in the latest consolidated balance sheet, adjusted as may be necessary in respect of any variation in the share premium account of Sappi Limited since the date of the latest audited balance sheet. The Companies Act provides that the board may authorize the company to provide direct or indirect financial assistance (which includes lending money, guaranteeing a loan or other obligation in securing a new debt or obligation) to a related or inter-related company or corporation, provided that such authorization shall be made pursuant to a special resolution of the shareholders adopted within the previous two years.

        The Articles do not stipulate a retirement age for the directors but the Board has set a rule that Non-Executive Directors should retire at the end of the calendar year in which they turn 70. The retirement age of Executive Directors would depend on the terms of their particular conditions of employment.

        The Articles do not require that Directors need to hold any shares in Sappi Limited to qualify as Directors of Sappi Limited.

Secretary

        The Companies Act requires the directors of each public company to appoint a secretary who is permanently resident in South Africa, and who, in the opinion of the directors, has the requisite knowledge and experience to carry out the duties of a secretary of a public company. In terms of the Companies Act a juristic person (legal entity) or partnership may be appointed to hold office of the company secretary, provided that no employee of that juristic person who provides company secretary

137



services must be disqualified in terms of the Companies Act to be a director and at least one employee of that juristic person satisfies the requirements of the Companies Act in regard to having the requisite knowledge and experience in relevant law and permanent residency of South Africa.

        The company secretary of Sappi is Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Limited. (In accordance with rule 3.59 of the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited, on November 8, 2010 Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sappi Limited, has been appointed Company Secretary of Sappi Limited replacing Sappi Management Services (Pty) Limited which has become a dormant company).

Disclosure of Interest in Shares

        The Companies Act requires the disclosure of beneficial interests in the outstanding shares of a company. The Companies Act obliges the registered shareholder to disclose the identity of the person on whose behalf that security is held and the identity of each person with a beneficial interest in the security so held, the number and class of securities held for each such person with beneficial interest and the extent of each such beneficial interest, within 5 (five) business days of the end of every month during which any change to such information has occurred. Moreover, an issuer of securities may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder of, or whom the issuer knows or has reasonable cause to believe to have a beneficial interest in, a security issued by the issuer, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds that beneficial interest and, if the security is held for another person, the person to whom the request is made is obliged to disclose to the issuer the identity of the person on whose behalf a security is held. The addressee of the notice may also be required to give particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date of the notice. All issuers of securities are obliged to establish and maintain a register of the disclosures described above and to publish in their annual financial statements a list of the persons who hold beneficial interests equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of securities of that class issued by the issuer together with the extent of those beneficial interests.

Register of Shareholders

        Sappi Limited keeps a register of Shareholders in South Africa. Sappi Limited may keep a branch share register in any foreign country, subject to the approval of the South African Reserve Bank.

Share Capital

        As at September 2011 the authorized and issued share capital of Sappi was as follows:

        Authorized:

        Issued:

        The authorized ordinary share capital was increased during fiscal 2010 by 19,961,476 "A" ordinary shares with a par value of ZAR1.00 per share as part of Sappi's 2010 BEE Transaction. The issued ordinary share capital increased during fiscal 2010 to its current numbers with the issue of 4,328,359 ordinary shares and 19,961,476 "A" ordinary shares as part of Sappi's 2010 BEE Transaction.

138


        All our ordinary shares in issue rank pari passu with each other and are fully paid and not subject to calls for additional payments of any kind. Trading in our ordinary shares has been dematerialized under the terms of the STRATE initiative of the JSE, and the provisions of sections 52 and 53 of the Companies Act relating to uncertificated securities apply in respect of those shares which have been dematerialized.

        The "A" Ordinary Shares rank pari passu with the Ordinary Shares in all respects except for dividend entitlements where the "A" Ordinary Shares are entitled to and will receive 50% of the dividends payable on the Ordinary Shares. The "A" Ordinary Shares have the same voting rights as Ordinary Shares but are not and will not be listed on the JSE. The "A" Ordinary Shares were issued to the BEE Trusts in connection with the BEE Transaction and may not be disposed of by the BEE Trusts until the August 2019 when Sappi will have the option to repurchase a number of "A" Ordinary Shares. The number of "A" Ordinary Shares Sappi may be entitled to repurchase will be calculated according to a repurchase formula set forth in Article No. 38 of Sappi's Articles of Association. The number of any "A" Ordinary Shares that Sappi may elect to buy back in August 2019 will depend on the price performance of the Ordinary Shares over the period of the Transaction with the remaining "A" Ordinary Shares being distributed to the beneficiaries of the BEE Trusts (or in the case of the Sappi Foundation Trust, continued to be held by such trust) and converted into Ordinary Shares.

        For financial reporting purposes the "A" Ordinary Shares are treated as treasury shares, as to the BEE Trusts owning such shares. These are considered special purpose entities under IFRS and therefore will not be included in the calculation of the Company's salient financial ratios such as basic earnings per share.

        For further details of the BEE Transaction see "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions"and for further information on the resolution authorizing the change in the Company's Articles of Association relating to the "A" Ordinary Shares and the repurchase formula for the "A" Ordinary Shares, see "Item 19—Exhibits 1.1 and 1.3".

        The ADSs trade on the NYSE. The rights of holders of ADSs are governed by the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the ADSs are issued and such rights differ in certain respects from the rights of holders of ordinary shares.

Dividends

        In terms of the Articles, Sappi Limited in a general meeting or the Board may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the registered holders of shares (the "Shareholders") in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. No dividend on ordinary shares will bear interest. Dividends are declared payable to Shareholders registered as such on a date subsequent to the date of the declaration of the dividend as determined by the Board. This date may not be less than 14 days after the date of the publication of the announcement of the declaration of the dividend.

        "A" ordinary shares are entitled to and will receive 50% of the dividend payable on ordinary shares.

        Sappi Limited in a general meeting may not declare a dividend in excess of the amount recommended by the Board. All unclaimed dividends may be retained by Sappi Limited, invested or otherwise utilized by the Board for the benefit of Sappi Limited until claimed; provided that dividends unclaimed after a period of twelve years may be declared forfeited by the Board. Forfeited dividends revert to Sappi Limited and may be dealt with by the Directors as they deem fit.

        Any dividend or other amount payable to a Shareholder may be transmitted by electronic bank transfer or ordinary post to the address of the Shareholder recorded in the register or any other address the Shareholder may previously have given to Sappi Limited in writing. Sappi Limited will not be responsible for any loss in transmission.

139


        Any dividend may be paid and satisfied, either wholly or in part, by the distribution of specific assets as the Board may at the time of declaring the dividend determine and direct.

        In terms of the Companies Act any distribution to shareholders must be authorized by a resolution of the board of the company. In addition no distribution may be made unless it reasonably appears that the company will satisfy the "solvency and liquidity test" immediately after completing the proposed distribution and the board of the company, by resolution, has acknowledged that it has applied the solvency and liquidity test as set out in section 4 of the Companies Act and reasonably concluded that the company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test immediately after completing the proposed distribution.

        It is our policy to declare dividends in US dollars and the Board may at the time of declaring a dividend make such regulations as it may think fit in regard to the payment in any currency and rate of exchange. For further information on our dividend policy, see "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends".

        Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Cash dividends will be paid by the Depositary to holders of ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.

        Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the Refinancing. See "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends" for a listing of the most restrictive conditions for declaring cash dividends.

Voting Rights

        Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares, every Shareholder present in person, by authorized representative or by proxy, will have, on a show of hands, one vote only and, in the case of a poll, every Shareholder present in person, by authorized representative or by proxy, will have that proportion of the total votes in Sappi Limited which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by that Shareholder bears to the aggregate of the nominal value of all the shares issued by Sappi Limited and, accordingly, since there is currently only one class of issued shares, one vote for every share held by him.

Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emption Rights

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, the Board may issue unissued shares.

        Holders of shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles. Under the listings requirements of the JSE, however, any unissued shares of Sappi Limited must first be offered to existing Shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares unless these shares are issued for the acquisition of assets or a specific or general approval is granted to the Directors at any general meeting authorizing the issue of shares for cash. Whenever Sappi Limited wishes to sell for cash shares held as treasury stock by a subsidiary of Sappi Limited, such use must comply with the listings requirements as if such use was a new issue of shares for cash.

        Sappi Limited in a general meeting may upon the recommendation of the Board resolve to capitalize all or any part of the amount of the undivided profits, reserves resulting from a sale or revaluation of assets of Sappi Limited or premium created on the issue of any shares or debentures and may apply such sums in paying up unissued shares of Sappi Limited to be issued as fully paid capitalization shares to Shareholders.

140


Variation of Rights

        Whenever the capital of Sappi Limited is divided into different classes of shares, the rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares in issue may be amended, varied, modified or cancelled by general meeting of Sappi Limited; provided that the consent in writing of the holders of at least three fourths of the issued shares of that class or of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares is required if the amendment, variation, modification or cancellation will directly or indirectly adversely affect those rights or restrictions.

        The rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares, be deemed to be directly or indirectly adversely affected by the creation or issue of other shares ranking equally with them.

        In terms of the Companies Act, despite anything to the contrary in a company's Memorandum of Incorporation every share issued by a company has associated with it an irrevocable right of the shareholder to vote on any proposal to amend the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with that share. If the Memorandum of Incorporation of a company has been amended to materially and adversely alter the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms of a class of shares, any holder of those shares has an appraisal right and is entitled to the relief in terms of section 164 of the Companies Act if that shareholder notified the company in advance of the intention to oppose the resolution to amend the Memorandum of Incorporation and was present at the meeting and voted against that resolution.

Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

        If Sappi Limited is liquidated, the assets remaining after the payment of all the liabilities of Sappi Limited and the costs of winding-up shall be distributed among the Shareholders in proportion to the numbers of shares respectively held by them, subject to the rights of any Shareholders to whom shares have been issued on special conditions and subject to Sappi Limited's right to apply set-off against the liability, if any, of Shareholders for unpaid capital or premium. Furthermore, the liquidator, with the authority of a special resolution, may divide among the Shareholders, in specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets, whether or not those assets consist of property of one kind or different kinds.

Share Repurchases and Capital Reductions

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may with the prior approval of a special resolution of its shareholders in general meeting:

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may reduce its issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and/or capital redemption reserve fund by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors. Similarly, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors make payments to its shareholders, whether or not such payments result in a reduction of the issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and/or any capital redemption reserve fund. An ordinary resolution of shareholders is not, however, required for the payment of dividends.

141


Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers of Sappi Limited

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, Sappi Limited may from time to time:

Rights of Non-controlling Interest Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties

        Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may, under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the company. The provisions in the Companies Act are designed to provide relief for oppressed shareholders without necessarily overruling the majority's decision. The Companies Act affords a dissenting shareholder, who objects to certain proposed corporate action, the right to demand payment by the company of the "fair value" of the shares held by that shareholder. However, this right must be exercised in compliance with the various procedural requirements set out in the Companies Act. There may also be common law personal actions available to a shareholder of a company. The fiduciary obligations of Directors may differ from those in the United States and certain other countries. In South Africa, the common law imposes on Directors a duty to act with care and skill and a fiduciary duty to conduct the company's affairs in the best interests of the company. The Companies Act has to a large extent codified the common law duties of Directors by setting out standards against which the conduct of Directors must be assessed and in some instances has developed these duties. The Companies Act also introduces the so-called "business judgment rule" which provides a Director with a defense in relation to an alleged breach of his statutory duties. While Directors owe their duties to the company, the Companies Act provides a mechanism by which any person may claim for any loss or damage suffered as a result of a contravention of any provision of the Companies Act by any other person (such as a Director).

General Meetings of Shareholders

        Sappi Limited is obliged to hold an annual general meeting once every calendar year and within fifteen months after the date of the last preceding annual general meeting of Sappi Limited. The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, convene a general meeting and must do so on the request of Shareholders holding at the date of request not less than 10% of the voting rights entitled to be exercised in relation to the matter proposed to be considered at the meeting.

        Sappi Limited is required by law to deliver a notice of each shareholders meeting in the prescribed manner and form to all of the shareholders of the Company at least 15 business days before the meeting is to begin.

        Notice under the Articles must be given or served on any Shareholder or Director, as the case may be, either by delivery, electronic mail, facsimile or by sending it through the post. Any notice to Shareholders must simultaneously be given to the secretary or other suitable official of any recognized stock exchange on which the shares of Sappi Limited are listed in accordance with the requirements of that stock exchange. Every such notice shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received, if it is delivered, on the date on which it is so delivered, if it is sent by post, on the day on which it is posted, if it is sent by electronic mail, on the day it was sent or, if it is sent by facsimile, on the day on which it was successfully transmitted.

142


        No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless the requisite quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. The quorum for the passing of resolutions is Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 25% of the all voting rights entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy. In addition three Shareholders must be present in person for a meeting to begin. If within ten minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, will be dissolved and, in all other cases, will stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, or if that be a public holiday, the next business day, at the same time and place. At the adjourned meeting, those Shareholders who are present or represented thereat shall constitute a quorum.

        At a general meeting, a resolution put to the vote will be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by (1) the chairman, (2) not less than five Shareholders having the right to vote at such meeting, (3) a Shareholder or Shareholders representing not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all Shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting or (4) in accordance with the Companies Act.

        Resolutions will be carried by a majority of the votes recorded at the meeting except in the case of a special resolution which must be passed either, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of the number of Shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy or, where a poll has been demanded, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled. In the event of a tie, the chairman has the deciding vote if he is a Shareholder.

Annual Report and Accounts

        The Board is required to keep such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed by the Companies Act. Generally, no Shareholder (other than a Director) has any right to inspect any accounting record book, account or document of Sappi Limited.

        The Board is required, in respect of every fiscal year of Sappi Limited, to prepare annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited and present them before the annual general meeting required to be held in that year.

        The annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited must, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, fairly present the state of affairs and business of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries at the end of the fiscal year concerned and the profit or loss of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries for that fiscal year.

Transfer of Shares

        All ordinary shares are free from any restriction under the Articles on the right to transfer. A Shareholder who holds his shares in dematerialized form will have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Transfer of ownership of such shares will be effected by debiting the account from which transfer is effected and crediting the account to which transfer is effected. The transferor will be deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in the share register or relevant sub register of Sappi Limited in respect of these shares. Only Shareholders that have handed in their paper share certificates have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Under the rules of the JSE, Shareholders cannot sell their shares on the JSE until the shares have been dematerialized.

Rights of Shareholders

        There are no limitations in the Memorandum or Articles and general limitations under South African law on the right of Shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attaching to any ordinary shares in Sappi Limited.

143


Changes in Control

        Any person acquiring shares of Sappi will (in addition to any regulatory and legal requirements outside South Africa) need to comply with the following to the extent applicable. Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person or a group of persons acting in concert holding shares entitling the holder or holders to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% or more of the voting rights at meetings of Sappi Shareholders and those transactions entailing a disposal of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of Sappi Limited or the whole or the greater part of its assets will be subject to the Takeover Regulations which are regulated by the Takeover Regulation Panel. The Takeover Regulations impose various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders. A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities under the Competition Act No. 89 of 1998, as amended (the "Competition Act") if it results in the acquisition of "control", as defined in the Competition Act, and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prevents a transaction falling within its scope from being implemented without the required approvals. To the extent applicable, the transaction will be subject to the listings requirements of the JSE.

Amendment of Memorandum or Articles

        The Memorandum or Articles may only be amended by way of a special resolution, proposed at a general meeting of Shareholders at which Shareholders holding at least 25% of the total votes of all Shareholders entitled to vote thereat are present in person or by proxy, which is passed, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of those present in person or by proxy or, on a poll, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled.


South African Companies Act, 2008

        A new Companies Act, the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended, (the "Act"), was promulgated in April 2009 and became effective on May 01, 2011. The Act replaced the previous Companies Act, 1973 (as amended), in its entirety.

        The aims and purposes of the Act, are to provide for, inter alia, the incorporation, registration, capitalization, organization and management of profit, and not-for-profit, companies; to define the relationships between companies and their respective shareholders or members and directors; to provide for equitable and efficient mergers, amalgamations and takeovers of companies, and for efficient rescue of financially distressed companies; to provide appropriate legal redress for investors and third parties with respect to companies; to establish a commission and a takeover regulation panel to administer the requirements of the Act with respect to companies, and a Companies Tribunal to facilitate alternative dispute resolution and to review decisions of the commission and the takeover regulation panel, and a Financial Reporting Standards Council ("FRSC") to advise on requirements for financial record keeping and reporting by companies and to repeal the existing Companies Act and to provide for incidental matters.

        The Act introduced a number of new requirements that public companies, such as Sappi, need to comply with. In addition to the accountability requirements applicable to all companies, as set out in the Act, public companies are required to comply with additional and more onerous accountability requirements. These include inter alia:

144


Financial Statements

        The Act provides that all financial statements provided by a company, (including annual financial statements) must, inter alia, comply with the standards prescribed by the Minister of Trade and Industry, after consultation with the FRSC, a body established in terms of the Act. The Act stipulates that the financial statements of public companies must comply with IFRS. Financial reporting standards, applicable to public companies, may be issued by the Minister of Trade and Industry by publication in the Government Gazette from time to time on the advice of the FRSC. The FRSC must ensure that financial reporting standards accord with IFRS and promote issued and consistent accounting practices.

        Under the Act, a public company and each of its directors or officers who knowingly is a party to the preparation, approval, dissemination or publication of any financial statements (including annual financial statements) which are materially false or misleading or which fail in a material way to comply with the requirements set out in the Act, will be guilty of an offence. It is also an offence for any person to be a party to the preparation, approval, publication, issue or supply of a financial report that is false or misleading in a material respect if such person knows or ought reasonably to suspect that it is false or misleading.


Material Contracts

        On April 14, 2011, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH ("SPH"), issued €250 million 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Notes") and US$350 million 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the "2021 Notes", and together with the 2018 Notes, the "Notes"). The interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2011. The 2018 Notes and the 2021 Notes mature on April 15, 2018 and April 15, 2021, respectively. SPH may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the 2018 Notes and/or 2021 Notes, as the case may be, at a redemption price varying based on the period during which the redemption occurs (prior to April 15, 2015, on or after April 15, 2015, on or after April 15, 2017 with respect to the 2018 Notes and prior to April 15, 2016, on or after April 15, 2016, on or after April 15, 2019 with respect to the 2021 Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Sappi has agreed to pay certain additional amounts in respect of any withholdings or deductions for certain types of taxes in certain jurisdictions on payments to holders of the Notes. The Notes are jointly and

145



severally guaranteed on a senior basis by Sappi Limited and certain other subsidiaries of Sappi Limited. The Notes are secured, together with certain other indebtedness of the Group, by first-priority security interests, subject to permitted collateral liens, over certain assets of SPH, Sappi Limited and the other subsidiary guarantors. The security interests are subject to limitations under applicable laws and may be released under certain circumstances. SPH has also agreed to observe certain covenants with respect to the Notes including limitations on dividend distributions and other payments, indebtedness, asset sales, liens, guarantees and on mergers and consolidations. In case of a change of control (including, among others, if all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Sappi Limited and certain of its subsidiaries taken as a whole are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or if any person acquires the majority of voting power of Sappi Limited), holders of the Notes have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of their Notes in cash for a value equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The offering of the Notes, which are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, was not registered under the Securities Act or any United States state securities laws. The Notes were offered and sold within the United States only to qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-United States persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. For further information, see note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report; "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects"; and "Item 19—Exhibits".

        On April 28, 2011, SPH and Sappi International S.A., as borrowers, amended and restated the existing revolving credit facility dated August 27, 2009. The amended and restated revolving credit facility is an amount of €350 million of borrowing availability in euro, US dollars, Swiss francs or any other currency which is readily available and freely convertible into euro and has been approved by the lenders. The commitments under the amended and restated Revolving Credit Facility terminate on March 28, 2016. This facility was arranged by J.P. Morgan Limited, Citibank, N.A. London Branch, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Royal Bank of Scotland NV (Belgium) Branch, UniCredit Bank Austria AG, and KBC Bank NV with J.P. Morgan Europe Limited acting as agent and security agent for a syndicate of financial institutions. The amended and restated revolving credit facility is guaranteed by Sappi Limited, SPH, Sappi International S.A. and certain other subsidiaries of SPH, and is secured, together with certain other indebtedness of the Group, by first-priority security interests over certain assets of Sappi Limited, SPH and the other subsidiary guarantors. The funding margin is determined by a rating grid (1.65% at BBB/Baa2 or above, 1.95% at BBB-/Baa3, 2.25% at BB+/Ba1, 2.875% at BB/Ba2, 3.75% at BB-/Ba3 and 4.75% at B+/B1 or lower) and, based on the current credit rating, provides for a margin of 2.875% per annum over Euribor or Libor, depending on the currency of the loan and the level of utilization. The borrowers are also obligated to pay a commitment fee equal to 40% of the then applicable margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the amended and restated revolving credit facility and a utilization fee of 0.25% per annum (if the utilization is between 25% and 50%) or 0.50% per annum (if the utilization is greater than 50%) on the amount of the amended and restated revolving credit facility that is used. This facility is to be used for general corporate purposes and was undrawn at the end of September 2011. The amended and restated revolving credit facility contains (i) an interest coverage covenant (2.00 to 1 for all quarters ending from March 2011 to December 2013, 2.25 to 1 for all quarters ending from March 2014 to June 2014 and 2.50 to 1 for quarters ending September 2014 to June 2016) (ii) a leverage covenant (4.50 to 1 for all quarters ending March 2011 to December 2013, 4.25 to 1 for all quarters ending from March 2014 to June 2014, 4.00 to 1 for all quarters ending September 2014 to December 2014 and 3.75 to 1 for all quarters ending March 2015 to June 2016) and (iii) a covenant with respect to the percentage of net debt to total capitalization (65%), in each case measured at the Sappi Limited consolidated level. Subject in each case to certain customary exceptions and materiality thresholds, the amended and restated revolving credit facility contains customary negative covenants and restrictions, including (among others) restrictions on dividend

146



distributions, the granting of security, incurrence of indebtedness, the provision of loans and guarantees, a change of business of the Group, acquisitions or participations in joint ventures and mergers and disposals. In addition, in case any person acquires more than 35% of the voting rights of Sappi Limited or in case of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group, the commitments of the lenders under the amended and restated revolving credit facility will be cancelled and all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued, immediately become due and payable. For further information, see note 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report; "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects"; and "Item 19—Exhibits".

        On August 25, 2011, Sappi Trading, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper North America entered a new, three-year, €360 million trade receivables securitization program arranged by UniCredit Bank and funded through UniCredit Bank's Arabella Finance Limited conduit to replace their prior trade receivables securitization program. Under the new program, eligible receivables are sold on a non-recourse basis by SPH (the "Austrian USD Seller"), Sappi Lanaken NV (the "Belgian Seller"), Sappi Deutschland GmbH (the "German USD Seller"), and Sappi NA Finance LLC (the "U.S. Seller") to Elektra Purchase No. 29 Limited (the "Purchaser") under various purchase agreements. Pursuant to corresponding servicing agreements, Sappi entities act as servicers to administer, collect and enforce the receivables purchased under the various purchase agreements. The Austrian USD Receivables Purchase Agreement among, inter alia, the Austrian USD Seller, the Purchaser, and Sappi International SA (the "Master Servicer"); the Belgian Receivables Purchase Agreement among, inter alia, the Belgian Seller, the Purchaser, and the Master Servicer; the German USD Receivables Purchase Agreement among, inter alia, the German USD Seller, the Purchaser and the Master Servicer; the US Purchase and Contribution Agreement among S.D. Warren Company and the US Seller; and the US Receivables Purchase Agreement among, inter alia, the US Seller, S.D. Warren Company, the Purchaser and the Master Servicer, were all entered on August 12, 2011 and set forth the terms pursuant to which receivables are sold on a non-recourse basis to the Purchaser. Under the purchase agreements, the sellers have agreed to observe certain covenants, including a limitation on creating liens on any receivables. The Austrian USD Servicing Agreement among, inter alia, Sappi Trading Hong Kong Limited, the Austrian Seller, the Purchaser, and the Master Servicer; the Belgian Servicing Agreement among, inter alia, the Belgian Seller, the Purchaser, and the Master Servicer; the German USD Servicing Agreement among, inter alia, the German USD Seller, Sappi Trading Hong Kong Limited, the Purchaser and the Master Servicer; and the US Servicing Agreement among, inter alia, the US Seller, S.D. Warren Company, the Purchaser and the Master Servicer, were all entered on August 12, 2011 and govern how the receivables are administered, collected and enforced under the facility. The Incorporated Terms Memorandum provides defined terms and other various schedules for the transaction documents under the receivables securitization facility, including the purchase agreements and servicing agreements. SPH has guaranteed the performance by the sellers of their respective obligations under the receivables purchase agreements and the performance by the servicers and the Master Servicer of their respective obligations under the servicing agreements, pursuant to the Performance Guarantee entered on August 12, 2011 with the Purchaser. The trade receivables securitization program matures on August 24, 2014, unless it is terminated earlier. In case of a change of control (which occurs upon the failure of Sappi Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries to beneficially own at least 65% of the capital stock of or control all sellers, servicers, the Master Servicer and SPH or the failure of S.D. Warren Company to own 100% of or control the US Seller), the facility could be terminated. A termination event could also occur if certain credit rating downgrades occur for Sappi Limited or if Sappi Limited fails to maintain certain financial ratios, including ratios for consolidated Net Debt to EBITDA, EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense, and Net Debt to Total Capitalization. For further information, see notes 16 and 20 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report; "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects"; and "Item 19—Exhibits".

147



Exchange Controls

Introduction

        South African residents are subject to exchange controls in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, issued under the Currency and Exchanges Act, 1933 (the "Regulations").

        The Financial Surveillance Department ("FSD") of the South African Reserve Bank (previously known as the Exchange Control Department) is responsible for the day-to-day administration of exchange controls.

        Most South African commercial banks have been appointed to act as authorized dealers in foreign exchange ("Authorized Dealers"). Authorized Dealers may buy and sell foreign exchange, subject to conditions and within limits prescribed by the FSD. From time to time, the FSD issues Exchange Control Rulings to Authorized Dealers, which set out the conditions, permissions and limits applicable to the transactions in foreign exchange which may be undertaken by Authorized Dealers.

        The FSD from time to time also issues Circulars to provide further guidelines regarding the implementation of exchange controls. The Regulations, Rulings and Circulars are hereinafter collectively referred to as "Excon Rules".

        The South African government remains committed to the gradual relaxation of exchange controls, but the existing exchange controls are strictly enforced, particularly in the current uncertain financial environment. Steps to liberalize exchange controls are announced from time to time in Budget Speeches and Medium-Term Budget Policy Statements issued by the Minister of Finance.

        For example, in his February 2011 Budget Speech, the Minister of Finance stated that South Africa must develop a coherent, harmonized policy framework to regulate cross-border direct investment. A discussion document titled "A review framework for cross-border direct investment in South Africa" was released for public comment during February 2011. The period for comments closed on August 31, 2011 and no further announcements in this regard have been released to date.

        The Minister subsequently announced further steps in the liberalization of exchange controls, in his Medium Term Budget Policy Statement on October 25, 2011 ("MTBPS 2011").

        The purpose of exchange controls is, inter alia, to regulate inflows and outflows of capital from South Africa. South African residents are not permitted to export capital from South Africa except as provided for in the Excon Rules. No South African resident is thus entitled to enter into any transaction in terms of which capital (whether in the form of funds or otherwise) or any right to capital is directly or indirectly exported from South Africa without the approval of either the FSD or, in certain cases, by an Authorized Dealer.

        Exchange controls do not apply to non-residents, but they may be impacted indirectly as acquisitions of South African assets and transactions with a resident may require Excon approval.

        Transactions between residents (including corporations) of the Common Monetary Area ("CMA") (comprising the Republic of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland) on the one hand and non-residents of the CMA on the other hand, are subject to exchange controls.

        Some of the more salient exchange control rules regarding South African corporations are as follows:

        South African companies with a satisfactory business track record may in terms of the foreign direct investment dispensation expand their business offshore under certain conditions. Authorized Dealers may consider and approve an application for such a foreign investment up to an amount of

148



ZAR500 million per calendar year. The criteria in this regard were relaxed by the MTBPS 2011, by inter alia:

        Applications for larger investments must be referred to the FSD. There is no limit to the amount of funds which may be approved by the FSD.

        With regard to larger foreign investments the FSD may require capital outflows to be staggered in order to manage the potential impact on the foreign exchange market. In the past, the FSD required the South African investor to exercise control (namely 50% plus one share) over the foreign investment but this has been relaxed to the effect that the South African investor must hold at least 10% of the voting rights.

        South African corporations which have been granted approval to transfer funds abroad for purposes of acquiring an approved foreign investment are entitled to retain abroad foreign dividends which relate to the operation of the approved foreign investment. Any foreign dividend which may have been repatriated to South Africa after October 26, 2004 may thereafter be transferred abroad again, at any time and for any purpose other than for purposes of a non-resident (which is directly or indirectly controlled by a South African resident) using such funds to reinvest into the CMA.

        Controls on current account transactions, with the exception of certain discretionary expenses, have been abolished and are dealt with by Authorized Dealers in terms of the Exchange Control Rulings.

        Authorized dealers in foreign exchange may, against the production of suitable documentary evidence, provide forward cover to South African residents in respect of fixed and ascertained foreign exchange commitments covering the movement of goods. As a further administrative reform in the MTBPS 2011, Authorized Dealers may now allow South African corporates to take up forward cover of up to 75% of budgeted import commitments or export accruals in respect of the forthcoming financial year without referring the application to the FSD.

        Although the stated intention of the South African Government is to gradually relax exchange controls, there are currently no indications that exchange controls will be abolished by the South African Government in the near future.

Sales of Shares

        While a non-resident is no longer subject to any exchange control restrictions in respect of the acquisition or disposal of South African securities, control is still exercised in respect of the transfer of South African securities to a non-resident by placing the endorsement "non-resident" on all securities acquired by non-residents or in which non-residents acquire an interest. The reason and effect of this endorsement is to serve as evidence of the introduction of the funds by a non-resident to ensure that in the event of a disposal by the non-resident of the interest, the payment may be transferred abroad or credited to a non-resident account. An Authorized Dealer is required to endorse the shares, allow the transfer of the funds and cancel the endorsement once the shares are transferred back to a South African resident. Dematerialized, listed shares are not required to be endorsed by an Authorized Dealer, but a non-resident annotation will be recorded in the share register.

149


        Since non-residents are not subject to the exchange control rules, the Sappi Limited ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable outside the CMA between non-residents of the CMA. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of shares on the JSE on behalf of shareholders who are not residents of the CMA are freely remittable to such shareholders (other than former residents of South Africa), provided that there has been compliance with the formalities referred to in the previous paragraph.

Dividends

        There are no restrictions under South African exchange control rules on the free transferability of cash dividends to shareholders or ADR holders provided that there has been compliance with the formalities referred to above. Dividends declared to an emigrant from South Africa out of capital gains, or out of income earned from normal trading activities prior to the date of emigration, must be placed to the credit of a blocked account with an Authorized Dealer. Dividends declared out of income earned from normal trading activities subsequent to the date of emigration are, however, remittable. Permission may be requested from the FSD to export such blocked assets subject to an exit charge of 10%. The FSD has the discretion to also stipulate an exiting schedule to stagger the outflow of capital.

        It is our policy to declare cash dividends, if any, in US dollars. South African shareholders are paid the ZAR equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration. ADR holders are paid in US dollars. Holders of ADRs on the relevant record date are entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADRs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Subject to exceptions provided in the Deposit Agreement, cash dividends are paid by the Depositary to holders of ADRs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary charges holders of ADRs, to the extent applicable, taxes and other governmental charges and specified fees and other expenses, for any cash distributions made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, other than distributions of cash dividends.

        Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the recent Refinancing. See "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends" for a listing of the most restrictive conditions for declaring cash dividends.

        Subject to exceptions relating to former residents of South Africa, shareholders who are not residents of the CMA who are in receipt of script dividends and who elect to dispose of the relevant shares may remit the proceeds arising from the sale of the relevant shares.


Taxation

        Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any Securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile. The discussions that follow for each jurisdiction are based upon the applicable laws and interpretations thereof as in effect as of the date hereof, all of which laws and interpretations are subject to change or differing interpretations, which changes or differing interpretations could apply retroactively.

South Africa

        The following discussion represents the views of Bowman Gilfillan Inc., one of our South African counsels.

        The discussion below summarizes the pertinent South African tax consequences for shareholders of Sappi Limited as well as for holders of American Depository Receipts ADRs listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

150


        Shareholders of a South African company could be subject to the following types of taxes:

        A further tax which may be relevant to a shareholder is Secondary Tax on Companies ("STC"), which is imposed in terms of the ITA on a company in respect of dividends declared. STC is to be replaced with a dividend withholding tax ("DWT") with effect from April 01, 2012.

        South Africa applies a residence basis of taxation in terms of which residents are subject to income tax on their worldwide income and CGT on their worldwide capital gains. Non-residents are taxed on their South African source (or deemed source) income. Certain categories of income and activities are exempt from taxation.

        South African tax residents are thus exposed to South African tax in respect of the profits from the disposal of their worldwide assets. Non-residents are generally only exposed to South African tax in respect of the sale of an asset if the asset in question is situated in South Africa since the sale would otherwise generate foreign source income.

        The shares issued by a South African resident company would generally be regarded as South African assets, even if the shares may be listed on a foreign stock exchange. Therefore, the sale of such an asset may generate South African source income. However, the concept of "source" is not defined and the factual circumstances determine the location of the source of income.

        Whatever, the source of such profits, non-residents are not subject to CGT on the sale of capital assets held in South Africa except in respect of immovable property situated in South Africa (or any interest or right in such immovable property) and any assets attributable to a permanent establishment of that non-resident in South Africa. For CGT purposes, an asset is widely defined to include assets that are movable, immovable, corporeal or incorporeal and rights or interests in such property, but excludes certain limited items.

        In the case of a natural person, residence is established either when the person can be regarded as "ordinarily resident" in South Africa (in accordance with case law tests) or when the person satisfies a physical presence test in terms of which he/she becomes resident by virtue of his/her physical presence in South Africa for a certain prescribed period of time.

        In the case of a legal person, residence is established by virtue of incorporation or formation, or by having a place of effective management, in South Africa. Excluded from the definition of "resident" are persons or entities which are, in terms of a double taxation agreement ("DTA") entered into by South Africa, deemed to be exclusively a resident of another country.

        A non-resident may be protected by the provisions of a DTA from an exposure to South African tax.

        South Africa and the United States concluded a DTA in 1997 ("the US DTA"). In terms of the US DTA, an individual may become a South African resident if he or she became ordinarily resident in South Africa, subject to the tie-breaker rules under Article 4 of the US DTA. A company may be resident in South Africa if it was incorporated or effectively managed in South Africa, subject to the tie-breaker rule. In terms of the tie-breaker rule of the US DTA, a company that is a resident of both South Africa and the United States will be deemed to be a resident of the country in which it is incorporated.

151


        STC is imposed on South African resident companies at a flat rate of 10% in respect of the net amount of dividends declared by such company. As mentioned above, STC is due to be replaced by the DWT on April 01, 2012.

        The net amount of dividends declared is calculated as dividends declared by the company in question less all dividends which accrued to that company (but subject to certain exclusions) during its relevant "dividend cycle". Such accrued dividends are referred to as STC credits. "Dividend cycle" means the period commencing immediately after the previous dividend cycle and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. Any excess dividends which accrued to a company in a dividend cycle may be carried forward to the subsequent dividend cycle as STC credits in that period. Foreign dividends do not qualify as STC credits.

        The DWT legislation contains a grandfather clause which provides for the utilization of STC credits against the DWT for a period of five years from the date of replacement of STC.

        The imposition of STC effectively means that a dual corporate tax system exists in South Africa, comprising of normal income tax and STC. The combination of income tax and STC increases the effective tax rate of a resident company which distributes all of its profits by way of dividends, from 28% (the normal corporate income tax rate) to 34.545%.

        Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income tax. Accordingly, a company without a normal tax liability may have a liability for STC, and vice versa, and may be liable for both normal tax and STC.

        The award of certain capitalization shares to shareholders, that is, the issue of shares which are funded by transferring reserves or undistributed profits to the company's share capital, would not be regarded as a dividend and would thus not be subject to STC, provided the shares issued constituted equity share capital of the company. Listed South African companies may offer capitalization shares, constituting equity share capital of the company, in lieu of cash dividends. The capitalization shares must carry the right to participate to an unlimited extent in the dividends or capital of the company in order to constitute equity share capital. However, on a subsequent partial reduction or redemption of capital, or upon reconstruction or liquidation of the company, the amount so transferred from reserves or undistributed profits to the equity share capital of a company will, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to be a dividend subject to STC. Capitalization shares issued from such reserves or profits which do not qualify as equity shares are regarded as dividends and, as such, attract STC.

        Sappi Limited is not currently obliged to withhold any form of tax on dividends paid to any shareholders, including non-residents of South Africa. Instead, Sappi is required to pay STC as mentioned above. However, STC will be replaced by the DWT with effect from April 01, 2012. DWT will be levied on the shareholders at a rate of 10%.

        In contrast to STC, the new DWT is a tax on the shareholder, although it will be collected as a withholding tax by the company paying a dividend, which implies that Sappi Limited will incur the obligation to withhold the DWT.

        Unlike STC, the DWT rate may be reduced in terms of the provisions of a DTA, if applicable. A number of DTAs until recently provided for the reduction of tax on dividends to 0%. The Government has been renegotiating the relevant articles of these DTAs over the last few years. Therefore, all the renegotiated DTAs should provide for a reduction to 5%, typically if a company resident in the other contracting state holds at least 10% of the capital of the South African company.

152


        The US DTA limits the DWT rate to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner of the shares is a US company holding directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the South African company paying the dividends.

        The DWT will be imposed on dividends declared by a resident company and by non-resident companies listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange in South Africa. However, several shareholders will be exempt from the withholding tax, inter alia a resident company and a pension fund.

        For purposes of the DWT, a "dividend" will essentially constitute any amount transferred to a shareholder in relation to a share to the extent that it does not constitute a reduction of "contributed tax capital". The term "contributed tax capital" is defined to comprise the stated capital or share capital and share premium of a company immediately before January 01, 2011, excluding certain amounts that constitute capitalized profits that did not give rise to a dividend, plus the consideration received by or accrued to the company on the issues of shares on or after January 01, 2011.

        In those instances where an exemption from the DWT is available, e.g. where the beneficial owner of the shares is a resident company, the beneficial owner will be required to submit to the company a written declaration that he/she is exempt from the DWT and an undertaking to advise the company should the beneficial owner cease to be the beneficial owner, failing which the company will be required to withhold the DWT. Similarly, where the beneficial owner is subject to the DWT at a reduced rate as a result of the application of a DTA, the shareholder will be required to submit such a declaration and an undertaking to the company declaring the dividend.

        Dividends received by or accruing to persons from South African tax resident companies are generally exempt from income tax, subject to certain exceptions.

        Profits derived from the sale or redemption of shares in a resident company may be subject to either income tax or CGT, depending on whether the shares were held as trading stock or as a capital investment. The profits would only be subject to income tax if the seller carried on business as a share dealer, i.e. if it held the shares as trading stock. If the seller is a resident company, the profits will be subject to income tax at the corporate rate of 28%, and in the case of an individual, at the marginal individual rate, which reaches a maximum of 40% on a progressive scale. Where the seller is a non-resident company, the profits will be subject to income tax at a rate of 33% unless the profits are protected by an applicable DTA.

        Profits derived by a resident from the sale or redemption of shares which were held as capital investments are subject to CGT as opposed to income tax. Companies are liable to CGT on 50% of the net capital gain. At the current corporate tax rate of 28%, the effective tax rate on the net capital gains for a resident company is thus 14%. Resident natural persons are liable to CGT on 25% of the net capital gain, resulting in an effective tax rate of 10% at a maximum marginal rate of 40%.

        Any gain realized on the disposal of shares held by non-residents in a South African company as capital investments are generally not subject to CGT, unless the shares were attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-resident in South Africa, or if the non-resident shareholder (alone or together with any connected persons) held more than 20% of the issued equity share capital of the South African company and more than 80% of the net asset value of that company was attributable to immovable property situated in South Africa. Should a non-resident company be subject to CGT on the disposal of shares held as capital assets, the applicable CGT rate will be 16.5%, being 50% of the 33% income tax rate applicable to non-resident companies.

153


        An ADR in respect of a share in a South African resident company is regarded as an equity share for the purpose of the ITA. Therefore, the sale of such ADRs could potentially generate South African sourced income or gains, subject to the relevant facts and circumstances. However, as indicated above, a non-resident would only be exposed to South African tax in respect of such sourced income or gains if they were of a speculative nature or if the ADRs were held via a permanent establishment of that non-resident in South Africa or if the South African company qualified as an immovable property company.

        A "safe harbor" provision is contained under section 9C of the ITA, in terms whereof the gain from the sale of shares will be deemed to be of a capital nature if the seller held the shares for a period of at least three years. However, there are several conditions for and exclusions from the safe harbor rule.

        If an exposure should arise for a non-resident shareholder, an applicable DTA may protect that shareholder from such exposure. For example, the US DTA prohibits, subject to exceptions, the imposition of South African tax on gains of a United States resident seller from the sale of shares, unless such shares form part of the business property of a permanent establishment which the seller has in South Africa, whether the gains are of a speculative or capital nature.

        STT is payable at a rate of 0.25% of the consideration payable on the transfer of beneficial ownership of any security issued by a South African incorporated company, or by a foreign company listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

        "Securities" is defined to include any share or depository receipt in a company, i.e. STT will be payable on the transfer of the shares and/or on the ADRs.

        "Transfer" includes the sale, assignment, cession, disposal of a security as well as the cancellation or redemption of that security, but does not include any event that does not result in a change in beneficial ownership.

        STT is payable regardless of whether the transfer is executed within or outside South Africa. In respect of the shares of a listed company, STT is payable by the person to whom the security is transferred.

United States

Introduction

        This section, which represents the views of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, our United States counsel, summarizes the material United States Federal income tax consequences to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report. The summary applies to you only if you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, as a capital asset for tax purposes (that is, for investment purposes). The summary does not cover United States' state or local or non-United States law. This summary is based in part upon representations of the Depositary made to Sappi and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance with its terms. In addition, this summary does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:

154


        For purposes of the discussion below, you are a "United States holder" if you are a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares or ADSs who or which is:

        If you are not a United States holder, you are a "non-United States holder" and the discussion below titled "United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to non-United States Holders" will apply to you.

        If a partnership holds our ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, you should consult your tax advisor.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to United States Holders

        ADSs.    In general, for United States Federal income tax purposes, United States Holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares underlying those ADSs.

        Distributions.    Subject to the discussion of "passive foreign investment companies" below, the gross amount of any distribution (other than in liquidation), including the fair market value of all distributions of ordinary shares whenever a holder may elect to receive cash distributions in lieu of ordinary share distributions, that you receive with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs (before reduction for South African income tax, if any, withheld from such distributions) generally will be included in your gross income on the day on which you, in the case where you own ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case where you own ADSs, receive the distribution. This distribution will be taxed to you as a dividend (that is, ordinary income) to the extent such distribution does not exceed our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for United States Federal income tax purposes ("E&P"). Dividends received by an individual United States holder during taxable years before 2013 should be considered "qualified dividend income" and will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements and other conditions are satisfied. Dividends received by an individual United States holder for taxable years after 2012 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates, absent legislative action fixing a different rate. To the extent any distribution exceeds our E&P, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and will be applied against and reduce such basis dollar-for-dollar (thereby increasing the amount of gain and decreasing the amount of loss recognized on a subsequent disposition of such ordinary shares or ADSs). To the extent that such distribution exceeds your adjusted tax basis, the distribution will be taxed as gain recognized on a sale or exchange of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. See "—Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs", below. Because we are not a United States corporation, no dividends-received deduction will be allowed to a corporate United States holder with respect to dividends paid by us.

155


        Distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are expected to be made by us in US dollars. In the event that distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are made by us in Rand, any dividends paid in Rand generally will be included in your gross income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend. It is anticipated that the Depositary will, in the ordinary course, convert Rand received by it as distributions on the ADSs into US dollars. To the extent that the Depositary does not convert the Rand into US dollars at the time that you are required to take the distribution into your gross income for United States Federal income tax purposes, you may recognize foreign currency gain or loss, taxable as ordinary income or loss, on the later conversion of the Rand into US dollars. The gain or loss recognized will generally be based upon the difference between the exchange rate in effect when the Rand are actually converted and the "spot" exchange rate in effect at the time the distribution is taken into account and any such gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

        Dividends paid by us will generally be treated as foreign source income for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Subject to certain limitations, United States holders may elect to claim a foreign tax credit against their United States Federal income tax liability for South African tax withheld (if any) from dividends received in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends paid by us in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, generally will be "passive income" or, in the case of certain types of United States holders, "general income", and therefore any United States tax imposed on these dividends cannot be offset by excess foreign tax credits that you may have from foreign source income not qualifying as "passive income" or "general income", respectively. Additional limitations on the credit apply to individual United States holders receiving dividends if the dividends are eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above. United States holders that do not elect to claim a foreign tax credit generally may instead claim a deduction for South African tax withheld (if any).

        Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.    Subject to the discussion of "passive foreign investment companies" below, generally speaking, in connection with the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable:

        If you are a cash basis United States holder who receives foreign currency (e.g. Rand) in connection with a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, the amount realized will be based on the US dollar value of the foreign currency received with respect to such ordinary shares or ADSs, as determined on the settlement date of such sale or other taxable disposition.

156


        If you are an accrual basis United States holder, you may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an accrual basis United States holder and do not elect to be treated as a cash basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions) for this purpose, you may have a foreign currency gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes because of differences between the US dollar value of the foreign currency received prevailing on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and the date of payment. Any such currency gain or loss generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss and would be in addition to gain or loss, if any, that you recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable.

        South African securities transfer tax will be payable on a subsequent registration of transfer of ordinary shares. See "- South Africa—Duty on the Shares". STT will not be a creditable tax for United States foreign tax credit purposes, but will generally be deductible. In the case of an individual United States holder, such deduction will be subject to specified limits on the deductibility of investment expenses.

        Passive Foreign Investment Company.    United States holders (who are not tax-exempt) would be subject to a special, adverse tax regime (that would differ in certain respects from that described above) if we were or were to become a passive foreign investment company for United States Federal income tax purposes. Although the determination of whether a corporation is a passive foreign investment company is made annually, and thus may be subject to change, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a passive foreign investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we urge you to consult your own United States tax advisor regarding the adverse United States Federal income tax consequences of owning the stock of a passive foreign investment company and of making certain elections designed to lessen those adverse consequences.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to non-United States Holders

        Distributions.    If you are a non-United States holder, you generally will not be subject to United States Federal income tax on distributions made on our ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

        If you fail the above test, you generally will be subject to tax in respect of such distributions in the same manner as a United States holder, as described above, except as altered by applicable income tax treaty. In addition, any effectively connected distributions received by a non-United States corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.    If you are a non-United States holder, you will not be subject to United States Federal income tax, including withholding tax, in respect of gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, unless:

157


        If you fail the above test, you generally will be subject to tax in respect of such gain in the same manner as a United States holder, as described above except as altered by applicable income tax treaty. Effectively connected gains realized by a non-United States corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Payments and sale proceeds in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, which are made in the United States or by a United States related financial intermediary may be subject to United States information reporting rules. You will not be subject to "backup" withholding of United States Federal income tax provided that:

        If you are a non-United States holder, you generally are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding, but you may be required to provide a certification of your non-United States status in order to establish that you are exempt. You may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if you sell your ordinary shares or ADSs through a United States broker and you are not eligible for an exemption. You may be subject to information reporting, but not backup withholding if you sell your shares or ADSs through a broker with certain connections with the United States and you are not eligible for an exemption.

        Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your United States Federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.


Documents on Display

        Sappi Limited files periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document that Sappi Limited files with the SEC on the SEC's website, www.sec.gov, or at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-732-0330 (in the United States) or at +1 202 942 8088 (outside the United States) for further information on the operation of its public reference room.

        The documents concerning Sappi Limited referred to in this Annual Report may also be inspected at the registered office of Sappi Limited at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa.

158


ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        The principal quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks (that are, the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) to which Sappi is exposed are:

Market Risk

        See note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Credit Risk

        See note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Liquidity Risk

        See note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Other Risks

        For additional descriptions of these risks, see notes 2, 10, 16, 20, 27 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Commodity Price Risk

        The selling prices of the majority of products manufactured and purchase prices of many raw materials used generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles. Prices of chemical cellulose generally follow those of paper pulp, although the cycle is generally less volatile. As a result, the sale of chemical cellulose also tends to act as a natural hedge for paper pulp. Our total pulp production capacity is approximately 104% of our total pulp requirements. However, there are differences between the types of pulp required in our paper making operations and the grades of pulp we produce, as well as regional differences. We are therefore a buyer as well as a seller of paper pulp. For a description of our level of pulp integration, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview", "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa". Despite our present relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, in the event of significant increases in the prices of pulp on a Group-wide basis, our non-integrated and partially

159



integrated operations could be adversely affected if they are unable to raise paper prices by amounts sufficient to maintain margins. For a description of our markets see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets"

        We are exposed to commodity price risk from price volatility and threats to security of supply of our raw materials and other inputs to the production process. A combination of contract and spot deals are used to manage price volatility and contain supply costs. Contracts are limited to the Group's own use requirements. For details on commodity price deals see note 29 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report; and for a description of our supply requirements see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Supply Requirements".

160


ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

American Depositary Shares

Fees and Charges Payable by Holders of American Depositary Receipts

        The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the depositary for our American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"), evidenced by American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"). Holders of ADRs are required to pay various fees and charges to the depositary.

        ADR holders are required to pay the depositary amounts in respect of expenses incurred by the depositary on behalf of ADR holders, including expenses arising from taxes or other governmental charges, cable, telex and facsimile transmission, or conversion of foreign currency into US dollars.

        ADR holders are also required to pay additional fees for certain services provided by the depositary, as set forth in the table below:

Depositary service
  Fee payable by ADR holders
Execution and delivery of ADRs, including in connection with share distributions   Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)

Surrender of ADRs and withdrawal of shares underlying ADSs

 

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)

Cash distributions other than distributions of cash dividends

 

Not in excess of US$0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof)

Registration for the transfer of shares

 

Registration or transfer fees that may from time to time be in effect

        In addition, holders are required to pay a fee for the distribution of proceeds from sales of securities or rights. Such fee (which may be deducted from such proceeds) will be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the fee for the issuance of ADRs referred to above which would have been charged if the securities were treated as deposited shares and (ii) the amount of such proceeds.

        The depositary collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADRs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADRs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary may seek payment of fees and charges in connection with distributions by deducting relevant amounts from cash dividends or other cash distributions to holders.

Direct and Indirect Payments by the Depositary to Us

        The depositary has agreed to reimburse us annually for certain expenses we incur in connection with the administration and maintenance of our ADR facility, including, but not limited to, investor relations expenses, the annual NYSE listing fees or any other program related expenses. The depositary has also agreed to waive certain depositary fees that would otherwise be payable by us, including its basic administration charge for the ADR facility and its fees for certain other services available to us or ADR holders, and to pay all its standard out-of-pocket administrative, maintenance and shareholder services expenses for providing services to ADR holders. The amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse us is subject to an annual cap agreed between us and the depositary. In fiscal 2011, we received a payment of US$353,272 (fiscal 2010: US$712,712 for the period from August 2007 to July 2009) from the depositary as reimbursement for our expenses incurred in connection with the ADR facility.

161



PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        Not applicable.

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        For information on our dividend policy see "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividends".

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)   Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of the end of the period covered by this report (the "Evaluation Date") Sappi's management (with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, Sappi's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, such disclosure controls and procedures (which include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Sappi in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to Sappi's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure) were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Sappi in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.


(b)   Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Management of Sappi, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Sappi's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of Sappi's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

        As of September 2011, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of Sappi's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

        Based on this assessment, we determined that Sappi's internal control over financial reporting as of September 2011 is effective. We also determined that there were no material weaknesses as of this date.

        The registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of Sappi's internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below.


(c)   Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited

        We have audited the internal controls over financial reporting of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 2011 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over

162



financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the group financial statements as of and for the year ended September 2011 of the Company and our report dated December 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche
December 15, 2011
Johannesburg, South Africa


(d)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in our internal control over financial reports that occurred during the reporting period that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

163



ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

        The Board has determined that Dr Deenadayalen Konar qualifies as an audit committee financial expert on the Audit Committee of Sappi Limited. The Board determined that Dr Konar acquired the required attributes by way of education, practical experience, practice as a registered accountant and auditor, and participation as a member of the audit committees of significant entities that have applied International Financial Reporting Standards. See "Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management" for a description of Dr Konar's background and relevant experience. Dr Konar is an independent Non-Executive Director of Sappi.

ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

        We have adopted the Sappi Code of Ethics (the "Code") that applies to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Manager (such officers, collectively, the "senior officers"). We believe the Code constitutes a "code of ethics" as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F.

        See "Item 19—Exhibits—11.2 Sappi Limited Code of Ethics". The Code of Ethics can be found on the Sappi Limited website, at www.sappi.com. Hard copies are available on written request. The information on our website does not form part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        Principal independent auditor fees paid for fiscal 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ millions)
 

Audit Fees(1)

    6     7  

Tax Fees(2)

    1     1  

Other

             
 

Refinancing related services

    1      
           

    8     8  
           

(1)
Audit fees consist of fees related to the audit or review of the Group's financial statements.

(2)
Tax services are fees for professional services performed with respect to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. This includes advice on tax aspects of Group acquisitions, disposals, reorganizations, and financing, as well as analysis of the impact on the Group for changes to tax laws in various countries.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

        In accordance with our audit committee pre-approval policy, all audit and non-audit services performed for us by our independent accountants were pre-approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which concluded that the provision of such services by the independent accountants was compatible with the maintenance of that firm's independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

        The pre-approval policy provides for specific audit committee pre-approval, prior to engagement, of any services, other than audit services covered by the annual engagement letter. In addition, services to be provided by the independent accountants that are not within the category of pre-approved services must be approved by the audit committee prior to engagement, regardless of the service being requested and the amount.

164


        Requests or applications for services that require specific separate approval by the audit committee must include a detailed description of the services to be provided and a joint statement confirming that the provision of the proposed services does not impair the independence of the independent accountants.

        Pre-approval may be granted either by the audit committee or its chairman or any member of the audit committee to whom this authority has been delegated by the audit committee. Where pre-approval is granted by an individual member of the audit committee, the matter is tabled for noting at the next meeting of the full Sappi Limited audit committee.

        The pre-approval requirements for taxation services obliges the auditor to (a) describe the proposed tax services engagements in writing, (b) discuss with the audit committee the potential effects of the services on the auditor's independence, and (c) document the substance of that discussion.

ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASER

        During fiscal 2011 no Sappi Limited share repurchases were made.

        Sappi stated its intention, on November 9, 2000, to acquire Sappi shares through a wholly owned Sappi subsidiary, subject to applicable stock exchange and legal limitations. In prior years up to the meeting held on March 3, 2008, Sappi was given approval at its annual general meetings of shareholders, to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital in any one fiscal year. The general authority was subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the Companies Act of South Africa, as amended, and was granted until the next annual general meeting. Since 2008 no authority to purchase shares was sought from shareholders. Some of the repurchased shares, have been, and will continue to be, utilized to meet the requirements of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust from time to time. Sappi is unlikely to seek approval to repurchase shares in the near future.

ITEM 16F.    CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16G.    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        As Sappi is listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, Sappi is required to comply with the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (King Report). Although there are differences between the King Report and the NYSE corporate governance rules, Sappi applies the principles of the King Report and has voluntarily adopted corporate governance practices that do not differ in any significant ways from the requirements of the NYSE corporate governance rules. See "Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Corporate Governance".

165



PART III

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Sappi Limited is furnishing financial statements pursuant to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Sappi Limited is furnishing financial statements pursuant to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

166


ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

1.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Sappi Limited, as amended and restated on April 29, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010.

1.3

 

Special Resolution number 2 of Sappi Limited dated April 29, 2010 pursuant to the South African Companies Act, inserting a new Article 38 containing the rights and privileges attaching to the "A" Ordinary Shares to be created in terms of special resolution number 1. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010.

2.1

 

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

2.2

 

Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Sappi Limited, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts dated October 26, 1999. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

2.3

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.2).

2.5

 

Special and Ordinary Resolutions of Sappi Limited dated April 29, 2010: a) The creation of "A" Ordinary Shares; b) Authority for specific repurchase; c) Authority for Financial Assistance and d) Specific issue of shares for cash. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010.

2.6

 

Long-term debt instruments not exceeding 10% of our total assets. Sappi Limited undertakes to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission with copies upon request.

2.9

 

Special Resolution of Sappi Limited dated March 2, 2009 pursuant to the South African Companies Act, decreasing the authorized share capital of Sappi Limited from 1,325,000,000 ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each to 725,000,000 ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2009.

4.1

 

Revised Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust rules, incorporating all prior deeds of amendments, and the revisions to comply with the JSE Limited's revised Schedule 14 Listings Requirements, effective January 1, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010.

4.10

 

Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to a facilities agreement dated August 27, 2009, for Sappi International S.A., Sappi Papier Holding GmbH and the other parties named therein, arranged by Citibank, N.A. London Branch, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Erste Group Bank AG, J.P. Morgan Limited, KBC Bank NV, The Royal Bank of Scotland NV, (Belgium) Branch, UniCredit Bank Austria AG with J.P. Morgan Europe Limited acting as Agent and Security Agent and others dated April 28, 2011.*

167


4.12   Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 27, 2009 among Sappi Limited, the subsidiaries of Sappi Limited named as Original Debtors therein, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Security Agent and as RCF Agent, UniCredit Bank Austria AG as OeKB Agent and as Bank Austria Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon as Bond Trustee and the financial institutions and other parties named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit number 4.12 to the Current Report on Form 6-K of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2010.

4.14

 

Revised Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust rules, incorporating all prior deeds of amendments, and the revisions to comply with the JSE Limited's revised Schedule 14 Listings Requirements, effective January 1, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010.

4.18

 

Indenture dated as of July 29, 2009 by and among PE Paper Escrow GmbH as Issuer, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, with respect to the euro denominated 11.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and the dollar denominated 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit number 4.18 to the Current Report on Form 6-K of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2010.

4.19

 

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 27, 2009, by and among PE Paper Escrow GmbH as Issuer, Sappi Limited, the other Subsequent Guarantors named therein, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent, with respect to the euro denominated 11.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and the dollar denominated 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2009.

4.20

 

Indenture dated as of April 14, 2011 by and among Sappi Papier Holding GmbH as Issuer, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, with respect to the US dollar denominated 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2021.*

4.21

 

Indenture dated as of April 14, 2011 by and among Sappi Papier Holding GmbH as Issuer, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar, with respect to the euro denominated 6.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018.*

4.22

 

Securitisation of Trade Receivables by Sappi Papier Holding GmbH, Sappi International S.A. and other Sappi companies through Elektra Purchase No. 29 Limited funded under the Arabella Programme arranged by UniCredit Bank AG effective August 25, 2011.*

6.1

 

Computation of Earnings per Share. Incorporated by reference to note 7 of the notes to the Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

7.1

 

An explanation of other ratios and definitions used in this Annual Report. Incorporated by reference to notes 2 and 3 of the notes to the Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

168


8.1   List of significant subsidiaries. Incorporated by reference to "Item 4—Information on the Company—Organizational Structure" included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

11.2

 

Sappi Limited Code of Ethics. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2009.

12.1

 

Certification of Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a). *

12.2

 

Certification of Mark Richard Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a). *

13.1

 

Certification of Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited and Mark Richard Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

15.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. *

*
Filed herewith

169



SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

        SAPPI LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ ROELOFF BOËTTGER


 

By:

 

/s/
MARK THOMPSON

    Name: Roeloff Boëttger
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
      Name: Mark Thompson
Title:
Chief Financial Officer

Date: December 15, 2011

170



SAPPI

 
  Page

Group Annual Financial Statements

   

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sappi Limited

  F-2

Group Income Statements for the years ended September 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-3

Group Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-4

Group Balance Sheets at September 2011 and 2010

  F-5

Group Cash Flow Statements for the years ended September 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-6

Group Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended September 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-7

Notes to the Group Annual Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited:

        We have audited the accompanying group balance sheets of Sappi Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 2011 and 2010 and the related group income statements, group statements of comprehensive income, group statements of changes in equity and group cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended September 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these group financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the group financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries as of September 2011 and 2010 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 2011 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 15, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

December 15, 2011
Johannesburg, South Africa

F-2



SAPPI

GROUP INCOME STATEMENTS

for the year ended September 2011

 
  Note   2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  (US$ million)
 

Sales

          7,286     6,572     5,369  

Cost of sales

    4     6,454     5,786     5,029  
                     

Gross profit

          832     786     340  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    4     454     448     385  

Other operating expenses

    4     298     10     39  

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures

    13     (6 )   (13 )   (11 )
                     

Operating profit (loss)

    4     86     341     (73 )

Net finance costs

    5     307     255     145  
                     
 

Finance costs

          348     309     198  
 

Finance revenue

          (12 )   (16 )   (61 )
 

Net foreign exchange gains

          (13 )   (17 )   (17 )
 

Net fair value (gain) loss on financial instruments

          (16 )   (21 )   25  
                     

(Loss) profit before taxation

          (221 )   86     (218 )

Taxation charge (benefit)

    6     11     20     (41 )
                     

(Loss) profit for the year

          (232 )   66     (177 )
                     

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

          519.9     516.7     482.6  

Basic (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

    7     (45 )   13     (37 )

Diluted (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

    7     (45 )   13     (37 )

F-3



SAPPI

GROUP STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended September 2011

 
  Note   2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  (US$ million)
 

(Loss) profit for the year

          (232 )   66     (177 )

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    18     (205 )   8     (197 )
                     

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

          (151 )   52     14  

Actuarial losses on post-employment benefit funds

          (59 )   (71 )   (229 )

Movement on available-for-sale financial assets

          2     2      

Movement in hedging reserves

          6     14     (14 )

Deferred tax on other comprehensive (loss) income

          (3 )   11     32  
                     

Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year

          (437 )   74     (374 )
                     

F-4



SAPPI

GROUP BALANCE SHEETS

at September 2011

 
  Note   2011   2010  
 
   
  (US$ million)
 

Assets

                   

Non-current assets

         
4,085
   
4,653
 
                 

Property, plant and equipment

    9     3,235     3,660  

Plantations

    10     580     687  

Deferred tax assets

    11     45     53  

Goodwill and intangible assets

    12     25     27  

Joint ventures and associates

    13     76     125  

Other non-current assets

    14     83     82  

Financial instruments

    29     41     19  
                 

Current assets

          2,223     2,531  
                 

Inventories

    15     750     836  

Trade and other receivables

    16     831     888  

Financial instruments

    29     3     15  

Cash and cash equivalents

          639     792  
                 

Total assets

          6,308     7,184  
                 

Equity and liabilities

                   

Shareholders' equity

         
1,478
   
1,896
 
                 

Ordinary share capital and share premium

    17     1,425     1,638  

Non-distributable reserves

    19     163     161  

Foreign currency translation reserve

          (304 )   (385 )

Hedging reserves

          5     1  

Retained earnings

          189     481  
                 

Non-current liabilities

          3,178     3,249  
                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    20     2,289     2,317  

Deferred tax liabilities

    11     336     386  

Other non-current liabilities

    21     553     546  
                 

Current liabilities

          1,652     2,039  
                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    20     449     691  

Overdraft

          1     5  

Financial instruments

    29     10     3  

Trade and other payables

          1,065     1,271  

Taxation payable

          20     36  

Provisions

    22     107     33  
                 

Total equity and liabilities

          6,308     7,184  
                 

F-5



SAPPI

GROUP STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

for the year ended September 2011

 
  Note   2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  (US$ million)
 

Cash retained from operating activities

          406     529     461  
                     

Cash generated from operations

    23.1     798     737     432  

—(Increase) decrease in working capital

    23.2     (98 )   (5 )   152  
                     

Cash generated from operating activities

          700     732     584  

—Finance costs paid

    23.3     (266 )   (206 )   (107 )

—Finance revenue received

          10     12     26  

—Taxation paid

    23.4     (38 )   (9 )   (5 )
                     

Cash available from operating activities

          406     529     498  

—Dividends paid

                  (37 )
                     

Cash utilized in investing activities

          (243 )   (188 )   (762 )
                     

Investment to maintain operations

          (194 )   (150 )   (143 )
                     

—Replacement of non-current assets

    23.5     (213 )   (173 )   (147 )

—Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

    23.6     6     21     2  

—Decrease in other non-current assets

          13     2     2  
                     

Investment to expand operations

          (49 )   (38 )   (619 )
                     

—Additions of non-current assets

          (49 )   (38 )   (29 )

—Acquisition

    23.7             (590 )
                     

Cash effects of financing activities

          (296 )   (256 )   707  
                     

Proceeds from interest-bearing borrowings

          1,364     204     3,469  

Repayment of interest-bearing borrowings

          (1,578 )   (444 )   (3,222 )

Rights issue proceeds

                  575  

Share issue costs

              (3 )   (31 )

Costs attributable to refinancing transactions

          (78 )       (78 )

Decrease in bank overdrafts

          (4 )   (13 )   (6 )
                     

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

          (133 )   85     406  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

          792     770     274  

Translation effects

          (20 )   (63 )   90  
                     

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    23.8     639     792     770  
                     

F-6



SAPPI

GROUP STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

for the year ended September 2011

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Number of
ordinary
shares
 




  Ordinary
share
capital
  Share
premium
 




  Ordinary share
capital and
share
premium
  Non-
distributable
reserves
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Hedging
reserves
  Retained
earnings
 




  Total
equity
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (US$ million)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Balance—September 2008

    229.2         28     679         707     124     (121 )       895         1,605  

Transfer from retained earnings

                            6             (6 )        

Share-based payments

                            9                     9  

Transfers from Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    0.3             2         2                         2  

Rights issue proceeds

    275.0         28     547         575                         575  

Costs directly attributable to the rights issue

                (31 )       (31 )                       (31 )

Issue to M-real

    11.2         1     44         45                         45  

Total comprehensive (loss) income

            13     230         243     4     (233 )   (14 )   (374 )       (374 )

Dividends—US$0.16 per share(1)

                                        (37 )       (37 )
                                                   

Balance—September 2009

    515.7         70     1,471         1,541     143     (354 )   (14 )   478         1,794  

Transfer from retained earnings

                            2             (2 )        

Share-based payments

                            17                     17  

Transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    (0.5 )           (6 )       (6 )                       (6 )

Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) transaction

    4.3         1     19         20                         20  

Costs directly attributable to the BEE transaction

                (3 )       (3 )                       (3 )

Total comprehensive income (loss)

            3     83         86     (1 )   (31 )   15     5         74  
                                                   

Balance—September 2010

    519.5         74     1,564         1,638     161     (385 )   1     481         1,896  

Share-based payments

                            20                     20  

Transfers from Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    1.0             6         6                         6  

Transfers of vested share options

                            (7 )                   (7 )

Total comprehensive loss (income)

            (10 )   (209 )       (219 )   (11 )   81     4     (292 )       (437 )
                                                   

Balance—September 2011

    520.5         64     1,361         1,425     163     (304 )   5     189         1,478  

Note reference:

                              17     19                              

(1)
Dividends relate to the previous financial year's earnings but were declared subsequent to year end.

F-7



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the year ended September 2011

1.     BUSINESS

        Sappi Limited, a corporation organised under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (the "company" and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "Sappi" or the "group"), was formed in 1936 and is a global company focused on providing chemical cellulose, paper-pulp and paper based solutions to its direct and indirect customer base across more than 100 countries. Our chemical cellulose products are used worldwide by converters to create viscose fibre for clothing and textiles, acetate tow, pharmaceutical products as well as a wide range of consumer products. Our market-leading range of paper products includes: coated fine papers used by printers, publishers and corporate end-users in the production of books, brochures, magazines, catalogues, direct mail and many other print applications; casting release papers used by suppliers to the fashion, textiles, automobile and household industries; and in the Southern Africa region newsprint, uncoated graphic and business papers and premium quality packaging papers and tissue products.

        The group is comprised of Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa reportable segments. Sappi Fine Paper which comprises Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper North America, has manufacturing and marketing facilities in North America, Europe and Asia and produces mainly high quality branded coated fine paper. The group operates a trading network called Sappi Trading for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of the group's other products in areas outside its core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa. The financial results and position associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to our reportable segments.

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The following principal accounting policies have been consistently applied in dealing with items that are considered material in relation to the Sappi Limited group financial statements.

2.1 Basis of preparation

        The group's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with:

        The financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (US$), as it is the major trading currency of the pulp and paper industry, and are rounded to the nearest million except as otherwise indicated.

        The financial statements are prepared on the historical-cost basis, except as set out in the accounting policies below. Certain items, including derivatives are stated at their fair value while plantations and non-current assets held for sale are stated at fair value less costs to sell.

        The preparation of the annual financial statements was supervised by the Chief Financial Officer, M R Thompson CA(SA).

F-8



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The group has made the following significant accounting policy elections in terms of IFRS. The elections are explained further in each specific policy on sections 2.2 and 2.3:

(i) Fiscal year

        The group's financial year end is on the Sunday closest to the last day of September.

        Accordingly, the last three financial years were as follows:

        The group has disclosed two years' comparative information for the income statement, statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows to be consistent with its disclosure in the annual report prepared on Form 20-F that is filed with the United States Securities Exchange Commission.

(ii) Underlying concepts

        The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis.

        Assets and liabilities and income and expenses are not offset in the income statement or balance sheet unless specifically permitted by IFRS.

        Changes in accounting estimates are recognised prospectively in profit or loss, except to the extent that they give rise to changes in the carrying amount of recognised assets and liabilities where the change in estimate is recognised immediately.

2.2 Summary of accounting policies

2.2.1 Foreign currencies

(i) Foreign currency transactions

        Transactions in foreign currencies are converted into the functional currency of the group's individual operations at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of such transactions. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

F-9



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of the entities in the group at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

        Exchange gains and losses on the translation and settlement of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities during the period are recognised in the profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

(ii) Consolidation of foreign operations

        The assets and liabilities, including goodwill of entities that have non-dollar functional currencies are translated at the closing rate, while the income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate. The differences that arise on translation are reported directly in other comprehensive income and are only reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.

        The group used the following exchange rates for financial reporting purposes:

 
  Rate at  
 
  Sep 11   Sep 10   Sep 09  

ZAR to one US$

    8.0963     7.0190     7.4112  

GBP to one US$

    0.6417     0.6321     0.6268  

EUR to one US$

    0.7470     0.7412     0.6809  

 

 
  Average annual rate  
 
  Sep 11   Sep 10   Sep 09  

ZAR to one US$

    6.9577     7.4917     9.0135  

GBP to one US$

    0.6225     0.6406     0.6419  

EUR to one US$

    0.7170     0.7322     0.7322  

2.2.2 Group accounting

(i) Subsidiary undertakings and special-purpose entities

        The group financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of the company and subsidiaries (including special-purpose entities) controlled by the group. The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the consolidated income statements from the date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal or cessation of control.

        Intra-group balances and transactions, and profits and losses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in the preparation of the group financial statements. Unrealised losses are not eliminated to the extent that they provide objective evidence of impairment.

(ii) Associates and joint ventures

        The results, assets and liabilities of associates and joint ventures are incorporated in the group's financial statements using the equity method of accounting. The share of the associate's or joint venture's profit after tax is determined from their latest financial statements or, if their year ends are different to those of the group, from their unaudited management accounts that corresponds to the

F-10



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


groups' financial year end. The carrying amount of such investments is reduced to recognise any impairment in the value of individual investments.

        The requirements of IAS 39 are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the group's investment in an associate. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount. Any impairment loss, which is recorded in other operating expenses, recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised, in accordance with IAS 36, to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

2.2.3 Financial instruments

(i) Initial recognition

        Financial instruments are recognised on the balance sheet when the group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of a financial instrument. All purchases of financial assets that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention ('regular way' purchases) are recognised at trade date.

(ii) Initial measurement

        All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs that are incremental to the group and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability except for those classified as 'fair value through profit and loss' where the transaction costs are recognised immediately in profit and loss.

(iii) Subsequent measurement

        Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss consist of items classified as held for trading. The group has not designated any financial instruments as at fair value through profit or loss.

        All financial liabilities, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are classified as non-trading financial liabilities and are measured at amortised cost.

        Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost, with interest revenue recognised in profit and loss for the period using the effective interest method.

        Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, with any gains and losses recognised directly in equity along with the associated deferred taxation. Any foreign currency translation gains or losses or interest revenue, measured on an effective-yield basis, are recognised in profit or loss.

F-11



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(iv) Embedded derivatives

        Certain derivatives embedded in financial and host contracts, are treated as separate derivatives and recognised on a standalone basis, when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value, with gains and losses reported in profit or loss.

(v) Derecognition

        The group derecognises a financial asset when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired or have been transferred and the group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

        A financial liability is derecognised when and only when the liability is extinguished, i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.

(vi) Impairment of financial assets

        An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss when there is evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.

        When there is objective evidence that an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, the cumulative unrealised gains and losses previously recognised in equity are removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss even though the financial asset has not been derecognised.

        Impairment losses are only reversed in a subsequent period if the fair value increases due to an objective event occurring since the loss was recognised. Impairment loss reversals other than available-for-sale debt securities are not reversed through profit or loss but through other comprehensive income.

(vii) Interest income and expense

        Interest income and expense are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or outflows through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability to that asset's or liability's net carrying amount on initial recognition.

2.2.4 Government grants

        Government grants related to income are recognised in sundry income under selling, general and administrative expenses. Government grants related to assets are recognised by deducting the grant from the carrying amount of the related asset.

F-12



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.2.5 Intangible assets

(i) Research activities

        Expenditures on research activities and internally generated goodwill are recognised in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.

(ii) Development activities

        Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation of engineering projects, computer software and development costs is charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of these assets, not exceeding five years.

(iii) Brands and patents

        Brands and patents acquired are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is on average ten years.

(iv) License fees

        License fees are amortised on a straight-line basis over the useful life of each license.

2.2.6 Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost includes all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

        Cost is determined on the following basis:

2.2.7 Leases

(i) The group as lessee

        Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are allocated between capital repayments and finance charges using the effective interest rate method.

        Capitalised leased assets are depreciated on a consistent basis as those with owned assets except where the transfer of ownership is uncertain at the end of the lease period in which case they are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease period and the expected useful life of the asset.

F-13



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Lease payments made under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the group's benefit.

(ii) Recognition of lease of land

        The land and buildings elements of a lease are considered separately for the purpose of lease classification.

        Where the building is a finance lease, and the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between these two elements, the entire lease is classified as a finance lease.

2.2.8 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

        Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying value will be recovered principally through sale rather than use. Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and are not depreciated.

2.2.9 Segment reporting

        Sappi reports and discloses segment information on the basis of information that is reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions when allocating resources and to assess performance of the group's operating segments. The group's reportable segments are North America, Europe and Sappi Southern Africa.

        Assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated between segments where there is a reasonable basis for doing so. The group accounts for inter-segment revenues and transfers as if the transactions were with third parties at current market prices.

2.2.10 Borrowing costs

        Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction and production of qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the costs of those assets.

        Borrowing costs capitalised are calculated at the group's average funding cost, except to the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. Where this occurs, actual borrowing costs incurred less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings are capitalised.

2.2.11 Revenue

        Revenue, arising from the sale of goods, is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, delivery has been made and title has passed, the amount of the revenue and the related costs can be reliably measured and when it is probable that the debtor will pay for the goods. For the majority of local and regional sales, transfer occurs at the point of offloading the shipment into the customer warehouse, whereas for the majority of export sales transfer occurs when the goods have been loaded into the relevant carrier, unless the contract of sale specifies different terms.

F-14



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Revenue is measured at the fair value of the amount received or receivable which is arrived at after deducting trade and settlement discounts, rebates, and customer returns.

        Shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers' destination are included in cost of sales. These costs, when included in the sales price charged for our products are recognised in net sales.

2.2.12 Emission trading

        The group recognises grants, when allocated by governments for emission rights, as an intangible asset at cost with an equal liability at the time of the grant.

        The group does not recognise a liability for emissions to the extent that it has sufficient allowances to satisfy emission liabilities. Where there is a shortfall of allowances that the group would have to deliver for emissions, a liability is recognised at the current market value of the shortfall.

        Where the group sells allowances to parties outside the group at amounts greater than carrying value, a gain is recognised in selling, general and administrative expenses in profit or loss for the period .

2.2.13 Alternative Fuel Mixture Credits

        Up until 31 December 2009, the U.S. Internal Revenue Code allowed an excise tax credit for alternative fuel mixtures produced by a taxpayer for sale, or for use as a fuel in a taxpayer's trade or business.

        The group qualified for the alternative fuel mixtures tax credit through its North American operations because it used a bio-fuel known as black liquor, which is a by-product of its wood pulping process, to power its mills.

        The group recognises income for the alternative fuel mixture credits when its right to receive the credit is established. This occurs when the group has complied with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and has submitted a claim for the credits due. This is recorded in profit and loss under other operating income. The group considers the tax credits earned in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 as fully taxable and have treated them as such in the calculation of its tax provision in the consolidated financial statements.

2.3 Critical accounting policies and estimates

        Management of the group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future in applying its accounting policies. The estimates may not equal the related actual results.

        The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of management judgement and estimation required and/or the potential material impact they may have on the group's financial position and performance.

F-15



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.3.1 Impairment of assets other than goodwill and financial instruments

        The group assesses all assets (other than goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use) at each balance sheet date for indications of impairment or the reversal of a previously recognised impairment.

        Intangible assets not yet available for use are tested at least annually for impairment.

        In assessing assets for impairment, the group estimates the asset's useful life, discounted future cash flows, including appropriate bases for future product pricing in the appropriate markets, raw material and energy costs, volumes of product sold, the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The pre-tax discount rate (impairment discount factor) is another sensitive input to the calculation. For an asset whose cash flows are largely dependent on those of other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

        Where impairment exists, the losses are recognised in other operating expenses in profit or loss for the period.

        A previously recognised impairment loss will be reversed through profit or loss if the recoverable amount increases as a result of a change in the estimates used previously to determine the recoverable amount, but not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

        Refer to note 9 for the assumptions and inputs used in assessing assets for impairment or impairment reversals.

2.3.2 Goodwill

        The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

        Goodwill arising at acquisition is subsequently held at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently where there is an indication of impairment based on an allocation to one or more CGUs in which the synergies from the business combinations are expected.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment using a cash flow valuation model based on an allocation of the goodwill to one or more CGUs. The group takes into account its ability to carousel products across different operating units in allocating goodwill to CGUs.

2.3.3 Property, plant and equipment

        Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the estimated cost of dismantling and removing the assets, where specifically required in terms of legislative requirements or a constructive obligation exists, professional

F-16



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the group's accounting policy.

        Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of owner-occupied property or equipment is capitalised to the cost of the item of owner-occupied property and equipment and the part replaced is derecognised.

        Depreciation which commences when the assets are ready for their intended use, is charged to write off the depreciable amount of the assets, other than land, over their estimated useful lives to estimated residual values, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset's future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

        Management judgement and assumptions are necessary in estimating the methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values. The residual value for the majority of items of plant and equipment has been deemed to be zero by management due to the underlying nature of the equipment.

        The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Buildings

    straight-line 40 years  

Plant

    straight-line 5 to 20 years  

Vehicles

    straight-line 5 to 10 years  

Furniture and equipment

    straight-line 3 to 6 years  

2.3.4 Taxation

        Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred taxation. Taxation is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case, it is also recognised in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current taxation

        Current taxation is the expected taxation payable on the taxable income, which is based on the results for the period after taking into account necessary adjustments, using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to taxation payable in respect of previous years.

        The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.

        Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) is a South African income tax, that arises from the distribution of dividends and is recognised in profit or loss at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend.

(ii) Deferred taxation

        Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet liability method, based on temporary differences. The amount of deferred taxation provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or

F-17



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

        Before recognising a deferred tax asset the group assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent recovery is not probable, a deferred tax asset is not recognised. In recognising deferred tax assets, the group considers profit forecasts, including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions.

2.3.5 Derivatives and hedge accounting

        Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognised in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in the same line of profit or loss as the change in the hedged item.

        In relation to cash flow hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

        The gains or losses, which are recognised in other comprehensive income, are transferred to profit or loss in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

        If the forecasted transaction results in the recognition on a non-financial asset or non-financial liability, the associated cumulative gain or loss is transferred from other comprehensive income to the underlying asset or liability on the transaction date.

        The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in other comprehensive income and is only reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation.

        Hedge accounting is discontinued on a prospective basis when the hedge no longer meets the hedge accounting criteria (including when it becomes ineffective), when the hedge instrument is sold, terminated or exercised when, for cash flow hedges, the designation is revoked and the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. Where a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss deferred in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

        The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

F-18



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Refer to note 29 to the group annual financial statements for details of the fair value hedging relationships as well as the impact of the hedge on the pre-tax profit or loss for the period.

2.3.6 Plantations

        Plantations are stated at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the harvesting stage.

        In arriving at plantation fair values, the key assumptions are estimated prices less cost of delivery, discount rates, and volume and growth estimations. All changes in fair value are recognised in the period in which they arise.

        The impact of changes in estimate prices, discount rates and, volume and growth assumptions may have on the calculated fair value and other key financial information on plantations is disclosed in note 10.

        The group uses a 12 quarter rolling historical average price to estimate the fair value of all immature timber and mature timber that is to be felled in more than 12 months from the reporting date. 12 quarters is considered a reasonable period of time after taking the length of the growth cycle of the plantations into account. Expected future price trends and recent market transactions involving comparable plantations are also considered in estimating fair value.

        Mature timber that is expected be felled within 12 months from the end of the reporting period are valued using unadjusted current market prices. Such timber is expected to be used in the short term and consequently, current market prices are considered an appropriate reflection of fair value.

        The fair value is derived by using the prices as explained above reduced by the estimated cost of delivery. Cost of delivery includes all costs associated with getting the harvested agricultural produce to the market, including harvesting, loading, transport and allocated fixed overheads.

        The discount rate used is the applicable pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the business unit.

        The group focuses on good husbandry techniques which include ensuring that the rotation of plantations is met with adequate planting activities for future harvesting. The age threshold used for quantifying immature timber is dependent on the rotation period of the specific timber genus which varies between eight and eighteen years. In the southern African region, softwood less than eight years and hardwood less than five years is classified as immature timber.

        Trees are generally felled at the optimum age when ready for intended use. At the time the tree is felled it is taken out of plantations and accounted for under inventory and reported as depletion cost (fellings).

        Depletion costs include the fair value of timber felled, which is determined on the average method, plus amounts written off against standing timber to cover loss or damage caused by fire, disease and

F-19



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


stunted growth. These costs are accounted for on a cost per metric ton allocation method multiplied by unadjusted current market prices. Tons are calculated using the projected growth to rotation age and are extrapolated to current age on a straight-line basis.

        The group has projected growth estimation over a period of 8 to 18 years per rotation. In deriving this estimate, the group established a long-term sample plot network which is representative of the species and sites on which trees are grown and the measured data from these permanent sample plots were used as input into the group's growth estimation. Periodic adjustments are made to existing models for new genetic material.

        The group directly manages plantations established on land that is either owned or leased from third parties. Indirectly managed plantations represent plantations established on land held by independent commercial farmers where Sappi provides technical advice on the growing and tendering of trees. The associated costs for managing the plantations are recognised as silviculture costs in cost of sales (see note 4).

2.3.7 Pension plans and other post-retirement benefits

        Defined-benefit and defined-contribution plans have been established for eligible employees of the group, with the assets held in separate trustee-administered funds.

        The present value of the defined benefit obligations and related current service costs are calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

        These actuarial models use an attribution approach that generally spread individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of 'events' are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases.

        Estimates and assumptions used in the actuarial models include the discount rate, return on assets, salary increases, healthcare cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees.

        The group's policy is to recognise actuarial gains and losses, which can arise from differences between expected and actual outcomes or changes in actuarial assumptions, in other comprehensive income. Any increase in the present value of plan liabilities expected to arise due to current service costs is charged to profit or loss.

        Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan are recognised in profit or loss when the group is demonstrably committed to the curtailment or settlement. Past service costs or credits are recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise are amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of those benefits.

        The net liability recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation adjusted for unrecognised past service costs, reduced by the fair value of the plan assets. Where the calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognised asset is limited to the net total of unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

F-20



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Refer to note 27 for the key estimates, assumptions and other information on post-employment benefits applicable as at the end of September 2011.

2.3.8 Provisions

        Provisions are recognised when the group has a legal or constructive obligation arising from past events that will probably be settled and can be measured reliably. Where the effect of discounting (time value) is material, provisions are discounted and the discount rate used is a pre-taxation rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

        The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgement by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

        Environmental accruals are recorded based on current interpretation of environmental laws and regulations.

2.3.9 Restructuring provisions

        Restructuring provisions are recognised when the group has developed a detailed formal plan for restructuring and has raised a valid expectation that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it.

        The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, and are recorded in other operating expenses in profit or loss.

2.3.10 Environmental restoration and decommissioning obligations

        The group initially recognises a liability for management's best present value estimate of costs expected to be incurred in the dismantling and removal of non-current assets where a legal or constructive obligation exists. The liability is accreted over time and actual costs incurred in future periods could differ materially from estimates. Additionally, future changes to environmental laws and regulations, life-of-operation estimates and discount rates could affect the carrying amount of this liability.

        Due to the uncertainty in the timing of the closure of the group's facilities, some of these obligations have an indeterminate settlement date, and the group believes that adequate information does not exist to apply an expected-present-value technique to estimate any such potential obligations. Accordingly, the group does not record a liability for such remediation until a decision is made that allows reasonable estimation of the timing of such remediation.

2.3.11 Share-based payments

(i) Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

        The services or goods received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction with counterparties are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at grant date.

F-21



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        If the equity instruments granted vest immediately and the beneficiary is not required to complete a specified period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those instruments, the benefit received is recognised in profit or loss for the period in full on grant date with a corresponding increase in equity.

        Where the equity instruments do not vest until the beneficiary has completed a specified period of service, it is assumed that the benefit received by the group as consideration for those equity instruments, will be received in the future during the vesting period. These benefits are accounted for in profit or loss as they are received during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Share-based payment expenses are adjusted for non-market-related performance conditions.

(ii) Measurement of fair value of equity instruments granted

        The equity instruments granted by the group are measured at fair value at the measurement date using modified binomial option pricing valuation models. The valuation technique is consistent with generally acceptable valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price of the equity instruments.

(iii) Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction

        The group accounts for the transaction in accordance with IFRS 2 and AC 503 and, the fair value of the services rendered by employees are recorded in profit or loss as they are rendered during the service period.

        In accounting for the group's share-based payment transactions management uses estimates and assumptions to determine shares based-payment expenses. Key inputs to this process include; the volatility of the group's share price, employee turnover rate and dividend payout rates which are necessary in determining the grant date fair value.

        Note 28 provides further detail on key estimates, assumptions and other information on share-based payments applicable as at the end of September 2011.

2.4 Adoption of accounting standards in the current year

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards have been adopted by the group in the current year:

Interpretations and amendments to IFRS

        The group adopted IFRIC 19, amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 2, IAS 32 and various improvements to IFRSs in fiscal 2011. The adoption of these interpretations, amendments and improvements to standards did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.

F-22



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.5 Accounting standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards that are not yet effective

        The group has not yet adopted certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards, which have been published but are only effective for our accounting periods beginning on or after October 2011 or later periods. The group is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of these IFRSs will have on its consolidated financial statements when they are adopted in the respective periods indicated. These new standards and their effective dates for the group's annual accounting periods are listed below:

        Amendments, revisions or issues of the following standards or interpretations which will only become mandatory for the group's consolidated financial statements on the dates indicated are not expected to have a material impact on the group's results or financial position:

2.6 Comparative figures

        Comparative figures are re-classified as necessary to afford a proper and more meaningful comparison of results as set out in the affected notes to the financial statements.

        The group adjusted note 25 to the financial statements. This adjustment only impacted the notes to the financial statements and therefore the group has disclosed two comparative periods for the affected note. Due to the fact that no changes were made to the fiscal 2010 and 2009 balance sheets, only one comparative period has been disclosed for the balance sheet.

F-23



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

3.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The group's reportable segments are Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Southern Africa. Reportable segments are components of an entity for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The group regards its primary measure of segment performance as operating profit (loss) excluding special items.

        Sappi reports and discloses segment information on the basis of information that is reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions when allocating resources and to assess performance of the group's reportable segments. Information reported to the chief operating decision maker for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is focused on a geographical region. The group accounts for intra-group sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. All such sales and transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

        The group operates a trading network called Sappi Trading for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of the group's other products in areas outside its core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa. The financial results and position associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to our reportable segments.

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  North America   Europe   Sappi Southern Africa   Unallocated and eliminations(3)   Group  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Income statement

                                                                                           

External sales(1)

    1,520     1,373     1,295     3,965     3,638     2,895     1,801     1,561     1,179                 7,286     6,572     5,369  

Operating profit (loss) excluding special items

    129     124     (2 )   68     76     12     199     134     18     8     5     5     404     339     33  

Special items—(gains) losses(2)

    (7 )   (56 )   (55 )   139     4     79     136     22     72     50     28     10     318     (2 )   106  

Segment operating profit (loss)

    136     180     53     (71 )   72     (67 )   63     112     (54 )   (42 )   (23 )   (5 )   86     341     (73 )

EBITDA excluding special items(2)

    203     201     98     300     310     226     309     236     101     9     5     6     821     752     431  

Share of profit of equity investments

                    1     3     2     4     4     4     8     4     6     13     11  

Depreciation and amortisation

    74     77     100     232     234     214     110     102     83     1         1     417     413     398  

Impairments (reversals) of assets and investments

    (3 )   (2 )       57     (10 )   74     68     2     5     45             167     (10 )   79  

Fellings

                            82     71     69                 82     71     69  

Plantation fair value adjustment

                            (65 )   (98 )   (6 )               (65 )   (98 )   (6 )

Restructuring provisions (released) raised and closure costs

    (2 )       31     89     17     1     44     23     2     4     6         135     46     34  

Other non-cash items

    17     10     17     9     1     11     22     (37 )   (66 )   (2 )   2     (38 )   46     (24 )   (76 )
                                                               
       

Balance sheet

                                                                                           

Capital expenditures

    58     42     31     111     100     82     97     64     71     2             268     206     184  

Segment assets(2)

    908     935     981     1,889     2,109     2,340     1,574     1,887     1,891     51     65     38     4,422     4,996     5,250  

Total assets

    1,072     1,100     1,160     2,617     2,917     3,080     2,149     2,376     2,262     470     791     795     6,308     7,184     7,297  

Property, plant and equipment

    762     777     810     1,484     1,663     1,928     987     1,220     1,196     2             3,235     3,660     3,934  

F-24



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

3.     SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

Reconciliation of operating profit (loss) excluding special items to segment operating profit (loss):

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  North America   Europe   Sappi Southern Africa   Unallocated and eliminations(3)   Group  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Operating profit (loss) excluding special items

    129     124     (2 )   68     76     12     199     134     18     8     5     5     404     339     33  

Special items—(gains) losses(2)

    (7 )   (56 )   (55 )   139     4     79     136     22     72     50     28     10     318     (2 )   106  
                                                               

Segment operating profit (loss)

    136     180     53     (71 )   72     (67 )   63     112     (54 )   (42 )   (23 )   (5 )   86     341     (73 )
                                                               

Reconciliation of EBITDA excluding special items and operating profit (loss) excluding special items to profit (loss) before taxation:

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  North America   Europe   Sappi Southern Africa   Unallocated and eliminations(3)   Group  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

EBITDA excluding special items(2)

    203     201     98     300     310     226     309     236     101     9     5     6     821     752     431  

Depreciation and amortisation

    74     77     100     232     234     214     110     102     83     1         1     417     413     398  
                                                               

Operating profit (loss) excluding special items

    129     124     (2 )   68     76     12     199     134     18     8     5     5     404     339     33  

Special items—(gains) losses(2)

    (7 )   (56 )   (55 )   139     4     79     136     22     72     50     28     10     318     (2 )   106  
                                                               

Segment operating profit (loss)

    136     180     53     (71 )   72     (67 )   63     112     (54 )   (42 )   (23 )   (5 )   86     341     (73 )
                                                                     

                                        Net finance costs     307     255     145  
                                                                                       

                                        Loss (profit) before taxation     (221 )   86     218  
                                                                                       

Reconciliation of segment assets to total assets:

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  North America   Europe   Sappi Southern Africa   Unallocated and eliminations(3)   Group  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Segment assets(4)

    908     935     981     1,889     2,109     2,340     1,574     1,887     1,891     51     65     38     4,422     4,996     5,250  
 

Deferred tax assets

                45     53     56                             45     53     56  
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    5     7     14     8     8     16     279     129     86     347     648     654     639     792     770  
 

Derivative financial instruments

                                1         10     2     14     10     3     14  
 

Trade and other payables

    152     155     151     592     722     633     264     339     275     57     55     57     1,065     1,271     1,116  
 

Provisions

        1     14     73     15     19     30     14     2     4     3         107     33     35  
 

Taxation payable

    7     2         10     10     16     2     6     8     1     18     32     20     36     56  
                                                               

Total assets

    1,072     1,100     1,160     2,617     2,917     3,080     2,149     2,376     2,262     470     791     795     6,308     7,184     7,297  
                                                               

(1)
Sales of products are allocated to where the product is manufactured.

(2)
Refer to Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data, for the definition of Special Items.

(3)
Includes the group's treasury operations, the self-insurance captive and the investment in the Jiangxi Chenming joint venture.

(4)
Segment assets (excluding deferred taxation and cash) less current liabilities (excluding interest-bearing borrowings and overdraft).

F-25



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

4.  OPERATING PROFIT

        Operating profit has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Raw materials, energy and other direct input costs(1)

    3,962         3,461         2,842      
                           
 

Wood (includes growth and felling adjustments(2))

    773         624         570      
 

Energy

    670         611         564      
 

Chemicals

    1,117         1,025         839      
 

Pulp

    987         907         525      
 

Other variable costs

    415         294         344      
                           

Plantation price fair value adjustment

   
16
   
   
(31

)
 
   
67
   
 

Employment costs

    1,027     211     968     208     882     164  

Depreciation

    392     22     388     23     376     20  

Delivery charges

    597         547         454      

Maintenance

    300         275         250      

Other overheads(1)

    160         178         158      

Marketing and selling expenses

        112         112         102  

Administrative and general expenses

        109         105         99  
                           

    6,454     454     5,786     448     5,029     385  
                           

(1)
To facilitate a more meaningful comparison of costs, for the years ended 2009 and 2010, the growth fair value adjustment on plantations and costs included in other overheads has been reallocated to wood and other categories within raw materials, energy and other direct input costs respectively.
(2)

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 
 

Changes in plantation volumes

                   
 

Fellings

    82     71     69  
 

Growth

    (81 )   (67 )   (73 )

 

F-26



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

4.  OPERATING PROFIT (Continued)

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Silviculture costs (included within cost of sales)

    79     67     50  

Leasing charges for premises

    14     14     16  

Leasing charges for plant and equipment

    22     48     15  

Remuneration paid other than to employees of the company in respect of:

    35     31     27  
               

—technical services

    16     12     11  

—administration services

    19     19     16  
               

Auditors' remuneration:

   
8
   
8
   
8
 
               

—audit and related services

    6     7     6  

—tax planning and tax advice

    1     1     1  

—acquisition and refinancing related services(1)

    1         1  
               

Government grants towards environmental expenditure

   
   
   
(2

)

Research and development costs

    26     25     31  

Amortisation

    3     3     2  

Cost on derecognition of loans and receivables(2)

    11     14     16  

4.1  Employment costs

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Wages and salaries

    1,112     1,054     936  

Defined contribution plan expense (refer note 27)

    46     42     33  

Pension costs (refer to note 27)

    14     15     21  

Post-employment benefits other than pension expense (refer to note 27)

    14     14     10  

Share-based payment expense

    15     13     9  

Other

    37     38     37  
               

    1,238     1,176     1,046  
               

(1)
These costs have been capitalised.

(2)
The cost on derecognition of trade receivables relates to the derecognition of trade receivables related to the securitisation programme in South Africa and to the sale of letters of credit in Hong Kong.

F-27



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

4.  OPERATING PROFIT (Continued)

4.2  Other operating expenses (income)

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Included in other operating expenses are the following:

                   

Impairments (reversals) of assets and investments

    167     (10 )   79  

Profit on sale and write-off of property, plant and equipment

    (1 )   (5 )   (1 )

Restructuring provisions raised and closure costs

    135     46     34  

Alternative fuel mixture credits

        (51 )   (87 )

Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) charge:

    5     23      
                 
 

—unwinding of the 2006 Black Economic Empowerment transaction

        19      
 

—IFRS 2 costs on management and employee share option plans

    5     4      
                 

5.     NET FINANCE COSTS

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Gross interest and other finance costs on liabilities carried at amortised cost

    348     309     198  
               

—Interest on bank overdrafts

    2     1     6  

—Interest on redeemable bonds and other loans

    299     303     190  

—Premium on early redemption of redeemable bonds

    31          

—Costs on early settlement of loans

    12          

—Interest cost on finance lease obligations

    4     5     2  
               

Finance revenue received on assets carried at amortised cost

    (12 )   (16 )   (61 )
               

—Interest on bank accounts

    (9 )   (6 )   (16 )

—Discount on early redemption of redeemable bonds and other loans

        (5 )   (41 )

—Interest revenue on other loans and investments

    (3 )   (5 )   (4 )
               

Net foreign exchange gains

    (13 )   (17 )   (17 )

Net fair value (gain) loss on financial instruments

    (16 )   (21 )   25  
               

—Realised (gain) loss on termination of interest rate swaps

    (1 )       18  

—Gain on non-hedged swaps and loans

            (2 )

—Gain on amortisation of de-designated hedges

    (18 )   (21 )    

—Hedge ineffectiveness

                   
 

—gain on hedging instrument (derivative)

    (19 )       (41 )
 

—loss on hedged item

    22         50  
               

    307     255     145  
               

F-28



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

6.     TAXATION CHARGE (BENEFIT)

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Current taxation:

                   

—Current year

    10     10     6  

—Prior year over provision

    (2 )   (20 )   (7 )

—Other company taxes(1)

    6     4     4  

Deferred taxation (refer to note 11):

                   

—Current year

        26     (44 )

—Prior year under provision

    (3 )       3  

—Attributable to tax rate changes

            (3 )
               

    11     20     (41 )
               

(1)
Includes Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)(2) in 2009 as well as state taxes.

(2)
The imposition of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) effectively means that a dual corporate taxation system exists in South Africa comprising of normal income taxation and STC. Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income taxation and is paid by South African companies at the flat rate of 10% in respect of the amount of dividends declared less all dividends which accrued to them (but subject to certain exclusions) during its relevant 'dividend cycle'. Dividend cycle means the period commencing on the day following the date of accrual to a company's shareholders of the last dividend declared by that company and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. An excess of dividends accruing to a company over dividends paid may be carried forward to subsequent dividend cycles as an STC credit.

        In addition to income taxation charges (benefits) to profit and loss, a deferred taxation charge of US$3 million (2010: US$11 million relief; 2009: US$32 million relief) has been recognised directly in other comprehensive income (refer to note 11).

F-29



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

6.     TAXATION CHARGE (BENEFIT) (Continued)

Reconciliation of the tax rate

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

(Loss) profit before taxation

    (221 )   86     (218 )
               

Profit-making regions

    231     307     133  

Loss-making regions

    (452 )   (221 )   (351 )
               

Taxation at the average statutory tax rate

   
(49

)
 
35
   
(60

)
               

Profit-making regions at 30% (2010: 30%; 2009: 28%)

    69     92     38  

Loss making regions at 26% (2010: 26%; 2009: 28%)

    (118 )   (57 )   (98 )
               

Net exempt income and non-tax deductible expenditure

   
(10

)
 
(10

)
 
(32

)

Effect of tax rate changes(1)

            (3 )

Deferred tax asset not recognised

    110     65     72  

Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax assets

    (41 )   (54 )   (22 )

Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

            4  

Prior year adjustments

    (5 )   (20 )   (4 )

Other taxes

    6     4     4  
               

Taxation charge (benefit)

    11     20     (41 )
               

Effective tax rate for the year

    (5 %)   23 %   19 %

(1)
Our effective tax rate for 2009 benefited from a reduced tax rate in Germany where the tax rate was reduced to 28.6% in that year.

7.     (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE AND HEADLINE (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic (loss) earnings per share (EPS)

        EPS is based on the group's (loss) profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year under review.

 
  2011   2010   2009(1)  
 
  Loss   Shares   Loss per
share
  Profit   Shares   Earnings
per share
  Loss   Shares   Loss
per share
 
 
  (US$ million)
  (millions)
  (US cents)
  (US$ million)
  (millions)
  (US cents)
  (US$ million)
  (millions)
  (US cents)
 

Basic EPS calculation

    (232 )   519.9     (45 )   66     516.7     13     (177 )   482.6     (37 )

Share options and performance shares under Sappi Limited Share Trust

                    3.9                  

Share options granted under the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction

                    0.2                  
                                       

Diluted EPS calculation

    (232 )   519.9     (45 )   66     520.8     13     (177 )   482.6     (37 )
                                       

        The diluted EPS calculations are based on Sappi Limited's daily average share price of ZAR33.66 (2010: ZAR31.86; 2009: ZAR30.12) and exclude the effect of certain share options granted under the

F-30



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

7.     (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE AND HEADLINE (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

Sappi Share Incentive Scheme as well as share options granted under the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction as they would be anti-dilutive.

        There are 12.0 million (2010: 10.6 million; 2009: 15.6 million) share options that could potentially dilute EPS in the future that are not included in the diluted weighted average number of shares calculation as they are anti-dilutive.

Headline (loss) earnings per share(2)

        Headline (loss) earnings per share is based on the group's headline (loss) earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. This is a JSE Limited Listings required measure.

        Reconciliation between attributable (loss) earnings to ordinary shareholders and headline (loss) earnings:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  Gross
  Tax
  Net
  Gross
  Tax
  Net
  Gross
  Tax
  Net
 

Attributable (loss) earnings to ordinary shareholders

   
(221

)
 
11
   
(232

)
 
86
   
20
   
66
   
(218

)
 
(41

)
 
(177

)

Profit on sale and write-off of property, plant and equipment

    (1 )       (1 )   (4 )       (4 )   (1 )       (1 )

Impairments (reversals) of assets and investments

    167     17     150     (10 )       (10 )   79         79  

Headline (loss) earnings

    (55 )   28     (83 )   72     20     52     (140 )   (41 )   (99 )
               

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

                519.9                 516.7                 482.6  

Headline (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

                (16 )               10                 (21 )

Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)

                519.9                 520.8                 482.6  

Diluted headline (loss) earnings per share (US cents)

                (16 )               10                 (21 )

(1)
In the 2009 financial year, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders.

(2)
Headline earnings—as defined in circular 3/2009 issued by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants, separates from earnings all separately identifiable re-measurements. It is not necessarily a measure of sustainable earnings.

8.     DIVIDENDS

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Dividend paid (2009: 16 US cents per share), net of dividends attributable to treasury shares

            (37 )

        The board decided not to declare a dividend in respect of the 2011 and 2010 financial years.

F-31



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

9.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Land and buildings(1)

             
 

At cost

    1,542     1,628  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    840     875  
           

    702     753  
           

Plant and equipment(2)

             
 

At cost

    7,408     7,742  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    4,932     4,992  
           

    2,476     2,750  
           

Capitalised leased assets(3)

             
 

At cost

    581     741  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    524     584  
           

    57     157  
           

Aggregate cost

    9,531     10,111  

Aggregate accumulated depreciation and impairments

    6,296     6,451  
           

Aggregate book value

    3,235     3,660  
           

        The movement of property, plant and equipment is reconciled as follows:

 
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Capitalized
leased assets
  Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Net book value at September 2009

    799     2,949     186     3,934  

Additions

    23     183         206  

Acquisition

    8     5         13  

Disposals

    (13 )   (3 )       (16 )

Transfers

        5     (5 )    

Depreciation

    (41 )   (350 )   (20 )   (411 )

Impairment reversals

        20         20  

Translation differences

    (23 )   (59 )   (4 )   (86 )
                   

Net book value at September 2010

    753     2,750     157     3,660  

Additions

    26     241     1     268  

Disposals

        (5 )       (5 )

Transfers

        88     (88 )    

Depreciation

    (46 )   (356 )   (12 )   (414 )

Impairments(4)

        (122 )       (122 )

Translation differences

    (31 )   (120 )   (1 )   (152 )
                   

Net book value at September 2011

    702     2,476     57     3,235  
                   

(1)
Details of land and buildings are available at the registered offices of the respective companies who own the assets.

F-32



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

9.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

(2)
Plant and equipment includes vehicles and furniture, the book value of which does not warrant disclosure as a separate class of assets.

(3)
Capitalised leased assets consist primarily of plant and equipment.

(4)
Pursuant to the group's strategy review, the group implemented a number of initiatives during the year which resulted in significant asset impairment charges being recorded during fiscal 2011. Refer to note 24 for details of encumbrances.

Asset impairments and impairment reversals

September 2011

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

Biberist Mill

        In March 2011, Sappi announced the potential closure of its Biberist Mill in Switzerland. The mill has since ceased production and the mill order book has been transferred to the other Sappi mills in Europe. An impairment charge of US$57 million has been recorded against plant and equipment for the year. The remaining fixed assets, comprising land and buildings, are recorded at a carrying amount of US$12 million. The mill was a producer of woodfree coated paper.

Sappi Southern Africa

Usutu Mill

        At the end of January 2010, Usutu Mill ceased operations and the pulp mill was permanently closed. The mill's property, plant and equipment had already been substantially impaired in previous years and the final balance of the assets were impaired by a further US$9 million in the current fiscal year.

        Sappi continues its forestry operations in Swaziland, and is investigating the potential establishment of various timber processing operations at the Usutu Mill site.

Adamas Mill

        In May 2011, we announced the potential closure of Adamas Mill. The more profitable grades produced at Adamas Mill were transferred to Enstra Mill and Stanger Mill. The property, plant and equipment other than land and buildings have been impaired by US$10 million.The carrying amount of land and buildings is US$3 million, which is US$1 million below the valuation by the local municipality.

Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging Operations

        Our latest review of the paper and paper packaging operations, completed in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011, indicated that the production of certain paper and paper packaging products would need to be curtailed. The curtailment of the production of these products resulted in an impairment charge of US$49 million being incurred for the year.

F-33



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

9.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

September 2010

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

European mechanical coated cash generating unit: Kangas Mill

        On 12 January 2010, Sappi ceased operations at Kangas Mill which had formed part of the mechanical coated cash-generating unit. Following the closure of the mill, the recoverable amount of the remaining assets in the coated mechanical cash-generating unit were reassessed resulting in an impairment reversal of US$18 million for the 2010 fiscal year.

Sappi Southern Africa

Usutu Mill—Closure

        At the end of January 2010, Usutu Mill ceased operations. The mill's property, plant and equipment had already been substantially impaired in previous years and was further impaired by US$2 million during the 2010 fiscal year.

10.  PLANTATIONS

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Fair value of plantations at beginning of year

    687     611  
 

Additions

        9  
 

Gains arising from growth

    81     67  

(Loss) gain arising from fair value price changes

    (16 )   31  
 

Harvesting—agriculture produce (fellings)

    (82 )   (71 )
 

Translation difference

    (90 )   40  
           

Fair value of plantations at end of year

    580     687  
           

        Sappi manages the establishment, maintenance and harvesting of its plantations on a compartmentalised basis. These plantations are comprised of pulpwood and sawlogs and are managed in such a way so as to ensure that the optimum fibre balance is supplied to its paper and pulping operations in southern Africa.

        As Sappi manages its plantations on a rotational basis, the respective increases by means of growth are negated by depletions over the rotation period for the group's own production or sales. Estimated volume changes on a rotational basis amount to approximately five million tons per annum.

        We own plantations on land that we own, as well as on land that we lease. We disclose both of these as directly managed plantations. With regard to indirectly managed plantations, Sappi has several different types of agreements with many independent farmers. The terms of the agreements depend on the type and specific needs of the farmer and the areas planted ranging in duration from one to more than 20 years. In certain circumstances, we provide loans to farmers that are disclosed as accounts receivable on the group balance sheet (these loans are considered, individually and in aggregate,

F-34



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

10.  PLANTATIONS (Continued)


immaterial to the group). If Sappi provides seedlings, silviculture and/or technical assistance, the costs are expensed when incurred by the group.

        The group is exposed to financial risks arising from climatic changes, disease and other natural risks such as fire, flooding and storms and human-induced losses arising from strikes, civil commotion and malicious damage. These risks are covered by an appropriate level of insurance as determined by management. The plantations have an integrated management system that is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and FSC standards.

        Changes in estimate prices, the discount rate, costs to sell and, volume and growth assumptions applied in the valuation of immature timber may impact the calculated fair value as tabled below:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Market price changes

                   

1% increase in market prices

    4     2     12  

1% decrease in market prices

    (4 )   (2 )   (12 )

Discount rate (for immature timber)

                   

1% increase in rate

    (4 )   (5 )   (3 )

1% decrease in rate

    4     5     3  

Volume assumption

                   

1% increase in estimate of volume

    6     9     6  

1% decrease in estimate of volume

    (6 )   (9 )   (6 )

Costs to sell

                   

1% increase in costs to sell

    (3 )   (1 )   (9 )

1% decrease in costs to sell

    3     1     9  

Growth assumptions

                   

1% increase in rate of growth

    1     2     1  

1% decrease in rate of growth

    (1 )   (2 )   (1 )

F-35



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

11.  DEFERRED TAX

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

    (62 )   24     (100 )   8  

Inventory

    3     3     5     (3 )

USA alternative minimum tax credit carry forward

    16         14      

Tax loss carry forward

    279     38     313     63  

Property, plant and equipment

    (98 )   (276 )   (113 )   (302 )

Plantations

    (22 )   (136 )   (26 )   (160 )

Other non-current assets

    10         27      

Other non-current liabilities

    (81 )   11     (67 )   8  
                   

    45     (336 )   53     (386 )
                   

Negative asset and liability positions

        These balances reflect the impact of tax assets and liabilities arising in different tax jurisdictions, which cannot be netted against tax assets and liabilities arising in other tax jurisdictions.

Deferred tax assets recognised on the balance sheet

        The recognised deferred tax assets relate mostly to available unused tax losses. It is expected that there will be sufficient future taxable profits against which these losses can be recovered. In the estimation of future taxable profits, future product pricing and production capacity utilisation are taken into account.

F-36



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

11.  DEFERRED TAX (Continued)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

        Deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses are not recognised for carry-forward when it cannot be demonstrated that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Unrecognized deferred tax assets relate to the following:

             

Other non-current liabilities

    91     74  

Tax losses

    568     630  

Property, plant and equipment

    22      
           

    681     704  
           

Attributable to the following tax jurisdictions:

             

Belgium

    86     63  

The Netherlands

    17     8  

Finland

    50     47  

Switzerland

    30      

United Kingdom

        64  

United States of America

    158     198  

Swaziland

    34     32  

South Africa

    7     3  

Austria

    299     289  
           

    681     704  
           

Expiry between two and five years

    29     2  

Expiry after five years

    174     205  

Indefinite life

    478     497  
           

    681     704  
           

The following table shows the movement in the unrecognised deferred tax assets for the year:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Balance at beginning of year

    704     700  

Unrecognised deferred tax assets originating during the current year

    60     86  

Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax assets

    (41 )   (54 )

Prior year adjustments

    (24 )    

Rate adjustments

    (7 )   3  

Movement in foreign exchange rates

    (11 )   (31 )
           

Balance at end of year

    681     704  
           

F-37



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

11.  DEFERRED TAX (Continued)

Reconciliation of deferred tax

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Deferred tax balances at beginning of year

             
 

Deferred tax assets

    53     56  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    (386 )   (355 )
           

    (333 )   (299 )

Deferred tax benefit (charge) for the year (refer note 6)

    3     (26 )
           
 

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

    61     5  
 

Inventory

    5      
 

USA alternative minimum tax credit

    2     2  
 

Tax loss carry forward

    (57 )   (14 )
 

Property, plant and equipment

    14     15  
 

Plantations

    3     (9 )
 

Other non-current assets

    (15 )    
 

Other non-current liabilities

    (10 )   (25 )
           

Amounts recorded directly in other comprehensive income

    (3 )   11  

Translation differences

    42     (19 )
           

Deferred tax balances at end of year

    (291 )   (333 )
           
 

Deferred tax assets

    45     53  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    (336 )   (386 )
           

Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

        Current and deferred tax are measured at the tax rate applicable to undistributed income and therefore only take STC into account to the extent that dividends have been received or declared.

Undistributed earnings that would be subject to STC

    196     484  

Tax effect if distributed

    18     44  

F-38



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

12.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Goodwill   Licence
fees
  Patents   Brands   Total   Goodwill   Licence
fees
  Patents   Brands   Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Net carrying amount at beginning of year

    4     3         20     27     4     3         25     32  

Amortisation

                (3 )   (3 )               (2 )   (2 )

Translation difference

                1     1                 (3 )   (3 )
                                           

Net carrying amount

    4     3         18     25     4     3         20     27  
                                           

Cost (gross carrying amount)

    4     3     20     24     51     4     3     20     24     51  

Accumulated amortisation and impairments

            (20 )   (6 )   (26 )           (20 )   (4 )   (24 )
                                           

Net carrying amount

    4     3         18     25     4     3         20     27  
                                           

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Cost of equity investments

    96     96  

Share of post-acquisition profit, net of distributions received

    1     8  

Accumulated impairments

    (45 )    

Foreign currency translation effect

    24     21  
           

    76     125  
           

Summarised financial information in respect of the group's equity investments is set out below:

             

Total assets

    679     640  

Total liabilities

    327     298  
           

Net assets

    352     342  
           

Group's share of equity investments' net assets after accumulated impairments

    76     125  
           

 

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Sales

    942     691     756  
               

Profit for the period

    17     35     28  
               

Group's share of equity investments' profit for the period

    6     13     11  
               

F-39



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES (Continued)

Jiangxi Chenming

        Sappi owns 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited (Jiangxi Chenming) under a joint venture arrangement. Jiangxi Chenming is established in the People's Republic of China and is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sales of paper and paper products. The financial statements of Jiangxi Chenming are to 31 December of each year which was the reporting date when the company was established. The most recent audited financials were to 31 December 2010.

Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Limited

        A 50% joint venture agreement with Borregaard Industries Limited for the construction and operation of a lignin plant at Umkomaas and the development, production and sale of products based on lignosulphates in order to build a sustainable lignin business. The financial statements of Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Limited are to 31 December of each year which is the year end of Borregaard. The most recent audited financials were to 31 December 2010.

Sapin SA

        A 50% joint venture with Sapin SA located in Belgium for the buying and selling of wood and wood chips to Sappi and other paper manufacturers. The financial statements of Sapin SA are to 31 December of each year which is the year end of Sapin SA. The most recent audited financials were to 31 December 2010.

Papierholz Austria GmbH

        A 43% joint venture agreement for the buying and selling of wood and wood chips to Sappi and other paper and pulp manufacturers. The financial statements of Papierholz Austria GmbH are to 31 December of each year which is the year end of Papierholz Austria GmbH. The most recent audited financials were to 31 December 2010.

Timber IV

        A special-purpose entity (SPE) into which Sappi contributed promissory notes (relating to certain Timberlands, equipment and machinery sold by Sappi to a third party timber company) which were pledged as collateral for the SPE to issue bonds. The SPE is not consolidated in our financial statements because we have taken the position that it is controlled by an unrelated investor which has sufficient equity capital at risk. The group's investment in the SPE is nil as of September 2011 (2010: US$6 million) as the underlying promissory notes and bonds have been repaid. The financial statements of Timber IV are to 30 September of each year. The results are unaudited.

Energie Biberist AG

        A 10% investment in Energie Biberist AG (EBAG) in which Sappi exercises significant influence by virtue of the fact that Sappi has the power to appoint one of the five directors. EBAG is an energy company that supplied Biberist Mill with steam and 100% of its electricity requirements. On the cessation of production at Biberist Mill (refer to note 9), the investment in the associate was impaired by the group resulting in a charge to profit or loss in other operating expenses for the period. The financial statements

F-40



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES (Continued)


of EBAG are to 31 December each year which is the year end of EBAG. The most recent audited financials of EBAG were to 31 December 2010.

Impairments of joint ventures and associates

        At the end of fiscal 2011, there were indicators of impairment of certain of our equity accounted investments due to, amongst other things, a decline in the operating environment. The group therefore applied the requirements of IAS 39 to determine whether it was necessary to recognise an impairment loss. The carrying amounts of these investments, including goodwill, were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 (as a single asset) by comparing the recoverable amounts with the carrying amounts. This resulted in an impairment charge of US$45 million being recorded in other operating expenses in profit or loss for the period. As there was no loss of significant influence or disposal of the groups equity accounted investments, the remaining cumulative exchange differences remained in other comprehensive income and has not been reclassified to profit or loss. The recoverable amount was calculated on a value in use basis, using a pre-tax real discount rate of 8.50%.

        Where the year ends of joint ventures and associates are different to Sappi's, the unaudited management accounts of the joint ventures and associates are used for the periods to Sappi's year end.

14.  OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Loans to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust participants

        1  

Financial assets(1)

    22     23  

Post-employment benefits—pension asset (refer note 27)

    43     37  

Advances to tree growers

    7     9  

Other loans

    11     12  
           

    83     82  
           

(1)
Details of investments are available at the registered offices of the respective companies.

15.  INVENTORIES

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Raw materials

    160     185  

Work in progress

    79     86  

Finished goods

    345     376  

Consumable stores and spares

    166     189  
           

    750     836  
           

        The charge to the group income statement relating to the write down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to US$14 million (2010: US$17 million and 2009: US$10 million).

F-41



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

15.  INVENTORIES (Continued)

        The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to US$5,831 million (2010: US$5,197 million and 2009: US$4,467 million).

        Refer to note 24 for inventory pledged as security.

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Trade accounts receivable, gross

    715     754  

Allowance for credit losses

    (15 )   (14 )
           

Trade accounts receivable, net

    700     740  

Prepayments and other receivables

    131     148  
           

    831     888  
           

        Management rates the quality of trade and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, periodically against its internal credit rating parameters. The quality of these trade receivables is such that management believes no impairment provision is necessary, except in situations where they are part of individually impaired trade receivables.

        The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

        Prepayments and other receivables primarily represent prepaid insurance and other sundry receivables.

        Trade receivables (including securitised trade receivables) represent 11% (2010: 15%) of turnover.

16.1   Reconciliation of the allowance for credit losses

 
  2011   2010  

Balance at beginning of year

    14     15  

Raised during the year

    10     9  

Released during the year

    (9 )   (9 )

Foreign exchange currency translation effect

        (1 )
           

Balance at end of year

    15     14  
           

        An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of US$15 million (2010: US$14 million). This allowance has been determined by reference to specific customer delinquencies.

F-42



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)

16.2   Analysis of amounts past due

September 2011

        The following provides an analysis of the amounts that are past the due contractual maturity dates:

 
  Not
Impaired
  Impaired   Total  

Less than 7 days overdue

    30         30  

Between 7 and 30 days overdue

    12         12  

Between 30 and 60 days overdue

    4         4  

More than 60 days overdue

    2     15     17  
               

    48     15     63  
               

September 2010

        The following provides an analysis of the amounts that are past the due contractual maturity dates:

 
  Not
Impaired
  Impaired   Total  

Less than 7 days overdue

    18         18  

Between 7 and 30 days overdue

    18         18  

Between 30 and 60 days overdue

    3     1     4  

More than 60 days overdue

    15     13     28  
               

    54     14     68  
               

        All amounts due which are beyond their contractual repayment terms are reported to regional management on a regular basis. Any provision for impairment is required to be approved in line with the group limits of authority framework.

        The group has a provision of US$15 million (2010: US$14 million) against trade receivables that are past due.

        The group holds no collateral (2010: US$17 million) against these trade receivables that are past due.

        The group has granted facilities to customers to buy on credit for the following amounts:

 
  2011   2010  

Less than US$0.5 million

    299     331  

Less than US$1 million but equal to or greater than US$0.5 million

    277     276  

Less than US$3 million but equal to or greater than US$1 million

    597     557  

Less than US$5 million but equal to or greater than US$3 million

    213     225  

Equal to or greater than US$5 million

    1,031     965  
           

    2,417     2,354  
           

F-43



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)

16.3   Trade receivables securitisation

        The group operates two trade receivable securitisation programmes due to the cost effectiveness of such structures.

        Our Sappi Southern African securitisation programme is off-balance sheet and is described in detail in note 16.4.

        In fiscal 2011, the group replaced its existing on-balance sheet securitisation programmes with a single three year committed trade receivables purchase programme with UniCredit Bank AG with a programme limit of €360 million. Trade receivables sold in terms of this programme are disclosed as on-balance sheet together with a corresponding liability. At fiscal year end, trade receivables with a value of US$491 million have been pledged as collateral for amounts received as funding under the programme of US$368 million. The group is restricted from selling or repledging the trade receivables that have been pledged as collateral for this liability. For more detail on this programme, refer to note 20.

        Trade receivables pledged as collateral in fiscal 2010, under the previous on-balance sheet securitisation facilities, amounted to US$486 million while the value of the associated liabilities amounted to US$447 million.

16.4   Off-balance sheet structures

Letters of credit discounting

        To improve the group working capital, the group sells certain Letters of Credit to Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS), Hong Kong and Union Bancaire Privee (UBP), Switzerland at each fiscal month end on a non-recourse basis.

"Scheck-Wechsel"

        The Scheck-Wechsel is a financial guarantee supplied by Sappi to the bank of certain customers (trade receivables) who wish to obtain a loan to finance early payment of specified trade receivables (thereby benefiting from an early settlement discount). By signing the Scheck-Wechsel, Sappi provides a financial guarantee to the bank of the customer.

        This financial guarantee contract is initially recognised at fair value. At inception, the risk for Sappi having to reimburse the bank is nil because there is no evidence that the customer will not reimburse its loan to the bank. There is also no guarantee fee due by the bank and the Scheck-Wechsel is a short-term instrument (maximum 90 days). Therefore, the fair value is zero at inception. Subsequently, the financial guarantee contract is measured at the higher of:

        As no event of default has occurred, no provision has been set up and the fair value at year end remains at zero. However, according to IAS 37, a contingent liability of US$32 million (2010: US$29 million) has been disclosed in this respect.

F-44



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)

Sappi Southern Africa securitisation facility

        Sappi sells the majority of its ZAR receivables to Rand Merchant Bank Limited, which issues commercial paper to finance the purchase of the receivables. Sappi does not guarantee the recoverability of any amounts, but shares proportionately with Rand Merchant Bank Limited the credit risk of each underlying receivable, after all recoveries, including insurance recoveries, with Sappi bearing 15% of such risk (and Rand Merchant Bank Limited the remainder). Sappi administers the collection of all amounts processed on behalf of the bank that are due from the customer. The purchase price of these receivables is adjusted dependent on the timing of the payment received from the client. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter-bank Agreed Rate) plus a spread. This structure is currently treated as an off-balance sheet arrangement.

        If this securitisation facility were to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold in excess of the 15% mentioned above. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an amount of defaults above a specified level; terms and conditions of the agreement not being met; or breaches of various credit insurance ratios. The impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement is entered into.

        The total amount of trade receivables sold at the end of September 2011 amounted to US$121 million (2010: US$215 million). Details of the securitisation programme at the end of fiscal 2011 and 2010 are disclosed in the table below:

Bank
  Currency   Value   Facility   Discount charges  

2011

                         

Rand Merchant Bank Limited

    ZAR     ZAR 979 million     Unlimited(1)     Linked to 3 month JIBAR  

2010

                         

Rand Merchant Bank Limited

    ZAR     ZAR 1,510 million     Unlimited(1)     Linked to 3 month JIBAR  

(1)
The facility in respect of the securitisation facility is unlimited, but subject to the sale of qualifying receivables to the bank.

        Details of the on-balance sheet securitisation facilities are described in note 20.

16.5   Concentration of credit risk

        A significant portion of the group's sales and accounts receivable are from major groups of customers. None of the group's major customers represented more than 10% of our sales during the years ended September 2011 and September 2010. Where appropriate, credit insurance has been taken out over the group's trade receivables.

        None of the group's other receivable financial instruments represent a high concentration of credit risk because the group has dealings with a variety of major banks and customers world-wide.

        The carrying amount of US$831 million (2010: US$888 million) represents the group's maximum credit risk exposure from trade and other receivables.

F-45



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)

        The group has the following amounts due from single customers:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Number of
customers
  US$
million
  Percentage   Number of
customers
  US$
million
  Percentage  

Greater than US$10 million

    9     170     24 %   7     131     18 %

Between US$5 million and US$10 million

    8     51     7 %   13     81     11 %

Less than US$5 million

    2,423     479     69 %   2,176     528     71 %
                           

    2,440     700     100 %   2,196     740     100 %
                           

        None of the trade receivables, with balances of equal to or greater than US$5 million as at year end have breached their contractual maturity terms. No impairment charges have been recognised in respect of customers who owe the group more than US$5 million.

        Refer note 29 for further details on credit risk.

17.  ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Number of
shares
  US$
million
  Number of
shares
  US$
million
 

Authorised share capital:

                         

Ordinary shares of ZAR1 each

    725,000,000           725,000,000        

"A" ordinary shares of ZAR1 each(1)

    19,961,476           19,961,476        

Issued share capital:

                         

Ordinary shares of ZAR1 each

    541,446,223     67     541,446,223     77  

"A" ordinary shares of ZAR1 each(1)

    19,961,476     2     19,961,476     3  

Treasury shares(2)

    (40,942,907 )   (5 )   (41,896,595 )   (6 )

Share premium

        1,361         1,564  
                   

    520,464,792     1,425     519,511,104     1,638  
                   

(1)
The "A" ordinary shares are unlisted but rank pari passu with the ordinary shares in all respects except for dividend entitlements where the "A" ordinary shares are entitled to 50% of the dividends payable on the ordinary shares. The "A" ordinary shares have the same voting rights as ordinary shares but are not listed on the JSE Limited. Sappi will have the option to repurchase a number of "A" ordinary shares in August 2019. The number of any "A" ordinary shares that Sappi elects to buy back on the repurchase date will depend on the price performance of the ordinary shares over the period of the transaction with the remaining "A" ordinary shares being distributed to the beneficiaries and converted into ordinary shares. The "A" ordinary shares' rights, terms, conditions of conversion and privileges are contained in Article 38 of Sappi's Articles, details of which are available for inspection at the company's registered offices.

(2)
Includes 20,981,431 (2010: 21,935,119) ordinary shares as well as 19,961,476 (2010: 19,961,476) "A" ordinary shares that are held by group entities, including The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (the Scheme) and the trusts set up to house the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction. These shares may be utilised to meet the requirements of the trusts.

F-46



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

17.  ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM (Continued)

        The movement in the number of treasury shares is set out in the table below:

 
   
  Number of shares    
 
   
  2011    
   
  2010    

Ordinary treasury shares:

                           

Ordinary treasury shares at beginning of year (including Scheme shares)

        21,935,119             21,384,559    

Treasury shares issued to participants of the Scheme

        (953,688 )           550,560    
         

—Share options (per note 28)

        (32,312 )              

—Share plan options (per note 28)

        (1,087,556 )              

—Scheme shares forfeited, released and other

        166,180             550,560    
         

Ordinary treasury shares at end of year

        20,981,431             21,935,119    

"A" ordinary treasury shares:

                           

"A" ordinary shares issued to the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment trusts

        19,961,476             19,961,476    
                         

        40,942,907             41,896,595    
                         

        Included in the issued and unissued share capital of 725,000,000, is a total of 42,700,870 shares (adjusted for the rights issue in fiscal 2009) which may be used to meet the requirements of the Scheme and/or The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (the Plan). In terms of the rules of the Scheme and the Plan, the maximum number of shares which may be acquired in aggregate by the Scheme and/or the Plan and allocated to participants of the Scheme and/or the Plan from time to time is 42,700,870 shares, subject to adjustment in case of any increase or reduction of Sappi's issued share capital on any conversion, redemption, consolidation, sub-division and/or any rights or capitalisation issue of shares. Sappi is obliged to reserve and keep available at all times out of its authorised but unissued share capital such number of shares (together with any treasury shares held by Sappi subsidiaries which may be used for the purposes of the Scheme and/or the Plan) as shall then be required in terms of the Scheme and/or the Plan. Authority to use treasury shares for the purposes of the Scheme and/or the Plan was granted by shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 7 March 2005.

        Since March 1994, 3,002,894 (2010: 2,970,582) shares have been allocated to the Scheme participants and paid for, and 13,617,202 (2010: 14,799,182) shares have been allocated to the Scheme participants and not yet paid for. In terms of the Plan, 7,380,900 (2010: 9,312,840) shares have been allocated and remain unpaid for, and 1,742,677 (2010: 176,491) shares have been allocated and paid for by the Plan participants.

Capital risk management

        The capital structure of the group consists of:

F-47



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

17.  ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM (Continued)

        The group's capital management objective is to achieve an optimal weighted average cost of capital while continuing to safeguard the group's ability to meet its liquidity requirements (including capital expenditure commitments), repay borrowings as they fall due and continue as a going concern.

        The group monitors its gearing through a ratio of net debt (interest-bearing borrowings and overdraft less cash and cash equivalents) to total capitalisation (shareholders' equity plus net debt).

        The group has entered into a number of debt facilities which contain certain terms and conditions in respect of capital management.

        During fiscal 2011 and 2010, we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to the loans payable.

        The group's strategy with regard to capital risk management remains unchanged from 2010.

18.  OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 
   
  2011    
   
  2010    
   
  2009    
 
   
  (US$ million)
   

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

        (151 )           52             14    
             

Gross amount

        (151 )           52             14    

Tax

                                   
             

Actuarial losses on post-employment benefit funds

        (60 )           (60 )           (197 )  
             

Gross amount (refer note 27)

        (59 )           (71 )           (229 )  

Tax

        (1 )           11             32    
             

Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale financial instruments

        2             2                
             

Gross amount

        2             2                

Tax

                                   
             

Hedging reserves

        4             14             (14 )  
             

Gross amount

        6             14             (14 )  

Tax

        (2 )                          
             

Other comprehensive (loss) income recorded directly in equity

        (205 )           8             (197 )  

(Loss) profit for the year

        (232 )           66             (177 )  
                                     

Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year

        (437 )           74             (374 )  
                                     

F-48



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

19.  NON-DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

 
   
  2011    
   
  2010    
 
   
  (US$ million)
   

Legal reserves in subsidiaries

        77             78    

Share-based payment reserve

        70             69    

Other

        16             14    
         
 

Capital reduction(1)

        1             1    
 

Capitalisation of distributable reserves(2)

        11             11    
 

Available-for-sale financial assets

        4             2    
         

        163             161    
                         

 

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Legal
reserves(2)
  Share-based
payment
reserve
  Other   Total   Legal
reserves(2)
  Share-based
payment
reserve
  Other   Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Opening balance

    78     69     14     161     82     48     13     143  

Transfer from retained earnings

                    2             2  

Transfers of vested share options

        (7 )       (7 )                

Share-based payment expense

        20         20         17         17  

Movement on available-for-sale financial assets

            2     2             2     2  

Translation difference

    (1 )   (12 )       (13 )   (6 )   4     (1 )   (3 )
                                   

    77     70     16     163     78     69     14     161  
                                   

(1)
Reduction in capital arising from the transfer of share premium under a special resolution dated 14 April 1975.

(2)
Represents equity of the company that is not available for distribution as a result of appropriations of equity by subsidiaries and legal requirements, respectively.

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Secured borrowings

             

—Mortgage and pledge over trade receivables and certain assets (refer note 24 for details of encumbered assets)

    1,929     1,605  

—Capitalised lease liabilities (refer note 24 for details of encumbered assets)

    37     50  
           

Total secured borrowings

    1,966     1,655  

Unsecured borrowings

    772     1,353  
           

Total borrowings (refer note 29)

    2,738     3,008  

Less: Current portion included in current liabilities

    449     691  
           

    2,289     2,317  
           

F-49



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        The repayment profile of the interest-bearing borrowings is as follows:

        Payable in the year ended September:

 
  (US$ million)  

2011(1)

          691  

2012

    449     892  

2013

    201     352  

2014

    1,111     842  

2015

    6     7  

2016 (September 2010: thereafter)

    62     224  

Thereafter

    909        
           

    2,738     3,008  
           

(1)
Included in the US$691 million reflected as payable in 2010 is US$447 million debt relating to securitisation funding which had the characteristics of a short-term revolving facility.

Capitalised lease liabilities

        Finance leases are primarily for plant and equipment. Lease terms generally range from five to ten years with options to make early settlements or renew at varying terms. At the time of entering into capital lease agreements, the commitments are recorded at their present value using applicable interest rates. As of September 2011, the aggregate amounts of minimum lease payments and the related imputed interest under capitalised lease contracts payable in each of the next five financial years and thereafter are as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Minimum lease
payments
  Interest   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
  Minimum lease
payments
  Interest   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Payable in the year ended September:

                                     

2011

                      16     (5 )   11  

2012

    19     (4 )   15     17     (3 )   14  

2013

    14     (2 )   12     15     (2 )   13  

2014

    5     (1 )   4     6     (1 )   5  

2015

    7     (1 )   6     7         7  
                           

Total future minimum lease payments

    45     (8 )   37     61     (11 )   50  
                           

F-50



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        Set out below are details of the more significant non-current interest-bearing borrowings in the group at September 2011:

 
  Currency   Interest
rate(1)
  Principal
amount
outstanding
  Balance
sheet
value
  Security/
Cession
  Expiry   Financial
covenants

Redeemable bonds

                           

Public bond

  EUR   Fixed   €350 million   €322 million(2)(3)   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   August 2014   No financial covenants

Public bond

  US$   Fixed(4)   US$300 million   US$285 million(2)(3)   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   August 2014   No financial covenants

Public bond

  EUR   Fixed   €250 million   €245 million(2)(3)   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   April 2018   No financial covenants

Public bond

  US$   Variable(5)   US$350 million   US$361 million(2)(3)   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   April 2021   No financial covenants

Public bond

  US$   Fixed   US$221 million   US$218 million(3)(6)(7)   Unsecured   June 2032   No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR1,000 million   ZAR1,000 million   Unsecured   June 2013   No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR1,000 million   ZAR1,000 million   Unsecured   October 2011(8)   No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR499 million   ZAR499 million(3)   Unsecured   June 2012   No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR499 million   ZAR499 million(9)   Unsecured   June 2016   No financial covenants

Private Placement Bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR149 million   ZAR149 million   Unsecured   November 2012   No financial covenants

Private Placement Bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR148 million   ZAR148 million   Unsecured   January 2013   No financial covenants

Private Placement Bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR37 million   ZAR37 million   Unsecured   March 2013   No financial covenants

Private Placement Bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR68 million   ZAR68 million(3)   Unsecured   December 2013   No financial covenants

F-51



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

 
  Currency   Interest
rate(1)
  Principal
amount
outstanding
  Balance
sheet
value
  Security/
Cession
  Expiry   Financial
covenants

Secured loans

                           

UniCredit Bank

  EUR   Variable   €192 million   €192 million   Trade receivables   August 2014   EBITDA to net interest, net debt to EBITDA and net debt to total capitalisation(10)

UniCredit Bank

  US$   Variable   US$111 million   US$111 million   Trade receivables   August 2014   EBITDA to net interest, net debt to EBITDA and net debt to total capitalisation(10)

Revolving Credit Facility

  EUR   Variable   €100 million   €100 million   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   April 2016   EBITDA to net interest, net debt to EBITDA and net debt to total capitalisation(10)

Österreichische Kontrollbank

  EUR   Variable   €17 million   €17 million(6)(9)   Property, plant and equipment, intercompany receivables and shares in subsidiaries   June 2013   EBITDA to net interest, net debt to EBITDA and net debt to total capitalisation(10)

Capitalised leases

                           

Fortum

  EUR   Variable   €15 million   €15 million   Plant and equipment   November 2012   No financial covenants

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR131 million   ZAR131 million(9)   Buildings   September 2015   No financial covenants


Unsecured bank term loans


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Österreichische Kontrollbank

  EUR   Variable   €58 million   €58 million(9)       December 2011   No financial covenants

Nedbank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR281 million   ZAR281 million       March 2014   Gearing ratio/interest and dividend cover(11)

Peritum Trading

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR15 million   ZAR15 million(9)       June 2014   No financial covenants

Royal Bank of Scotland

  EUR   Fixed   €10 million   €10 million       December 2011   No financial covenants

F-52



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

 

 
  Local currency
million
  US$ million  

The analysis of the currency per debt is:

             

US Dollar(12)

    975     975  

Euro                                                 

    964     1,290  

ZAR

    3,827     473  
             

          2,738  
             

(1)
The nature of the rates for the group bonds is explained in note 29 to the financial statements. The nature of the interest rates is determined with reference to the underlying economic hedging instrument.

(2)
Under the relevant indenture, certain limitations exist including, on dividend distributions and other payments, indebtedness, asset sales, liens, guarantees and mergers and consolidations. In case of a change of control, holders have a right to require the relevant issuer to repurchase all or any part of their bonds at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount of bonds.

(3)
The principal value of the loans / bonds corresponds to the amount of the facility, however, the outstanding amount has been adjusted by the discounts paid upfront and the fair value adjustments relating to hedge accounting.

(4)
US Dollar fixed interest rates have been swapped into Euro fixed interest rates. These swaps are subject to hedge accounting.

(5)
US Dollar fixed interest rates have been swapped into variable US Dollar interest rates. These swaps are subject to hedge accounting ..

(6)
Under the relevant indenture, limitations exist on liens, sale and leaseback transactions and mergers and consolidation. Sappi Limited must maintain a majority holding in Sappi Papier Holding GmbH Group.

(7)
Sappi Papier Holding GmbH, Sappi Limited or Sappi International SA may at any time redeem the 2032 public bonds (the "Securities"), in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and (ii) a make-whole amount based upon the present values of remaining payments at a rate based upon yields of specified US treasury securities plus 30 basis points, together with interest calculated on the principal amount of the securities to be redeemed up to the date of redemption.

(8)
The bond was repaid. Refer to note 31.

(9)
The value outstanding equals the total facility available.

(10)
Financial covenants relate to the Sappi Limited Group.

(11)
The financial covenant relates to the financial position of Sappi Southern Africa (Pty) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sappi Limited.

(12)
This amount includes debt of US$300 million that is swapped into Euro.

        A detailed reconciliation of total interest-bearing borrowings has been performed in note 29.

Other restrictions

        As is the norm for bank loan debt, a portion of Sappi Limited's financial indebtedness is subject to cross default provisions. Breaches in bank covenants in certain subsidiaries, if not corrected in time, might result in a default in group debt, and in this case, a portion of Sappi Limited consolidated liabilities might eventually become payable on demand.

F-53



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        During fiscal 2011 and 2010, we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to all loans payable. Compliance with applicable covenants are regularly monitored on an ongoing basis. If a possible breach of a financial covenant were to be expected, negotiations would commence with the applicable institutions before such breach occurs.

Borrowing facilities secured by trade receivables

        On 25 August 2011, Sappi entered into a three-year committed trade receivables purchase programme with UniCredit Bank AG with a programme limit of €360 million. The proceeds from the programme was used to refinance the group's short-term securitisation programme with Galleon Capital LLC that was due to mature in December 2011.

        In terms of the programme, the securitisation sellers being Sappi Lanaken NV on behalf of Sappi Fine Paper Europe, Sappi NA Finance LLC (a special purpose entity) on behalf of Sappi Fine Paper North America and, Sappi Deutschland GmbH and Sappi Papier Holding GmbH on behalf of Sappi Trading sell certain eligible trade receivables to Elektra Purchase N° 29 Ltd (Elektra), an Irish bankruptcy remote entity, that is consolidated by the Sappi Group. Elektra has a commissioning agreement with Arabella Finance Limited (Arabella), an entity belonging to UniCredit Bank AG that issues commercial paper to fund the purchase of the trade receivables (alternative funding resources are available should the market for commercial paper be disrupted). The funding is settled in US Dollar and Euro.

        As at September 2011, a reserve, that is reset on a monthly basis, amounting to 25% as well as a letter of credit covering the credit risk up to the maximum facility was required.

        The cost of the programme includes a variable component based on the cost of funding of Arabella, a fixed margin of 1.75% in addition to a commitment fee of 0.90% computed on the difference between €330 million and the used portion of the programme limit.

        The trade receivables are legally transferred; however, these receivables do not qualify for de-recognition under IAS 39 as most of the market risk (foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk) and the credit risk is retained by Sappi. As a result, the trade receivables' sold under the programme is accounted for as on-balance sheet with a corresponding liability (external loan) being recognised. The corresponding interest is recorded within finance costs.

        Further detail of the value of trade receivables pledged as security for this programme is included in notes 16 and 24.

Unutilised facilities

        The group monitors its availability of funds on a weekly basis. The group treasury committee monitors the amount of unutilised facilities to assess the headroom available. The net cash balances

F-54



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)


included in current assets and current liabilities are included in the determination of the headroom available.

 
  Currency   Interest rate   2011   2010  
 
   
   
  (US$ million)
 

Unutilized committed facilities

                     

Syndicated loan/revolving credit facility(1)

  EUR   Variable (EURIBOR)     335     282  

Cash management overdraft facility

  EUR   Variable (EURIBOR)     24      

Various southern African facilities

  ZAR   Variable (JIBAR)     62      

Securitisation facility (if underlying eligible trade receivables would be available)

  EUR   Variable (cost of funding bank)     114      
                   

            535     282  
                   

Unutilised uncommitted facilities

                     

Southern Africa

  ZAR   Variable (JIBAR)     43     61  
                   

Total unutilised facilities (committed and uncommitted) excluding cash

            578     343  
                   

(1)
Syndicated loan with a consortium of banks with JP Morgan Europe Limited as facility agent with a remaining revolving facility available of €250 million, which is subject to financial covenants relating to the Sappi Group and is secured by the same assets as the public bonds maturing in 2014, 2018 and 2021. In April 2011, the then undrawn syndicated loan facility maturing in 2012 was increased from €209 million to a €350 million facility and extended to April 2016. We have paid a total commitment fee of US$7 million (2010: US$7 million) in respect of the syndicated loan facility.

Fair value

        The fair values of all interest-bearing borrowings are disclosed in note 29.

21.  OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Post-employment benefits—pension liability (refer note 27)

    311     298  

Post-employment benefits other than pension liability (refer note 27)

    175     178  

Long-term employee benefits (refer note 27)

    4     5  

Workmen's compensation (refer note 27)

    11     9  

Long service awards

    22     26  

Land restoration provision

    21     19  

Deferred income

    3     3  

Other

    6     8  
           

    553     546  
           

F-55



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

22.  PROVISIONS

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Restructuring provisions

    105     29  

Other provisions

    2     4  
           

Balance at September

    107     33  
           

        Details of the restructuring provisions are provided below. These provisions are expected to be utilised within the next financial year and consequently, are disclosed as current liabilities.

Restructuring provisions
  Severance,
retrenchment
& related costs
  Lease
cancellation &
penalty costs
  Other
closure costs
  Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Balance at September 2009

    18     3     11     32  

Increase in provisions

    10         31     41  

Utilised

    (19 )       (23 )   (42 )

Released during the year

            (2 )   (2 )

Other movements

            1     1  

Translation effect

        (1 )       (1 )
                   

Balance at September 2010

    9     2     18     29  

Increase in provisions(1)

    76     22     40     138  

Utilised

    (17 )       (37 )   (54 )

Released during the year

            (1 )   (1 )

Translation effect

    (5 )   (1 )   (1 )   (7 )
                   

Balance at September 2011

    63     23     19     105  
                   

(1)
Pursuant to the group's strategy review, the group implemented a number of initiatives during the year which resulted in significant restructuring charges being recorded during fiscal 2011.

September 2011 restructuring provisions

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Biberist Mill.    In March 2011, Sappi announced the potential closure of its Biberist Mill in Switzerland. A total of 550 employee positions were affected by the closure and a restructuring charge related to severance, retrenchment and other related closure costs of US$70 million was raised during the year. US$26 million was utilised by fiscal year end.

Sappi Fine Paper Europe: Central Services

        As a result of the Biberist mill closure, approximately 100 employees are expected to be made redundant across Europe, 30 of whom were made redundant by fiscal year end. A restructuring charge of US$6 million was raised in the last quarter of fiscal 2011. US$1 million was utilised by fiscal year end.

F-56



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

22.  PROVISIONS (Continued)

        A further fixed cost optimisation program commenced in the last fiscal quarter affecting approximately 330 positions across Europe. A restructuring charge of US$14 million was raised in the last fiscal quarter. At fiscal year end, 4 employees were impacted.

Sappi Southern Africa

        Adamas Mill.    During the financial year ended September 2011, Sappi Southern Africa announced the decision to permanently close the Adamas Mill and integrate the mill's products into the production lines at the Stanger Mill and Enstra Mill. A total of 215 employees were affected by the closure of the Adamas Mill. The mill was a producer of uncoated woodfree specialities paper. A provision of approximately US$7 million relating to restructuring charges and scrapping of spares was raised and utilised during the year.

Sappi Paper and Paper Packaging Operations

        Our latest review of the paper and paper packaging operations, completed in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011, indicated that the production of certain paper and paper packaging products would need to be curtailed. As a result of the curtailment, a restructuring charge of US$29 million was raised. Approximately 560 employees are expected to be affected.

        Usutu Mill.    At the end of January 2010, Usutu Mill ceased operations and the pulp mill was permanently closed. An additional restructuring charge of US$3 million was incurred against the spares related to the mill.

Sappi Southern Africa: Central Services

        During the financial year ended September 2011, Sappi announced the decision to restructure the support function which include Human Resources, Finance, Procurement and Corporate Affairs. A total of 200 employees will be affected by this restructure. A restructuring provision of approximately US$5 million relating to restructuring charges was raised.

September 2010 restructuring provisions

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Kangas Mill.    In January 2010, Sappi Fine Paper Europe ceased operations at its Kangas mill. A total of 150 employees were affected by the closure of the mill. A restructuring provision of US$14 million was raised during the year, of which, US$8 million was utilised by September 2010. The balance of the provision at the end of fiscal 2011 was US$4 million.

Sappi Southern Africa

        Usutu Mill.    In January 2010, Sappi Southern Africa ceased production at Usutu mill affecting 491 employees by that fiscal year end. Adverse market conditions and the cumulative severe impact of fire damage over previous years had made the mill unviable. A provision relating to severance, retrenchment and other related closure costs of US$24 million was raised during fiscal 2010. At the end of fiscal 2011, the balance of the provision was US$5 million.

F-57



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

23.  NOTES TO THE GROUP STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

23.1 Cash generated from operations

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

(Loss) profit for the year

    (232 )   66     (177 )

Adjustment for:

                   

—Depreciation

    414     411     396  

—Fellings

    82     71     69  

—Amortisation

    3     2     2  

—Taxation charge (benefit)

    11     20     (41 )

—Net finance costs

    307     255     145  

—Impairments (reversals) of assets and investments

    167     (20 )   79  

—Restructuring provisions raised and closure costs

    135     46     34  

—Fair value adjustment gains and growth on plantations

    (65 )   (98 )   (6 )

—Post-employment benefits funding

    (70 )   (73 )   (62 )

—Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction charge

    5     23      

—Other non-cash items

    41     34     (7 )
               

    798     737     432  
               

23.2 (Increase) decrease in working capital

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Decrease (increase) in inventories

    62     (72 )   116  

Decrease (increase) in receivables

    66     (74 )   175  

(Decrease) increase in payables

    (226 )   141     (139 )
               

    (98 )   (5 )   152  
               

23.3 Finance costs paid

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Gross interest and other finance costs

    (348 )   (309 )   (198 )

Net foreign exchange gains

    13     17     17  

Net fair value gains (losses) on financial instruments

    16     21     (25 )

Non-cash movements included in items above

    53     65     99  
               

    (266 )   (206 )   (107 )
               

F-58



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

23.  NOTES TO THE GROUP STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

23.4 Taxation paid

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Amounts unpaid at beginning of year

    (35 )   (54 )   (54 )

Translation effects

    (2 )   4     (2 )

Taxation (charge) benefit to profit or loss

    (14 )   6     (3 )

Net amounts unpaid at end of year

    13     35     54  
               

Cash amounts paid

    (38 )   (9 )   (5 )
               

23.5 Replacement of non-current assets

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Property, plant and equipment

    (213 )   (173 )   (146 )

Plantations

            (1 )
               

    (213 )   (173 )   (147 )
               

23.6 Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Book value of property, plant and equipment disposed of

    5     16      

Profit on disposal

    1     5     2  
               

    6     21     2  
               

23.7 Acquisition

        On 31 December 2008, Sappi acquired M-real's coated graphic paper business for an enterprise value of €750 million (approximately US$1.1 billion). The final purchase consideration was reduced by assumed debt and other adjustments (including working capital). The transaction was settled through a vendor loan note, an issue of Sappi Limited shares and cash. The transaction included M-real's coated graphic paper business, including brands and company knowledge, as well as four coated graphic mills.

23.8 Cash and cash equivalents

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Cash and deposits on call

    595     791     727  

Money market instruments

    44     1     43  
               

    639     792     770  
               

F-59



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

24.  ENCUMBERED ASSETS

        The book values of assets which are mortgaged, hypothecated or subject to a pledge as security for borrowings, subject to third party ownership in terms of capitalised leases or suspensive sale agreements, are as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Land and buildings

    278     309     322  

Plant and equipment

    1,164     1,295     1,542  

Inventory

    178     186     164  

Trade receivables

    491     486     460  
               

    2,111     2,276     2,488  
               

        Suspensive sale agreements are instalment sale agreements which the group has entered into in respect of certain property, plant and equipment where the assets purchased are encumbered as security for the outstanding liability until such time that the liability is discharged.

        The encumbered assets relate mainly to the security provided under the following facilities:

        The security consists substantially of (i) the land, plant and equipment located at Sappi's production facilities in Gratkorn, Austria; Kirkniemi, Finland; Maastricht, The Netherlands; Nijmegen, The Netherlands; Skowhegan/Somerset, Maine, USA, and Cloquet, Minnesota, USA and (ii) certain inventory owned by SD Warren Company and Sappi Cloquet LLC. The security also includes certain shares in subsidiaries and certain inter-company receivables which are not reflected in the total above.

F-60



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

25.  COMMITMENTS

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Capital commitments

                   

Contracted but not provided

    61     62     62  

Approved but not contracted(1)

    416     109     126  
               

    477     171     188  
               

Future forecasted cash flows of capital commitments at September:

                   

2010

                102  

2011

          104     48  

2012 (2009: thereafter)

    365     32     38  

2013 (2010: thereafter)

    75     35        

Thereafter

    37              
               

    477     171     188  
               

(1)
Includes approximately US$302 million related to our chemical cellulose expansion project in southern Africa.

        The capital expenditure is expected to be financed by funds generated by the business, existing cash resources and borrowing facilities available to the group.

Lease commitments

        Future undiscounted minimum operating lease obligations payable in the year ended September:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ million)
 

2010

                31  

2011

          20     14  

2012

    29     16     7  

2013

    17     10     4  

2014

    12     7     2  

2015 (2009: thereafter)

    8     5     38  

2016 (2010: thereafter)

    3     37        

Thereafter

    36              
               

    105     95     96  
               

        The lease commitments for 2010 were previously disclosed as US$130 million. This has been revised to US$95 million as certain purchase obligations were previously recorded as operating leases in terms of IFRIC 4.

F-61



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

25.  COMMITMENTS (Continued)

        Future undiscounted minimum operating lease obligations payable in the year ended September:

 
  As
previously
reported
  Adjustment   Adjusted  

2011

    40     (20 )   20  

2012

    23     (7 )   16  

2013

    16     (6 )   10  

2014

    9     (2 )   7  

2015

    5         5  

2016 (2010: thereafter)

    37         37  
               

    130     (35 )   95  
               

        Further information on capital commitments relating to environmental matters can be found in note 32.

26.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Guarantees and suretyships

    33     48  

Other contingent liabilities

    15     8  

        Included under guarantees and suretyships are bills of exchange where Sappi has guaranteed third party funding of payments to Sappi for certain German accounts receivables.

        Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to taxation queries in respect of certain group companies.

        The group is involved in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. The relief sought in such lawsuits and proceedings includes injunctions, damages and penalties. Although the final results in these suits and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the present opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, that they are not expected to have a material effect on the group's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-62



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS

Summary of results

 
  All
plans
  Defined
contribution
plans
  Defined
benefit
pension
plans
  Other
defined
benefit
plans
 
 
  2012   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Post-retirement plan costs recognised in income statements

          46     42     14     15     14     14  

Employer contributions paid over the fiscal year

          47     40     58     66     11     11  

Expected employer contributions to be paid over next fiscal year

                                           

—Defined contribution plans

    37                                      

—Defined benefit pension plans

    47                                      

—Other defined benefit plans

    12                                      

Pension/other benefit plan liabilities are presented on the balance sheets as follows:

                                           

Pension/other benefit liabilities (refer note 21)

                      311     298     175     178  

Pension assets (refer note 14)

                      (43 )   (37 )        

Accrued contributions(1)/obligations (included in other payables)

          3     4             7     7  
                                 

Net balance sheet liabilities

          3     4     268     261     182     185  
                                 

(1)
Amounts to defined contribution plans due in respect of the current reporting period that had not yet been paid over to the plans.

Development in the balance sheets for the pension/other benefit plans

 
  Defined
benefit
pension
plans
  Other
defined
benefit
plans
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Net pension/other benefit liabilities at beginning of year

    (261 )   (256 )   (185 )   (179 )

Net pension/other benefit costs for the year

    (14 )   (15 )   (14 )   (14 )

Employer contributions

    58     66     11     11  

Net actuarial (losses) gains for the year to other comprehensive income (OCI)

    (50 )   (73 )   (9 )   2  

Foreign currency (losses) gains exchange effect

    (1 )   17     15     (5 )
                   

Net pension/other benefit liabilities at end of year

    (268 )   (261 )   (182 )   (185 )
                   

        Accumulated liabilities exceeded assets in all defined benefit plans except for two plans in southern Africa and one plan in Europe.

        The following pages set out the summarized results above in more detail.

F-63



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

Detailed results

Defined contribution plans

        The group operates defined contribution plans of various sizes for all qualifying employees in most regions throughout the group. The assets of the plans are held separately from those of the group in funds under the control of trustees. In addition, the group participates in country-wide union/industry plans in certain locations open to eligible employees.

        The total cost charged to the income statement of US$46 million (2010: US$42 million, 2009: US$33 million) represents contributions payable to these plans by the group based on rates specified in the rules of these plans. As at September 2011, US$3 million (2010: US$4 million, 2009: US$2 million) was due in respect of the current reporting period that had not yet been paid over to the plans.

Defined benefit pension plans

        The group operates 13 principal defined benefit pension and / or lump sum plans plus a number of smaller plans. These include plans closed to new entrants and plans closed to future accrual for existing members. Plans open to new entrants or future accrual cover all qualifying employees. All plans have been established in accordance with applicable legal requirements, customs and existing circumstances in each country. Plans remain open to new members except for the following: plans in southern Africa, Austria and some in Germany. Plans in the United Kingdom and one in North America are closed to future accrual.

        Benefits are generally based upon compensation and years of service, with varying definitions of compensation such as average salary near retirement or career average revalued earnings. Exceptions to these are certain plans in Germany and Austria that provide fixed benefits and certain plans in North America that provide benefits based on years of service and a '$ multiplier'. The $ multiplier is a nominal US Dollar amount that historically has increased from time to time.

        With the exception of our German and Austrian plans (which are unfunded), the assets of these plans are held in separate trustee administered funds which are subject to varying statutory requirements in the particular countries concerned. In terms of these requirements, periodic actuarial valuations of these funds are performed by independent actuaries.

        As of September 2011, the total number of active members (ie accruing benefits) in our defined benefit pension plans is approximately 6,500.

        During the year, our plan in Switzerland was sold to an unrelated third party entity. A small contingent liability remains at year end, due to delays from regulatory clearance. The plan shows a nil net liability on the group's balance sheet. In Southern Africa, a small plan consisting of legacy pensioners was settled with a local insurance company. The agreement was set up prior to year end, but due to timing, the benefits will be settled after fiscal year end. The plan shows a nil net liability on the group's balance sheet.

F-64



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

Post-employment benefits other than pensions ('other defined benefit' plans)

        The group sponsors two defined benefit post-employment plans that provide certain healthcare and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees of the North American and South African operations. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of service.

Other employee benefits

        Group companies have no other significant post-employment defined benefit obligations except for the following:

        Actuarial valuations of all plans are performed annually with the exception of our South African and United Kingdom defined benefit pension plans where an actuarial review is performed annually with an actuarial valuation being performed on a tri-annual basis.

F-65



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

        All post-employment obligations were measured at the end of the financial year.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Defined benefit
pension plans
   
  Other defined
benefit plans
   
  Defined benefit
pension plans
   
  Other defined
benefit plans
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligations

                                           

Defined benefit obligations at beginning of years

    2,069           182           1,945           175  

Current service costs

    29           4           27           4  

Past service (credits) costs

    (4 )                   1            

Interest costs

    105           11           107           11  

Plan participants' contributions

    7                     7            

Actuarial (gains) losses experience

    (4 )         5           21           (9 )

Actuarial losses assumptions

    23           4           122           7  

Gains on curtailments and settlements

    (233 )                              

Benefits paid

    (123 )         (11 )         (128 )         (11 )

Translation differences

    (42 )         (15 )         (33 )         5  
                                     

Defined benefit obligations at end of years

    1,827           180           2,069           182  
                                     

Present value of wholly unfunded obligations

    134           180           144           182  

Present value of wholly and partly funded obligations

    1,693                     1,925            

Change in fair value of plan assets

                                           

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of years

    1,808                     1,695            

Expected returns on plan assets*

    111                     114            

Actuarial (losses) gains on plan assets

    (31 )                   70            

Employer contributions

    58           11           66           11  

Plan participants' contributions

    7                     7            

Benefits paid

    (123 )         (11 )         (128 )         (11 )

Losses on curtailments and settlements

    (228 )                              

Translation differences

    (43 )                   (16 )          
                                     

Fair value of plan assets at end of years

    1,559                     1,808            
                                     

Deficits

    (268 )         (180 )         (261 )         (182 )

Unrecognised past service credits

              (2 )                   (3 )
                                     

Recognised pension/other benefit plan liabilities

    (268 )         (182 )         (261 )         (185 )
                                     

*
Net of administration costs.

F-66



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)


 
  2011   2010  
 
  Pension   Other   Pension   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Regional split of liabilities

                         

Southern Africa

    357     88     369     90  

Europe (incl UK)

    857         1,136      

North America

    613     92     564     92  
                   

Total

    1,827     180     2,069     182  
                   

 

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Pension   Other   Pension   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Regional split of assets

                         

Southern Africa

    362         399      

Europe (incl UK)

    710         935      

North America

    487         474      
                   

Total

    1,559         1,808      
                   

 

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Pension   Other   Pension   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Regional split of recognised liabilites

                         

Southern Africa

    5     (88 )   30     (90 )

Europe (incl UK)

    (147 )       (201 )    

North America

    (126 )   (94 )   (90 )   (95 )
                   

Total

    (268 )   (182 )   (261 )   (185 )
                   

F-67



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

 

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  Defined benefit
pension plans
   
  Other defined
benefit plans
   
  Defined benefit
pension plans
   
  Other defined
benefit plans
   
  Defined benefit
pension plans
   
  Other defined
benefit plans
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Periodic pension/other benefit costs recognised in income statements

                                                                   

Current service costs

    29           4           27           4           21           2  

Past service costs

    (4 )                   1                                

Interest costs

    105           11           107           11           103           10  

Expected returns on plan assets*

    (111 )                   (114 )                   (104 )          

Amortisation of past service (credits) costs

              (1 )         (6 )         (1 )         1           (1 )

Gains on curtailments and settlements

    (5 )                                                 (1 )
                                                         

Net periodic pension/other benefit costs charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

    14           14           15           14           21           10  
                                                         

Actual returns on plan assets

   
80
         
         
184
         
                         

Actual returns on plan assets (%)

    4.4 %                   10.9 %                                  

Amounts recognised in the statements of other comprehensive income

                                                                   

Actuarial (losses) gains

    (50 )         (9 )         (73 )         2                          

Cumulative actuarial losses recognised in the statements of other comprehensive income

                                                                   

Actuarial losses

    (457 )         (61 )         (407 )         (52 )                        

*
Net of administration costs.


 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  Pension   Other   Pension   Other   Pension   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Regional split of pension / benefit cost

                                     

Southern Africa

    3     9         9         6  

Europe (incl UK)

    11         13         15      

North America

        5     2     5     6     4  
                           

Total

    14     14     15     14     21     10  
                           

Assumptions

        Financial assumptions are derived by reference to market financial data and established methods recommended by actuaries. In determining the expected long-term return assumption on plan assets, Sappi considers the relative weighting of plan assets to various asset classes, the historical performance of total plan assets and individual asset classes and economic and other indicators of future performance.

F-68



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

        Peer data and historical returns are reviewed for reasonableness and appropriateness. In addition, Sappi may consult with and consider the opinions of financial and other professionals in developing appropriate return benchmarks.

 
  2011   2010  

Regional split of plan asset investment returns

             

Southern Africa

    11 %   10 %

Europe (incl UK)

    1 %   9 %

North America

    6 %   14 %

 

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Pension   Other   Pension   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Regional split of movements to OCI

                         

Southern Africa

    (33 )   (8 )   (24 )   8  

Europe (incl UK)

    29         (27 )    

North America

    (46 )   (1 )   (22 )   (6 )
                   

Total

    (50 )   (9 )   (73 )   2  
                   

 

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe   North
America
  Southern
Africa
  Europe   North
America
 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions at balance sheet dates

                                     

Discount rates (pensions) (%)

    8.75     5.02     4.50     8.25     4.05     4.90  

Compensation increases (%)**

    6.75     2.00     3.50     6.20     2.40     3.50  

Expected long-term returns on assets (%)

    9.65     4.43     7.25     9.15     4.20     8.00  

Discount rates (other benefits) (%)

    9.00         4.10     8.25         4.40  

Initial healthcare costs trend rates (%)

    7.25         7.00     6.50         7.00  

—which gradually reduce to an ultimate rate of (%)

    7.25         5.00     6.50         5.00  

—over a period of (years)

            6             7  

F-69



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)


 
  2011   2010  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe   North
America
  Southern
Africa
  Europe   North
America
 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine pension/other benefit costs

                                     

Discount rates (pensions) (%)

    8.25     4.05     4.90     9.00     4.90     5.50  

Compensation increases (%)**

    6.20     2.40     3.50     6.70     2.60     3.50  

Expected long-term return on assets (%)

    9.15     4.20     8.00     9.90     5.30     8.00  

Discount rates (other benefits) (%)

    8.25         4.40     9.00         5.20  

Initial healthcare costs trend rates (%)

    6.50         7.00     7.25         8.00  

—which gradually reduce to an ultimate rate of (%)

    6.50         5.00     7.25         5.00  

—over a period of (years)

            7             5  

**
Weighted average compensation increases of plans that use a compensation assumption.

        Demographic assumptions (the expected change in membership), are derived by reference to historic and likely future changes in membership and using established methods recommended by actuaries. Changing life expectancy of members (particularly in retirement) can have a significant effect on defined benefit obligations. The group makes provision in its defined benefit obligations for realistic life expectancy by reference to established mortality tables. Further, where recommended by actuaries, extended provisions are included in the obligations to account for expected improvements in life expectancy that are likely to be experienced by future retirees.

Illustrating life expectancy

        The table below shows sample life expectancy for a male aged 60 at fiscal year end, and life expectancy for a male aged 60 in 20 years time, taken from mortality tables used in determining regional plan obligations.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)*
  North
America
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)*
  North
America
 

Life expectancy of male aged 60 at fiscal 2011

    18.6     24.6     23.2     18.6     24.6     22.1  

Life expectancy of male aged 60 at fiscal 2031

    19.5     26.7     23.2     19.5     26.7     22.1  

*
Weighted by defined benefit obligation.

F-70



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

Illustrating Sensitivity

        The discount and salary increase rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. The table below illustrates the effect of changing key assumptions:

 
  2011  
 
  1% increase
in discount
rate
  1% decrease
in discount
rate
  1% increase
in salary
increase
rate
  1% decrease
in salary
increase
rate
  1% increase
in heath
care cost
trend rate
  1% decrease
in health
care cost
trend rate
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

(Decrease) increase in defined benefit pension obligations

    (214 )   258     30     (26 )            

(Decrease) Increase in aggregate of current service costs and interest costs

    (4 )   3                          

(Decrease) increase in defined other benefit obligations

    (18 )   21                 16     (13 )

Increase (decrease) in aggregate of current service costs and interest costs

                            2     (1 )

Investment management and strategy

        Plan fiduciaries set investment policies and strategies for the local trusts. Long-term strategic investment objectives include preserving the funded status of the trust and balancing risk and return while keeping in mind the regulatory environment in each region. The plan fiduciaries oversee the investment allocation process, which include selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic

F-71



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)


targets and rebalancing assets periodically. Target versus actual weighted average allocations (by region) are shown below:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
 
 
  (%)
 

Weighted average target asset allocation by region

                                     

Equity Securities

    37     22     38     26     21     38  

Debt Securities*

    44     60     44     47     60     44  

Real Estate

    5     2         5     5      

Other**

    14     16     18     22     14     18  

Weighted average actual asset allocation by region

                                     

Equity Securities

    34     20     36     27     20     38  

Government Debt Securities

    29     37     6     27     45     6  

Debt Securities

    18     22     42     23     19     38  

Real Estate

    5     2         5     5      

Other**

    14     19     16     18     11     18  

*
Target asset allocations do not routinely split between corporate and government bonds.

**
Investments that can transcend several asset classes, equity overlay on bond strategy, cash and near cash, funds heavily influenced by currency.

 
  Defined benefit
pension plans
  Other defined
benefit plans
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Payable in the year ending September:

             

2012

    88     12  

2013

    86     12  

2014

    88     13  

2015

    91     13  

2016

    96     13  

Years 2017–2021

    554     77  

F-72



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

The four tables below show summary data for the current annual period and the previous four annual periods:

Aggregate total of present value of the defined benefit obligations, fair value of assets and derived balance sheet liability in the defined benefit pension plans

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Defined benefit obligations

    1,827     2,069     1,945     1,414     1,607  

Fair value of assets

    1,559     1,808     1,695     1,387     1,545  
                       

Deficits

    (268 )   (261 )   (250 )   (27 )   (62 )

Unrecognised past service (credits) costs

            (6 )       1  
                       

Balance sheet liabilities

    (268 )   (261 )   (256 )   (27 )   (61 )
                       

Aggregate total of present value of the defined benefit obligations and derived balance sheet liabilities in the other benefit plans

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Defined benefit obligations—deficits

    (180 )   (182 )   (175 )   (143 )   (173 )

Unrecognised past service credits

    (2 )   (3 )   (4 )   (5 )   (6 )
                       

Balance sheet liabilities

    (182 )   (185 )   (179 )   (148 )   (179 )
                       

Actuarial (losses) gains arising in the defined benefit pension plan liabilities and plan assets

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Plan liabilities (losses) gains

    (19 )   (143 )   (254 )   173     60  

Plan assets (losses) gains

    (31 )   70     47     (189 )   41  
                       

Net (losses) gains

    (50 )   (73 )   (207 )   (16 )   101  
                       

Actuarial (losses) gains arising in the other benefit plan liabilities and plan assets

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Plan liabilities (losses) gains

    (9 )   2     (22 )   23      
                       

F-73



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS (Continued)

Reconciliation of (losses) gains in group statement of comprehensive income

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Net (losses) gains from pensions

    (50 )   (73 )   (207 )   (16 )   101  

Net (losses) gains from other defined benefits

    (9 )   2     (22 )   23      
                       

Net (losses) gains in group statement of comprehensive income

    (59 )   (71 )   (229 )   7     101  
                       

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust

        Shareholders, at prior annual general meetings, fixed the aggregate number of shares which may be acquired by all participants under the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (Scheme) and The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (Plan) at 19,000,000 shares (equivalent to 7.89% of the shares then in issue). Subsequent to the December 2008 rights offering, this number of shares increased to 42,700,870 shares (still equivalent to 7.89% of the shares in issue).

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (Scheme)

        Certain managerial employees are eligible to participate in the Scheme. Under the rules of the Scheme, participants (a) may be offered options to acquire ordinary shares (Share options), (b) may be offered the opportunity to acquire ordinary shares (Scheme shares), or (c) may be granted options to enter into agreements with the company to acquire ordinary shares (Allocation shares). In recent years, only Share Options have been offered to participants.

        Under the rules of the Scheme:

        The amount payable by a participant is the closing price at which shares are traded on the JSE Limited on the trading date immediately preceding the date upon which the board authorised the grant of the opportunity to acquire relevant Share options, Scheme shares, or Allocation shares, as the case may be.

F-74



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The Share options, Scheme shares and Allocation shares vest in blocks of 25% per annum on the anniversary date of the offer and expire eight years after the offer date. Only once the shares vest, may Share options be exercised by the participants, may Scheme shares be released from the Scheme to participants and may Allocation shares be delivered to participants. For allocations prior to November 2004, the Share options, Scheme shares and Allocation shares vested in blocks of 20% per annum on the anniversary date of the offer and expired 10 years after the offer date.

        The Scheme rules provide that appropriate adjustments are to be made to the rights of participants in the event that the company, inter alia, undertakes a rights offer, a capitalisation issue, or consolidation of ordinary shares or any reduction in its ordinary share capital.

The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (Plan)

        Under the rules of the Plan, participants who are officers and other employees of the company, may be awarded conditional contracts to acquire ordinary shares for no cash consideration. The conditional contracts are subject to performance criteria being met or exceeded after the fourth anniversary date, for ordinary shares to be allotted or transferred to the participants of the Plan. Should the performance criteria not be met, then the number of shares allotted are adjusted downwards from 100% to 75%, or 50%, or none depending on the degree of not meeting the criteria. The performance criteria, which entails a benchmarking of the company's performance against an appropriate peer group of companies, is set by the board at the offer date, for each conditional share award.

        The Plan rules provide that appropriate adjustments are to be made to the rights of participants in the event that the company, inter alia, undertakes: a rights offer, or is a party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its issued share capital or reduces its share capital.

        The Plan rules also provide that if:

(a)
the company undergoes a change in control after an allocation date other than a change in control initiated by the board itself; or

(b)
the persons who have control of the company as at an allocation date, take any decision, pass any resolution or take any action the effect of which is to delist the company from the JSE Limited and the company becomes aware of such decision, resolution, or action; then the company is obligated to notify every Participant thereof on the basis that such Participant may within a period of one month (or such longer period as the board may permit) take delivery of those shares which they would have been entitled to had the Performance Criteria been achieved.

Rights offer

        Following the December 2008 rights offer and in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme and the Plan, adjustments were made in fiscal 2009 to the rights of the Participants so that they were neither better nor worse off than prior to the rights offer. This resulted in additional offers being made to Participants in respect of all outstanding offers at the time of the rights offer. As in the case of shareholders that exercised their rights, the Participants of the Plan will be required to pay the rights offer price of ZAR20.27 per share should the shares vest. Similarly, the Participants of the Scheme may only

F-75



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)


exercise their additional options, awarded as a result of the rights offer, in conjunction with exercising their pre-rights offer options and upon payment of the rights offer price of ZAR20.27 per share.

Number of shares
  2011
Total
  2010
Total
 

Allocations

             

During the year, the following offers were made to employees:

             

Share options

    2,818,000     2,889,010  

Conditional share awards

    1,567,400     2,565,300  

Share options and conditional share awards declined

    (41,900 )   (65,900 )
           

    4,343,500     5,388,410  
           

        Scheme shares, Share options, Restricted shares, Performance shares and Allocation shares activities were as follows during the financial years ended September 2011 and 2010:

 
  Scheme
Shares(1)
  Restricted
Shares(2)
  Share
options(3)
  Performance
shares(2)(4)
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
(ZAR)(5)
  Allocation
Shares(3)
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
(ZAR)(5)
  Total
Shares
 

Outstanding at September 2009

    2,860,372         8,244,380     9,965,560     29.33     1,845,950     65.24     22,916,262  

—Offered and accepted

            2,889,010     2,565,300     17.93             5,454,310  

—Paid for/released

                (11,000 )   11.06             (11,000 )

—Returned, lapsed and forfeited

            (974,630 )   (3,207,020 )   14.48     (806,800 )   77.61     (4,988,450 )
                                   

Outstanding at September 2010

    2,860,372         10,158,760     9,312,840     27.91     1,039,150     56.15     23,371,122  

—Offered and accepted

            2,776,100     1,567,400     22.50             4,343,500  

—Paid for/released

    (855,191 )       (32,312 )   (1,566,186 )   22.17             (2,453,689 )

—Returned, lapsed and forfeited

            (1,379,508 )   (1,933,154 )   28.36     (606,650 )   62.43     (3,919,312 )
                                   

Outstanding at September 2011

    2,005,181         11,523,040     7,380,900     27.28     432,500     47.34     21,341,621  
                                   

Exercisable at September 2009

    752,600         4,835,090         55.60     1,845,950     65.24     7,433,640  

Exercisable at September 2010

    202,040         5,184,568         49.33     1,039,150     56.15     6,425,758  

Exercisable at September 2011

    35,860         5,565,298         44.70     432,500     47.34     6,033,658  

(1)
The number of Scheme shares, which are not subject to credit sales amounts to 1,969,321 (2010: 2,658,332), includes 1,026,794 rights offer Scheme shares taken up at ZAR20.27 per share, included in offered and accepted in the 2009 year.

(2)
Restricted shares (awarded on an ad-hoc basis to certain individuals on various terms and conditions) and Performance shares are issued for no cash consideration. The value is determined on the day the shares are taken up.

(3)
Issued in terms of the Scheme.

(4)
Issued in terms of the Plan.

(5)
The share options are issued in South African Rands.

F-76



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The fair value of Scheme shares held at September 2011 was US$5.9 million (2010: US$13.5 million).

        The following table sets out the number of share options outstanding at the end of September, excluding the Scheme shares:

 
  2011   2010   Vesting
conditions
  Vesting
date
  Expiry
date
  Exercise
price
(ZAR)
 

Share options:

                               

13 February 2003 (i)

          1,274,980   Time   (ii)   13 February 2011     62.34  

30 December 2003 (i)

    238,150     267,190   Time   (ii)   30 December 2011     47.08  

14 January 2004 (i)

    1,106,640     1,208,280   Time   (ii)   14 January 2012     47.08  

25 March 2004 (i)

    2,200     2,200   Time   (ii)   25 March 2012     50.42  

13 December 2004 (i)

    1,800,080     1,993,900   Time   (ii)   13 December 2012     46.51  

12 December 2007 (i)

    1,055,260     1,168,560   Time   (ii)   12 December 2015     52.57  

19 March 2008 (i)

    518,760     531,740   Time   (ii)   19 March 2016     55.97  

22 December 2008

    1,846,640     1,990,850   Time   (ii)   22 December 2016     35.50  

09 December 2009

    2,631,810     2,760,210   Time   (ii)   09 December 2017     33.85  

03 December 2010

    2,756,000         Time   (ii)   03 December 2017     35.20  

Performance shares:

                               

29 January 2007 (i)

          110,000   Performance   29 January 2011   N/A     N/A  

31 May 2007 (i)

          2,960,540   Performance   31 May 2011   N/A     N/A  

02 July 2007 (i)

          220,000   Performance   02 July 2011   N/A     N/A  

10 September 2007 (i)

          55,000   Performance   10 September 2011   N/A     N/A  

12 December 2007 (i)

    1,124,200     1,155,000   Performance   12 December 2011   N/A     N/A  

19 March 2008 (i)

    451,000     451,000   Performance   12 March 2012   N/A     N/A  

23 December 2008

    1,782,000     1,815,000   Performance   22 December 2012   N/A     N/A  

09 December 2009

    2,496,300     2,546,300   Performance   09 December 2013   N/A     N/A  

03 December 2010

    1,527,400         Performance   03 December 2014   N/A     N/A  
                             

    19,336,440     20,510,750                    
                             

(i)
During the 2009 year, there was a rights issue of 6 shares for every 5 shares held at ZAR20.27 per share. According to the rules of the Scheme, this was also offered to participants. Not all the participants took up their rights.

(ii)
These vest over four or five years depending on the date of allocation.

F-77



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The following assumptions have been utilised to determine the fair value of the shares granted in the financial period in terms of the Scheme and the Plan:

 
  Issue 36   Issue 36   Issue 36

Date of grant

  3-Dec-10   3-Dec-10   3-Dec-10

Type of award

  Normal Option   Performance   Performance

Share Price at grant date

  ZAR35.57   ZAR35.57   ZAR35.57

Strike Price of share

  ZAR35.20    

Vesting Period

  4 years   4 years   4 years

Vesting conditions

  Proportionately over time   Market related—relative to peers   Cash flow return on net assets relative to peers

Life of options

  8 years   N/A   N/A

Market related vesting conditions

  N/A   Yes   No

Percentage expected to vest

  N/A   41.0%   100%

Number of shares offered

  2,818,000   783,700   783,700

Volatility

  42.3%   55.0%   N/A

Risk free discount rate

  5.7%   1.4% (US yield)   N/A

Expected dividend yield

  2.5%   1.7%   1.7%

Expected percentage of issuance

  95%   95%   95%

Model used to value

  Modified binomial   Monte-carlo   Market price

Fair value of option

  ZAR14.05   ZAR25.06   ZAR26.68

        Volatility has been determined with reference to the historic volatility of the Sappi share price over the expected period.

        Share options, Allocation shares, Restricted shares and Performance shares to executive directors that are included earlier in this note, are as follows:

 
  2011
Number of
options/shares
  2010
Number of
options/shares
 

At beginning of year

    1,087,200     968,000  

Share options, Restricted shares and Performance shares granted

    283,000     315,000  

Share options and Allocation shares exercised or declined

    (110,000 )    

Shares removed on resignation, retirement of directors or forfeited

    (143,000 )   (195,800 )
           

At end of year

    1,117,200     1,087,200  
           

F-78



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the 1,117,200 Share options and Performance shares granted by Sappi to executive directors:

Issue Date
  Number of
options/
shares(1)
  Expiry date   Exercise price
(ZAR)(1)
 

30 December 2003

    39,600   30 December 2011     47.08  

13 December 2004

    39,600   13 December 2012     46.51  

12 December 2007(2)

    198,000   12 December 2011      

22 December 2008(2)

    242,000   13 December 2012      

09 December 2009(2)

    315,000   09 December 2013      

03 December 2010(2)

    283,000   03 December 2014      
                 

    1,117,200            
                 

(1)
Adjusted for the Share options, Restricted shares and Performance shares granted as a result of the rights issue.

(2)
Performance shares.

        Refer to the compensation report for further information on Directors participation in the Scheme and the Plan.

        No new loans have been granted to the executive directors since 28 March 2002.

Black Economic Empowerment

        In June 2010, Sappi completed a Black Economic Empowerment ('BEE') transaction (the 'BEE Transaction') that enabled Sappi to meet its BEE targets in respect of BEE equity ownership. The South African government has through the years promulgated various pieces of legislation to increase the participation of Historically Disadvantaged South Africans ('HDSAs') in the South African economy and, through BEE legislation, formalised the country's approach in this regard. Sappi views BEE as a key requirement for sustainable growth and social development in South Africa.

        In April 2006, Sappi announced a BEE transaction (the 'Plantation BEE Transaction') that included a consortium of investors and certain categories of Sappi's South African employees. However, the Plantation BEE Transaction did not meet Sappi's undertakings under the Forestry Charter gazetted in June 2009 (which sets the objectives and principles for BBBEE ('Broad-based Black Economic Empowerment') in the forestry industry and includes the BBBEE scorecard and targets to be applied, as well as certain undertakings by government and South African forestry companies to assist the forestry industry to achieve its BBBEE targets). Accordingly, Sappi decided to unwind the Plantation BEE Transaction and to implement the BEE Transaction, a new sustainable transaction of equivalent value using its listed securities.

        The BEE transaction has resulted in potentially 4.5% of the issued share capital of Sappi being held as follows:

F-79



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

The BEE Transaction

        The BEE Transaction comprised two distinct parts:

        The number of ordinary shares allocated to the Strategic Partners and Sappi employees who were participants of the Plantation BEE Transaction are as follows:

 
  Ordinary share allocation  

Entity

       

Strategic Partners:

       
 

Lereko Investments (Proprietary) Limited

    1,971,693  
 

Malibongwe Women Development Trust

    432,842  
 

AMB Capital Limited

    643,221  
       

    3,047,756  

Employees (through the ESOP Trust)

    1,280,597  
       

Total

    4,328,353  
       

F-80



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

28.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The number of 'A' ordinary shares allocated to the BEE Trusts are as follows:

Entity
  'A' Ordinary
share
allocation
 

ESOP Trust

    13,889,195  

MSOP Trust

    3,642,969  

Sappi Foundation Trust

    2,429,312  
       

Total

    19,961,476  
       

        The group recognised a share-based payment expense of US$5 million (2010: US$4 million) in fiscal 2011 that related to the 'A' Ordinary shares that were awarded.

        The following assumptions were utilised to determine the fair value of the 'A' Ordinary shares granted:

Base price for hurdle rate price

    ZAR32.50  

Share price hurdle rate

    9.1 %

Hurdle rate price

    75.34  

Dividend yield (unadjusted)

    3.0 %

Volatility

    40.0 %

Dividend payout

    Straight-line vesting  

Straight-line dividend payout rate

    50.0 %

Employee turnover (annual)

    6.6 %

Management turnover (annual)

    9.4 %

Model used to value

    Black Scholes Model  

        Both the ESOP Trust and MSOP Trust have been set up with rules that detail the way in which the shares are allocated and how they are forfeited.

        The vesting schedule for the MSOP and ESOP is illustrated below:

Completed months of service after effective date
  Incremental vesting of entitlements (%)   Cumulative vesting of entitlements (%)  

0-35

         

36-48

    40     40  

49-60

    10     50  

61-72

    10     60  

73-84

    10     70  

85-96

    10     80  

97-108

    10     90  

109-Termination Date

    10     100  

        Refer to note 17 for further details regarding the 'A' ordinary shares.

F-81



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The group's financial instruments consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable, borrowings and derivative instruments.

Introduction

        The principal risks to which Sappi is exposed through financial instruments are:

        The group's main financial risk management objectives are to identify, measure and manage the above risks as more fully discussed under the individual risk headings below.

        Sappi's Group Treasury is comprised of two components: Sappi International, located in Brussels, which manages the group's non-South African treasury activities and, for local regulatory reasons, the operations based in Johannesburg which manage the group's southern African treasury activities.

        These two operations collaborate closely and are primarily responsible for the group's interest rate, foreign currency, liquidity and credit risk (insofar as it relates to deposits of cash, cash equivalents and financial investments).

        Credit risk (insofar as it relates to trade receivables) is primarily managed regionally but is co-ordinated on a group basis, whilst commodity price risk is managed regionally.

        The group's Limits of Authority framework delegates responsibility and approval authority to various officers, committees and boards based on the nature, duration and size of the various transactions entered into by, and exposures of, the group including the exposures and transactions relating to the financial instruments and risks referred to in this note.

a)    Market risk

Interest rate risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a borrowing or an investment will change due to a change in the absolute level of interest rates, the spread between two rates, the shape of the yield curve or any other interest rate relationship.

        The group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The group monitors market conditions and may utilise approved interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest rate loans in response to changes in the interest rate environment. Hedging of interest rate risk for periods greater than one year is only allowed if income

F-82



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


statement volatility can be minimised by means of hedge accounting, fair value accounting or other means. The group's exposure to interest rate risk is set out below.

Interest-bearing borrowings

        The following table provides information about Sappi's current and non-current borrowings that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents cash flows by expected maturity dates and the estimated fair value of borrowings. The average fixed effective interest rates presented are based on weighted average contract rates applicable to the amount expected to mature in each respective year. Forward-looking average variable effective interest rates for the financial years ended September 2011 and thereafter are based on the yield curves for each respective currency as published by Reuters on 02 October 2011. The information is presented in US Dollar, which is the group's reporting currency.

 
  Expected maturity date    
   
   
   
 
 
  Total
Carrying
Value
  2011
Fair
Value
  2010
Carrying
Value
  2010
Fair
Value
 
 
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017+  
 
  (US$ equivalent in millions)
 

US Dollar

                                                             

Fixed rate debt(1)

            285             218     503     541     1,015     1,133  
 

Average interest rate (%)

            12.65             7.58     10.45           8.50        

Variable rate debt(2)

            111             361     472     476     136     136  
 

Average interest rate (%)

            4.58             7.36     6.71           2.31        

Euro

                                                             

Fixed rate debt

    15     2     432             330     779     888     868     1,066  
 

Average interest rate (%)

    5.64     3.97     12.74             6.73     10.03           10.80        

Variable rate debt(3)

    234     20     257                 511     511     453     453  
 

Average interest rate (%)

    3.68     4.00     5.08                 3.24           2.74        

Rand

                                                             

Fixed rate debt

    200     179     26     6     62         473     507     536     556  
 

Average interest rate (%)

    11.11     9.77     11.01     11.67     9.63         10.41           10.36        

Total

                                                             

Fixed rate debt

    215     181     743     6     62     548     1,755     1,936     2,419     2,755  
 

Average interest rate (%)

    10.72     9.70     12.65     11.10     9.59     7.07     10.25           9.74        

Variable rate debt

    234     20     368             361     983     987     589     589  
 

Average interest rate (%)

    3.68     4.00     4.93             7.36     4.90           2.64        
                                           

Fixed and variable

    449     201     1,111     6     62     909     2,738     2,923     3,008     3,344  
                                           

Current portion

                                        449     463     691     732  

Long term portion

                                        2,289     2,460     2,317     2,612  
                                                       

Total interest-bearing borrowings (refer note 20)

                                        2,738     2,923     3,008     3,344  
                                                       

(1)
US Dollar fixed rates have been swapped into Euro fixed rates. These swaps are subject to hedge accounting.

(2)
The US Dollar floating interest rates are based on the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (LIBOR).

(3)
The Euro floating interest rates are based on the European Inter-bank Offered Rate (EURIBOR).

F-83



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The fair value of non-current borrowings is estimated by Sappi based on rates from market quotations for non-current borrowings with fixed interest rates and on quotations provided by internationally recognised pricing services for notes, exchange debentures and revenue bonds.

        The above mentioned fair values include Sappi's own credit risk. Please refer to the sensitivity analysis on interest rate risk in this note for additional information regarding Sappi's rating.

        The range of interest rates in respect of all non-current borrowings comprising both fixed and floating rate obligations, is between 3.68% and 12.74% (depending on currency). At September 2011, 64% of Sappi's borrowings were at fixed rates of interest, and 36% were at floating rates. Fixed rates of interest are based on contract rates.

        A detailed analysis of the group's borrowings is presented in note 20.

Interest rate derivatives

        Sappi uses interest rate options, caps, swaps (IRS) and interest rate and currency swaps (IRCS) as a means of managing interest rate risk associated with outstanding debt entered into in the normal course of business. Sappi does not use these instruments for speculative purposes. Interest rate derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss for the period or in other comprehensive income, depending on the hedge designation as described in a documented hedging strategy.

        There is an existing fixed for fixed interest and currency swap which has been designated as a hedge of future cash flows linked to fixed rate debt denominated in foreign currency. The swap corresponds to the underlying US$300 million Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and converts all future US Dollar cash flows to Euro.

        As at September 2011, the effectiveness test of the above mentioned hedge showed a 100% hedge effectiveness. The swaps showed a total positive fair value of US$21 million, of which, the positive fair value of the currency leg of the swap of US$18 million was booked to profit or loss to offset the corresponding foreign currency unrealised gain on the revaluation of the underlying hedged item, while the remaining positive fair value of the interest leg of the swap of US$3 million was deferred in equity.

        In April 2011, Sappi entered into a new interest rate swap (IRS) converting the fixed rate of 6.625% on the underlying US$350 million Senior Secured Notes due 2021 into variable rates. This hedge has been designated as a fair value hedge whereby changes in the fair value of the fixed rate debt including the principal par value as well as the first ten coupon payments (October 2011 until April 2016) resulting from fluctuations in the US Libor swap curve, are offset against the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument. Changes in the fair value of the underlying debt attributable to changes in the credit spread are excluded from the hedging relationship. The carrying value of the hedged debt is adjusted to reflect the changes in fair value related to changes in interest rates only. This is offset by the change in fair value of the derivative which reflects changes in fair value related to both interest rate risk and credit risk. Sappi has determined at inception and in subsequent periods that the derivative is highly effective in offsetting the fair value exposure of the designated debt.

F-84



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        At September 2011, the above mentioned fair value hedge was highly effective and the swaps had a positive fair value of US$19 million which has been offset by the negative fair value adjustment to the bonds of US$22 million, resulting in a net negative impact on the income statement of US$3 million.

        Overview of the outstanding derivatives as at fiscal year end:

 
   
   
  2011   2010  
 
  Interest Rate   Maturity date   Nominal
value
  Fair value(1)   Nominal
value
  Fair value(1)  
 
   
   
  (US$ million)
 

IRCS

  US Dollar 12.00% into EUR 12.19%     August 2014     300     21     300     19  

IRS

  US Dollar 6.625% to variable (LIBOR)     April 2016     350     19          
                                 

                    40           19  
                                 

(1)
This refers to the carrying value.

        The fair values of the IRCS and IRS are the estimated amount that Sappi would pay or receive to terminate the agreement at the balance sheet date after taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties as well as the specific relationships of the Sappi group with those counterparties. However, this amount excludes the possible breakage and other fees that would be incurred in case of a sale before the maturity date.

        Please refer to the 'Hedge accounting' section in this note for further information.

Summary sensitivity analyses: external interest rate derivatives

        The following is a sensitivity analysis of the impact on profit or loss in US Dollar of a change in fair value of interest rate derivative instruments due to changes in the interest rate basis points (bps). The sensitivity analysis of floating rate debt, is carried out separately (see below).

        IRCS converting fixed US Dollar rates into fixed Euro rates in US$ million:

Scenario Name
  Base
value
  Scenario
value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps EURIBOR-6M

    (380.1 )   (384.9 )   (4.8 )   (1.3 )

+50 bps EURIBOR-6M

    (380.1 )   (375.4 )   4.7     1.2  

 

Scenario Name
  Base
value
  Scenario
value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    401.1     406.2     5.1     1.3  

+50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    401.1     396.2     (4.9 )   (1.2 )

        The derivative converts fixed US Dollar interest payments of 12% into fixed Euro interest coupons, as well as the redemption of principal amounts at maturity. The fair value of the instrument is subject to changes of both, the inherent exchange rates and interest rates. Fair value changes of the derivative caused by currencies are neutralised by currency changes in the underlying external debt.

F-85



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        At the end of fiscal 2011, the net fair value of the derivative amounted to a positive amount of US$21 million (gross "Base value" in the table above: negative US$380.1 million for the Euro leg and a positive US$401.1 million for the US Dollar leg) of which a positive amount of US$18 million was due to the exchange rate movement between inception and the reporting date. This amount is compensated for by the opposite movement of the underlying US Dollar external debt and therefore has no impact on profit or loss. The portion of the fair value due to interest rate movements amounts to a positive value of US$3 million and has been recorded in other comprehensive income. This value will reduce to zero at maturity.

        For the period outstanding, the table above shows the impact that a shift of 50 bps on the LIBOR/EURIBOR curve would have on fair value. A decrease in the US Dollar LIBOR adds to the fair value, as does an increase of the EURIBOR. When the Euro and the US Dollar interest rates move the same way, the one roughly compensates the other. If the rates would drift in opposite directions, a shift of 50 bps would result in an impact of approximately US$9.8 million.

        The largest shift experienced over the last twelve-month period was a positive net movement of 0.47%, due to a decrease in US Dollar rates of 0.29% and an increase in the Euro rates of 0.76%. Applied to the fair value as at the end of fiscal 2011, this would have resulted in a positive change in fair value of US$10 million.

Scenario Name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-29 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    401.1     404.0     2.9     0.7  

+76 bps EURIBOR-6M

    (380.1 )   (373.0 )   7.1     1.9  
                         

Total

                10.0        
                         

        The above analysis measures the impact on profit or loss that a change in fair value of the interest rate derivatives would have if the specified scenarios were to occur.

        IRS converting fixed US Dollar rates into variable rates:

Scenario Name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (353.4 )   (353.5 )   (0.1 )   (0.03 )

+50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (353.4 )   (353.3 )   0.1     0.03  

 

Scenario Name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps ST-/LT+ USD-LIBOR-3M

    (353.4 )   (353.5 )   (0.1 )   (0.03 )

+50 bps ST+/LT- USD-LIBOR-3M

    (353.4 )   (353.3 )   0.1     0.03  

        The combination of the interest rate swaps and the underlying bonds is sensitive to the change in short-term and long-term interest rates. However, as the critical terms of the bond and the swap match, the residual ineffectiveness is not expected to be material.

F-86



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The above sensitivity analysis demonstrates this effect. The first scenario tests movements on the US Dollar interest rate curve in the same direction (parallel shift), whereas the second scenario tests the impact of a pivoting curve where short-term and long-term rates move in opposite directions.

Sensitivity analysis: interest rate risk—in case of a credit rating downgrade of Sappi

        The following table shows the sensitivity of securitisation debt to changes in the group's own credit rating. The on-balance sheet securitisation agreement (refer to note 20) stipulates that upon a downgrade of the corporate family rating of Sappi Ltd below BB- by Standard & Poor's or a downgrade of the long-term issuer credit rating of Sappi Ltd below Ba3 by Moody's, the transaction margin would increase by 25 basis points.

        Please note that the change in value of the securitisation debt is included in the sensitivity analysis of floating rate debt in the table below:

Securitisation programme covering Sappi Fine Paper
North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and
Sappi Trading
  Notional   Impact on income
statement of a one notch
downgrade below
current credit rating
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Elektra Purchase N° 29 Ltd. 

    368     1  
           

Sub-total

    368     1  
           

Impact calculated on total portfolio amounts to

    0.30 %      

        The table below shows the sensitivity of certain fixed rate debt to changes in the group's own credit rating. The agreements of these specific external loans stipulate that if the company were downgraded below our current rating, an additional margin would be added to the contractual funding rate.

        External loan agreements sensitive to the group's own credit rating

 
  Notional   Impact on income
statement of
downgrade below
BB "secured" credit rating
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Commitment fee on unused revolving credit facility

    335     1  

Interest on utilised bank syndicated loan

    134     1  

Interest on utilised bank loan

    23      
           

Sub-total

    492     2  
           

Impact calculated on total portfolio amounts to

    0.52 %      

F-87



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Sensitivity analysis: interest rate risk of floating rate debt

 
  Total   Fixed rate   Floating rate   Impact on income
statement of
50 bps interest
 
 
   
  (US$ million)
   
 

Total debt

    2,738     1,755     983     5  
                   

Ratio fixed/floating to total debt

          64 %   36 %      

        The floating rate debt represents 36% of total debt. If interest rates were to increase (decrease) by 50 bps, the finance cost on floating rate debt would increase (decrease) by US$5 million.

Currency risk

        Sappi is exposed to economic, transaction and translation currency risks. The objective of the group in managing currency risk is to ensure that foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and actively managed.

        In managing currency risk, the group first makes use of internal hedging techniques with external hedging being applied thereafter. External hedging techniques consist primarily of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and currency options. Foreign currency capital expenditure on projects must be covered as soon as practical (subject to regulatory approval).

F-88



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Currency risk analysis

        In the preparation of the currency risk analysis, the derivative instrument has been allocated to the currency which the underlying instrument has been hedging.

 
  Total   Total in
Scope(1)
  USD   EUR   ZAR   GBP   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

2011

                                           

Financial assets

                                           

Other non-current assets

    104     25         12     9         4  

Non-current derivative financial assets(2)

    41     41     414     (411 )   38          

Trade and other receivables

    831     735     284     351     21     39     40  

Current derivative financial assets(2)

    3     3     (2 )   (52 )   68         (11 )

Cash and cash equivalents

    639     639     130     225     278     1     5  
                                 

          1,443     826     125     414     40     38  

Financial liabilities

                                           

Non-current interest-bearing borrowings

    2,289     2,289     975     1,042     272          

Other non-current liabilities

    553     2     2                  

Current interest-bearing borrowings

    449     449         249     200          

Overdraft

    1     1                     1  

Current derivative financial liabilities(2)

    10     10     9             1      

Trade and other payables

    1,065     840     145     475     208         12  
                                 

          3,591     1,131     1,766     680     1     13  
                                 

Foreign exchange gap

          (2,148 )   (305 )   (1,641 )   (266 )   39     25  
                                 

(1)
This refers to items that are within the scope of IAS 39.

(2)
The amount disclosed with respect to derivative instruments, reflects the currency which the derivative instrument is covering.

F-89



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Currency risk analysis (Continued)


 
  Total   Total in
Scope(1)
  USD   EUR   ZAR   GBP   Other  
 
  (US$ million)
 

2010

                                           

Financial assets

                                           

Other non-current assets

    105     29     2     13     13         1  

Non-current derivative financial assets(2)

    19     19     422     (403 )            

Trade and other receivables

    889     777     296     366     24     56     35  

Current derivative financial assets(2)

    15     15     15                  

Cash and cash equivalents

    792     792     337     320     128     1     6  
                                 

          1,632     1,072     296     165     57     42  

Financial liabilities

                                           

Non-current interest-bearing borrowings

    2,317     2,317     1,015     830     472          

Current interest-bearing borrowings

    691     691     136     490     65          

Overdraft

    5     5     4     1              

Current derivative financial liabilities(2)

    3     3     (2 )   (1 )   6          

Trade and other payables

    1,270     991     221     436     286     18     30  
                                 

          4,007     1,374     1,756     829     18     30  
                                 

Foreign exchange gap

          (2,375 )   (302 )   (1,460 )   (664 )   39     12  
                                 

(1)
This refers to items that are within the scope of IAS 39.

(2)
The amount disclosed with respect to derivative instruments, reflects the currency which the derivative instrument is covering.

        The above table does not indicate the group's foreign exchange exposure, it only shows the financial instruments assets and liabilities classified per underlying currency.

F-90



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The group's foreign currency forward exchange contracts at September 2011 are detailed below:

 
   
  2011   2010  
 
   
  Contract amount
(Notional amount)
  Fair value
(unfavourable)
favourable
  Contract amount
(Notional amount)
  Fair value
favourable
(unfavourable)
 
 
   
  (US$ million)
 

Foreign currency

                             

Bought:

 

US Dollar

    4         7      

 

Euro

    (21 )       43      

 

ZAR

                 

Sold:

 

US Dollar

   
(109

)
 
(8

)
 
(232

)
 
15
 

 

Euro

    117     (1 )   (98 )   (2 )

 

ZAR

    (100 )   4     (5 )    
                       

        (109 )   (5 )   (285 )   13  
                       

        The fair value of foreign currency contracts has been computed by the group using the market data at the end of fiscal 2011.

        All forward currency exchange contracts are valued at fair value with the resultant profit or loss included in net finance costs for the period.

        Forward exchange contracts are used to hedge the group against potential unfavourable exchange rate movements that may occur on recognised financial assets and liabilities or planned future commitments.

        The foreign currency forward exchange contracts have different maturities, with the most extended maturity date being September 2013.

        As at the year end, there was an open exposure of US$49 million that has since been hedged.

Sensitivity analysis—(loss) gain

Base currency
  Exposure   +10%   -10%  
 
  (US$ million)
 

EUR

    (10.0 )   (0.9 )   1.2  

GBP

    (1.0 )   (0.1 )   0.1  

CHF

    11.0     1.0     (1.2 )

SEK

    1.0     0.1     (0.2 )

JPY

    2.0     0.1     (0.2 )

ZAR

    (20.0 )   (1.8 )   2.2  

Other currencies

    (32.0 )   (2.9 )   3.6  
               

TOTAL

    (49 )   (4.5 )   5.5  
               

F-91



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        Based on the exposure as at the end of fiscal 2011, if the foreign currency rates had moved 10% upwards or downwards compared to the closing rates, the result would have been impacted by a loss of US$4.5 million or a gain of US$5.5 million respectively.

        During 2011, we have contracted non-deliverable average rate foreign exchange transactions for a total notional value of US$145 million which were used as an overlay hedge of export sales. Since these contracts have all matured before the end of fiscal 2011, these constitute non-representative positions. The total impact on profit or loss amounts to a loss of US$0.2 million.

Hedge accounting

1.     Fair value hedges

        The group has the following fair value hedges which qualify for hedge accounting:

        Until June 2009, the group had fair value hedges which qualified for hedge accounting. As the hedging instrument was sold in 2009, hedge accounting was ceased. The result of the sale of the hedging instrument was booked to the income statement in 2009.

        The final life-to-date fair value adjustment of the underlying bonds on the date of the sale of the swaps is amortised over the life of the initial hedge designation period and amounted to US$46 million. In the course of 2010, US$136 million of the underlying bonds have been redeemed prior to maturity and the corresponding amortisation had been booked immediately to the income statement. During 2011, Sappi repurchased and redeemed its US$500 million 6.75% Guaranteed Notes due June 2012. This resulted in the immediate release to the income statement of the corresponding non-amortised portion of the fair value adjustment.

        The table below discloses the impact of the amortisation on the profit and loss account:

Fiscal period
  US$ million  

2009

    4  

2010

    21  

2011

    18  

2012

    3  
       

Total

    46  
       

        Sappi Papier Holding issued US$350 million Senior Secured Notes due 2021. The fixed rates of the bonds were swapped into 6-month US Dollar LIBOR rates set in advance. The new hedge qualifies for fair value hedge accounting as all the material terms of the swaps match the terms of the underlying bond.

        The bonds and the swaps are revalued on a monthly basis and show movements in line with changing market conditions. All market movements are reversed over time and the fair value of the bonds will at maturity revert to the nominal amount of the bonds. As the swaps were contracted at the same time as the issuance of the bonds, the designated benchmark value of the bonds corresponds to the nominal amount. The only income statement impact will be any residual ineffectiveness, which is not

F-92



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


expected to be material. The initial mark-to-market value of the swaps of US$2.1 million is reflecting the pricing of the swap and the difference between the mid-market curve, used for marking-to-market, and the effective market curve at which the swaps were contracted.

        Sappi uses the REVALHedgeRx module (REVAL), a web-based application that provides treasury and risk management solutions. The application is supplied by Reval.Com, Inc., a financial technology company based in New York and is used to assess both the prospective and the retrospective effectiveness of a fair value hedge relationship.

        The statistical method chosen to measure prospective and retrospective effectiveness is the linear regression analysis.

        REVAL uses past data to demonstrate that a hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective in a prospective hedge effectiveness test.

        The number of data points used to measure the effectiveness and the frequency of the data must be consistent over the life of the hedge for both prospective and retrospective testing and must be appropriate given the particularities of the hedge. It is therefore considered appropriate to use 60 monthly rolling data points. The monthly data points correspond to the historical Sappi month-end dates.

        In order to create a complete set of data for the regression analysis, both the hedging instrument and the hedged item are back-dated at inception date by creating a proxy trade. Actual historical 3-month US Dollar LIBOR curves are used to generate net present values of the proxy trades. As time passes, REVAL will update the regression by adding new actual observations and excluding the same number of the oldest simulated observations from the data set.

        The prospective test is considered to be identical to the retrospective test, which implies that for the prospective test, the same past data (i.e. actual historical curves and remaining cash flows at each Sappi month-end date of the retrospective test) is used as for the retrospective test.

        The swap was highly effective in a retrospective hedge effectiveness test.

        Changes in fair value will represent period-to-period changes in "clean" fair value (accruals of interest excluded).

F-93



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The following is an analysis of the impact on pre-tax profit and loss for the period based on the consolidated accounts translated at average rates:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  at average rate
favourable
(unfavourable)

  at average rate
favourable

 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Fair value hedges

             

Realised result on termination of interest rate swaps

    1      

Amortisation of de-designated hedges

    18     21  

Residual ineffectiveness

    (3 )    

     

—gain on hedging instruments

    19      

—loss on hedged item

    (22 )    

     

Total

    16     21  
           

2.     Cash flow hedges

Interest and currency swaps

        In August 2009, Sappi entered into a fixed for fixed interest and currency swap, which has been designated as a hedge of future cash flows linked to fixed rate debt denominated in foreign currency. The swap corresponds to the underlying US$300 million Senior Secured Notes due 2014. The swap converts all future US Dollar cash flows into Euro.

        The effective gains and losses from changes in fair value of these derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income. These accumulated gains and losses will be recycled to profit or loss in the same line as the hedged item at the moment the hedged item affects profit or loss (interest expense and foreign currency revaluation).

        Sappi uses REVAL to assess the fair value of the IRCS and to measure the effectiveness of the cash flow hedge relationship.

        At inception and at the beginning of each quarterly reporting period, the future effectiveness of the hedge relationship is assessed using the critical terms match.

        In order to measure retrospective hedge effectiveness, a hypothetical derivative with identical critical terms as the hedged item has been built as a perfect hedge. The periodic dollar-offset retrospective hedge effectiveness test is based on the comparison of the actual past periodical changes in fair value between the hedging derivative and the hypothetical derivative. For effectiveness, the ratio of the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument since inception or since the last quarterly measurement divided by the periodic change in fair value of the hypothetical derivative since inception or since the last quarterly measurement for the hedge must fall within the range of 80% to 125%. If however, both changes in fair value are less than 1% of the notional amount of the IRCS, these changes in fair value are considered to be both immaterial and the hedge effectiveness test is met.

F-94



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The counterparties of the hedging instruments are tested for creditworthiness on a quarterly basis. If the credit risk of a given counterparty would fall under the minimum required rating, any positive fair value of the hedging instrument would be adjusted to cater for the additional credit risk. This would not affect the hypothetical derivative.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Hedged
notional
  Interest result
deferred in other
comprehensive
income
  Hedged
notional
  Interest result
deferred in other
comprehensive
income
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Senior Secured Notes 2014

    300     3     300     3  

Ngodwana mill expansion—acquisition of property, plant and equipment in foreign currency

        Sappi started the expansion of its Ngodwana mill in fiscal 2011 to increase its capacity to produce chemical cellulose. The group had a highly probable forecast transaction for the importation of property, plant and equipment from May 2011 which the group became firmly committed to in August 2011. The acquisition of the property, plant and equipment was hedged for foreign currency risk from May 2011 by forward exchange contracts which were designated as hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge.

        The cash flows related to the expansion of Ngodwana began in September 2011 and are estimated to keep occurring until September 2013.

        The hedging instrument is recorded at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded through other comprehensive income. In assessing the effectiveness of the hedge of the foreign currency risk, Sappi compares the critical terms (expected maturity dates, underlying foreign currencies and the notional amounts) of the hedging instrument to the hedged item. An assessment is then performed on a cumulative basis at each reporting period. Throughout the hedge designation, the hedge relationship has been assessed to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows attributable to the hedged risk.

        The total net gain recognised in equity through other comprehensive income since the inception of the hedge amounted to US$9 million for fiscal 2011. This is made up of a realised gain of US$4 million relating to forward exchange contracts that have matured and an unrealised gain of US$5 million resulting from forward exchange contracts yet to mature.

3.     Net investment hedges

        In February 2010, Sappi designated a hedge of a net investment for an indeterminate period of Sappi Papier Holding ("SPH") in SD Warren Holdings Corporation ("SFPNA") including all its subsidiaries and incorporating all net assets. The hedged risk is the currency risk associated with the spot re-translation of the net assets of the foreign operation into the functional currency of the consolidating parent entities at the level of which the hedge is designated, ie SPH for US Dollar-Euro spot exchange risk and Sappi Ltd for US Dollar-ZAR spot exchange risk. The hedging instrument is non-derivative foreign currency external debt. At inception of the hedge, both the net investment in the

F-95



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


foreign operation (as hedged item) and the foreign currency denominated debt (as hedging instrument) have been recorded at the spot rate in effect on the hedge designation date.

        Exchange differences linked to the subsequent revaluation of the foreign currency debt in the books of the entity holding the debt are deferred in other comprehensive income to the extent effective until the foreign operation is disposed of or liquidated. These exchange differences are recognised in the income statement on disposal or liquidation as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

        Ineffectiveness can only occur if the net investment carrying value of the foreign operation would fall below the designated amount of the hedging instruments. The net investment value of the foreign operation is validated each quarter. Ineffective gains and losses are booked directly to the income statement. As at the end of fiscal 2011, the hedge was 100% effective.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Hedged
notional
  Foreign Exchange
result deferred
in other
comprehensive
income
  Hedged
notional
  Foreign Exchange
result deferred
in other
comprehensive
income
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Bond 2012

            30      

Bond 2021

    28              

Bond 2032

    219     (3 )   227     2  
                   

    247     (3 )   257     2  
                   

Net investment value of Sappi Fine Paper North America

    372           310        

Commodity price risk

        Commodity price risk arises mainly from price volatility and threats to security of raw material supply and other inputs to the production process.

        A combination of contract and spot deals are used to manage price volatility and contain costs. Contracts are limited to the group's own use requirements. The group aims to improve its understanding of the direction, magnitude and duration of future commodity price changes and to develop commodity specific expertise.

        The pulp swaps contracted in 2010 have matured in January 2011 and no other pulp swaps have been contracted during fiscal 2011.

F-96



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        There were no pulp swap contracts outstanding at the end of fiscal 2011.

 
   
  2011   2010  
 
  Base currency   Contract amount
(Notional amount)
  Fair value
favourable
(unfavourable)
  Contract amount
(Notional amount)
  Fair value
favourable
(unfavourable)
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

Bleached Hardwood Kraft Pulp (BHKP) bought

  US Dollar             1     0.2  

Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft (NBSK) bought

  Euro             2     (0.1 )
                       

                3     0.1  
                       

b)    Liquidity risk

        Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will be unable to meet its current and future financial obligations as they fall due.

        The group's objective is to manage its liquidity risk by:

        Details of the group's borrowings, including the maturity profile thereof, as well as the group's committed and uncommitted facilities are set out in note 20.

        The group is in compliance with all material financial covenants applicable to its borrowing facilities.

F-97



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Liquidity risk management
2011

 
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
 
  Total financial
assets and
liabilities
  Fair value
of financial
instruments
  0–6
months
  6–12
months
  1–2
years
  2–5
years
  > 5
years
  Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    25     25     12     1         4     8     25  

Non-current derivative financial assets

    41     41     4     4     8     28         44  

                 

Receive leg

                30     30     95     405         560  

Pay leg

                (26 )   (26 )   (87 )   (377 )       (516 )

                 

Trade and other receivables

    735     735     735                     735  

Current derivative financial assets

    3     3     2     1                 3  

                 

Receive leg

                72     24                 96  

Pay leg

                (70 )   (23 )               (93 )

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

    639     639     639                     639  
                                       

                1,392     6     8     32     8     1,446  

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    2,289     2,460     85     85     380     1,511     1,333     3,394  

Other non-current liabilities

    2     2             1     1         2  

Interest-bearing borrowings

    449     463     372     99                 471  

Overdraft

    1     1     1                     1  

Current derivative financial liabilities

    10     10     10                     10  

                 

Pay leg

                222                     222  

Receive leg

                (212 )                   (212 )

                 

Trade and other payables

    840     840     791     9                 800  
                                       

                1,259     193     381     1,512     1,333     4,678  
                                       

Liquidity gap

                133     (187 )   (373 )   (1,480 )   (1,325 )   (3,232 )
                                       

F-98



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

Liquidity risk management
2010

 
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
 
  Total financial
assets and
liabilities
  Fair value
of financial
instruments
  0–6
months
  6–12
months
  1–2
years
  2–5
years
  > 5
years
  Total  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    29     29     13         1     4     11     29  

Non-current derivative financial assets

    19     19         1     1     17         19  

                 

Receive leg

                18     18     36     372         444  

Pay leg

                (18 )   (17 )   (35 )   (355 )       (425 )

                 

Trade and other receivables

    777     777     776         1             777  

Current derivative financial assets

    15     15     17                     17  

                 

Receive leg

                267                     267  

Pay leg

                (250 )                   (250 )

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

    792     792     792                     792  
                                       

                1,598     1     3     21     11     1,634  

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    2,317     2,612     71     71     1,084     1,571     507     3,304  

Non-current derivative financial liabilities

                                 

                 

Pay leg

                3     3                 6  

Receive leg

                (3 )   (3 )               (6 )

                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    691     732     571     211                 782  

Overdraft

    5     5     5                     5  

Current derivative financial liabilities

    3     3     2     1                 3  

                 

Pay leg

                130     5                 135  

Receive leg

                (128 )   (4 )               (132 )

                 

Trade and other payables

    991     991     951     1                 952  
                                       

                1,600     284     1,084     1,571     507     5,046  
                                       

Liquidity gap

                (2 )   (283 )   (1,081 )   (1,550 )   (496 )   (3,412 )
                                       

F-99



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Derivative financial instruments with maturity profile

        The following tables indicate the different types of derivative financial instruments for 2011 and 2010, included within the various categories on the face of the balance sheet.

        The reported maturity analysis is calculated on an undiscounted basis.

 
   
   
   
   
  Maturity analysis(1)  
 
   
   
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
Classes of derivative financial instruments
  Total   Fair Value
Hedge
  Cash flow
Hedge
  No Hedge
Accounting
  0-6 months   6-12 months   1-2 years   2-5 years   > 5 years  
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2011

                                                       

Assets

                                                       

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                                       
 

Interest rate risk

                                                       
   

Interest rate swaps

    40     19     21         4     4     7     28      

     
     

—receiving leg

    506     111     395         30     30     59     405      
     

—paying leg

    (466 )   (92 )   (374 )       (26 )   (26 )   (52 )   (377 )    

     
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                                       
   

FX forward contracts

    4         4         2     2     1          

     
     

—receiving leg

    132         100     32     72     24     36          
     

—paying leg

    (128 )       (96 )   (32 )   (70 )   (22 )   (35 )        

     

Liabilities

                                                       

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                                       
 

Interest rate risk

                                                       
   

Interest rate swaps

                                     

     
     

—paying leg

                                     
     

—receiving leg

                                     

     
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                                       
   

FX forward contracts

    10             10     10                  

     
     

—paying leg

    222             222     222                  
     

—receiving leg

    (212 )           (212 )   (212 )                

     

(1)
The reported maturity analysis is calculated on an undiscounted basis.

F-100



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 
   
   
   
   
  Maturity analysis(1)  
 
   
   
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
Classes of derivative financial instruments
  Total   Fair Value
Hedge
  Cash flow
Hedge
  No Hedge
Accounting
  0-6 months   6-12 months   1-2 years   2-5 years   > 5 years  
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2010

                                                       

Assets

                                                       

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                                       
 

Interest rate risk

                                                       
   

Interest rate swaps

    19         19             1     1     17      

     
     

—receiving leg

    422         422         18     18     36     372      
     

—paying leg

    (403 )       (403 )       (18 )   (17 )   (35 )   (355 )    

     
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                                       
   

FX forward contracts

    15             15     17                  

     
     

—receiving leg

    265             265     267                  
     

—paying leg

    (250 )           (250 )   (250 )                

     

Liabilities

                                                       

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                                       
 

Interest rate risk

                                                       
   

Interest rate swaps

                                     

     
     

—paying leg

    6             6     3     3              
     

—receiving leg

    (6 )           (6 )   (3 )   (3 )            

     
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                                       
   

FX forward contracts

    3             3     2     1              

     
     

—paying leg

    135             135     130     5              
     

—receiving leg

    (132 )           (132 )   (128 )   (4 )            

     

(1)
The reported maturity analysis is calculated on an undiscounted basis.

Fair values

        All financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts that approximate fair value except for the non-current interest-bearing borrowings at fixed rates of interest. The carrying amounts for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable and current portion of interest-bearing borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Where these fixed rates of interest have been hedged into variable rates of interest and fair value hedge accounting has been applied, then the non-current interest-bearing borrowings are carried at fair value calculated by discounting all future cash flows at market data valid at closing date. The same data is used to value the related hedging instrument.

        The best evidence of the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability at initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument is evidenced by comparison with other current observable market transactions. Where market prices or rates are available, such market data is used to determine the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities.

F-101



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        If quoted market prices are unavailable, the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities is calculated using pricing models or discounted cash flow techniques. Where discounted cash flow techniques are used, estimated future cash flows are based on management's best estimates and the discount rate used is a market-related rate at the balance sheet date for an instrument with similar terms and conditions. Where pricing models are used, market-related inputs are used to measure fair value at the balance sheet date.

        Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured, are measured at cost.

        Fair values of foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives are calculated by using recognised treasury tools which use discounted cash flow techniques based on effective market data valid at closing date. The fair values of loan commitments are based on the commitment fees effectively paid.

 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39(1)
  Held for
trading
  Loans and
receivables
  Held to
maturity
  Available-
for-sale
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2011

                                                 

Non-current assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets(2)

    104     79         5         20     25     25  

           

Loans to associates (minority interests)

                  3             3     3  

AFS—Club debentures

                          3     3     3  

AFS—Investment funds

                  2         17     19     19  

Other assets

          79                          

           

           

Non-current derivative financial assets

    41         41                 41     41  

           

Current assets

                                                 

Trade and other receivables

    831     96         735             735     735  

           

Trade receivables

                  700             700     700  

Other accounts receivable—current

          96         35             35     35  

           

           

Current derivative financial assets

    3         3                 3     3  

           

Cash and cash equivalents

    639             639             639     639  

           

Overnight deposits and current accounts (including petty cash)

                  271             271     271  

Time deposits (< 3 months)

                  324             324     324  

Money market funds

                  44             44     44  

           

(1)
This refers to items that are outside the scope of IAS 39.

(2)
Includes license fees and brands (refer to note 12).


F-102



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39(1)
  Held for
trading
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2011

                                     

Non-current liabilities

                                     

Interest-bearing borrowings

    2,289             2,289     2,289     2,460  

           

Bank loans payable (> 1 year)—including syndicated loans

                  78     78     80  

Bonds

                  1,809     1,809     1,975  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  22     22     25  

Securitisation debt

                  368     368     368  

Secured loans

                  12     12     12  

           

           

Other non-current liabilities

    553     551         2     2     2  

           

Current Liabilities

                                     

Interest-bearing borrowings

    449             449     449     463  

           

Bank loans payable (< 1 year)—including syndicated loans

                  93     93     93  

Current portion of other non-current loans payable

                  197     197     211  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  14     14     14  

Secured loans (< 1 year)

                  145     145     145  

Overdraft

                                     

           

           

Bank overdrafts (< 3 months)

    1             1     1     1  

           

           

Current derivative financial liabilities

    10         10         10     10  

           

Trade and other payables

    1,065     225         840     840     840  

           

Accruals

          225         243     243     243  

Accounts payable to associates

                  4     4     4  

Other accounts payable—current

                  593     593     593  

           

(1)
This refers to items that are outside the scope of IAS 39.

F-103



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39(1)
  Held for
trading
  Loans and
receivables
  Held to
maturity
  Available-
for-sale
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2010

                                                 

Non-current assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets(2)

    105     76         6         23     29     29  

           

Loans to associates (minority interests)

                  4             4     4  

AFS—Club debentures

                          2     2     2  

AFS—Investment funds

                  2         19     21     21  

Other assets

          76                 2     2     2  

           

           

Non-current derivative financial assets

    19         19                 19     19  

           

Current assets

                                                 

Trade and other receivables

    888     111         773         4     777     777  

           

Trade receivables

                  740             740     740  

Other accounts receivable—current

          111         33         4     37     37  

           

           

Current derivative financial assets

    15         15                 15     15  

           

Cash and cash equivalents

    792             792             792     792  

           
 

Overnight deposits and current accounts (including petty cash)

                  115             115     115  
 

Time deposits (< 3 months)

                  676             676     676  
 

Money market funds

                  1             1     1  

           

(1)
This refers to items that are outside the scope of IAS 39.

(2)
Includes license fees and brands (refer to note 12).

F-104



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39(1)
  Held for
trading
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 
 
  (US$ million)
 

September 2010

                                     

Non-current liabilities

                                     

Interest-bearing borrowings

    2,317             2,317     2,317     2,612  

           

Bank loans payable (> 1 year)—including syndicated loans

                  103     103     107  

Bonds

                  1,796     1,796     2,052  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  39     39     34  

Secured loans

                  379     379     419  

           

Current Liabilities

                                     

Interest-bearing borrowings

    691             691     691     732  

           

Bank loans payable (< 1 year)—including syndicated loans

                  96     96     96  

Current portion of other non-current loans payable

                  62     62     62  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  13     13     13  

Secured loans (< 1 year)

                  148     148     182  

Securitisation debt

                  372     372     379  

           

           

Overdraft

                                     

Bank overdrafts (< 3 months)

    5             5     5     5  

           

           

Current derivative financial liabilities

    3         3         3     3  

           

Trade and other payables

    1,271     280         991     991     991  

           

Accruals

          278         249     249     249  

Accounts payable to associates

                  1     1     1  

Other accounts payable—current

          2         741     741     741  

           

(1)
This refers to items that are outside the scope of IAS 39.

F-105



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Hierarchy of fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on the balance sheet:

 
  2011   2010  
 
   
  Fair value hierarchy    
  Fair value hierarchy  
 
  Total
Fair value
  Total
Fair value
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Non-current assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

                                                 
 

AFS—Club debentures

    3     3             2     2          
 

AFS—Investment funds

    17     17             19     19          

Non-current derivative financial assets

    41         41         19         19      

Current assets

                                                 

Current derivative financial assets

    3         3         15         15      
                                   

    64     20     44         55     21     34      
                                   

Non-current liabilities

                                                 

Non-current derivative financial liabilities

                                 

Current liabilities

                                                 

Current derivative financial liabilities

    10         10         3         3      
                                   

    10         10         3         3      
                                   

c)    Credit risk

        Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the group. The group faces credit risk in relation to trade receivables, cash deposits and financial investments.

        Credit risk relating to trade debtor management is the responsibility of regional management and is co-ordinated on a group basis.

        The group's objective in relation to credit risk is to limit the exposure to credit risk through specific group-wide policies and procedures. Credit control procedures are designed to ensure the effective implementation of best trade receivable practices, the comprehensive maintenance of all related records, and effective management of credit risk for the group.

        The group assesses the creditworthiness of potential and existing customers in line with the credit policies and procedures. Appropriate collateral is obtained to minimise risk. Exposures are monitored on an on-going basis utilising various reporting tools which highlight potential risks.

        In the event of deterioration of credit risk, the appropriate measures are taken by the regional credit management. All known risks are required to be fully disclosed, accounted for, and provided for as bad debts in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.

F-106



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

29.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        On average 57% of our trade receivables are credit insured.

        Quantitative disclosures on credit risk are included in note 16 of the annual financial statements.

30.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Transactions between group companies, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

        Details of transactions between the group and other related parties are disclosed below:

 
  Sale of goods   Purchases of goods   Amounts
owed by
related
parties
  Amounts
owed to
related
parties
 
Joint ventures
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2011   2010  
 
  (US$ million)
 

Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited

    1.1     1.1     2.0     0.7     0.6     1.5             1.8     0.9  

Sapin S.A. 

    0.8     0.5     0.4     35.1     22.1     21.3     0.1     0.1     3.9     0.6  

VOF Warmtekracht(1)

        10.8     38.1         7.1     25.0                  

Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Limited

    6.5     5.6     0.9     0.4     0.3         0.8     1.8          

Papierholz Austria GmbH

                105.1     90.5     68.5             0.2     8.1  

Energie Biberist AG(2)

                31.1     38.6                 1.1     3.8  
                                           

    8.4     18.0     41.4     172.4     159.2     116.3     0.9     1.9     7.0     13.4  
                                           

(1)
The entity was acquired by Sappi in fiscal 2010 and is fully consolidated into the group accounts

(2)
The entity provided Biberist Mill with steam and electricity. Biberist Mill was closed in the last quarter of fiscal 2011.

        A description concerning the joint venture, Timber IV, is discussed in note 13.

        Sales of goods and purchases to and from related parties were made on an arm's length basis. The amounts outstanding at balance sheet date are unsecured and will be settled in cash. Guarantees given by the group are disclosed in note 26. No expense has been recognised in the period for bad or doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Shareholders

        The company's shares are widely held by shareholders across the world. The principal shareholders of the company are disclosed in Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders.

Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) transaction

        Refer to notes 17 and 28 for details of our BEE transaction.

F-107



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

30.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Key management personnel

        Key management personnel include our executive directors and prescribed officers. The details of our key management personnel, including emoluments, interests in contracts and participation in The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (Scheme) and The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (Plan) are disclosed in notes 33–35.

31.  EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE

        In October 2011, Sappi Southern Africa utilised some of its cash resources to repay its 10.64% fixed rate public bond of ZAR1,000 million.

        In November 2011, the board approved an investment of approximately US$170 million to convert the Cloquet Mill pulp mill in North America to produce chemical cellulose.

32.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

        We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate which have tended to become more stringent over time. Violations of environmental laws could lead to substantial costs and liabilities, including civil and criminal fines and penalties. Environmental compliance is an increasingly important consideration in our businesses, and we expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures and operational and maintenance costs for environmental compliance, including costs related to reductions in air emissions such as carbon dioxide (CO2) and other greenhouse gases (GHG), wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous wastes. We closely monitor the potential for changes in pollution control laws and take actions with respect to our operations accordingly.

North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and their respective state counterparts and implementing regulations.

        On June 29, 2009, the Commissioner of the Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife, State of Maine (the "Commissioner"), issued a decision requiring Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fish passage at the Cumberland Mill's dam associated with the Westbrook mill, the most downriver dam on the Presumpscot River. Pursuant to a final order issued by the Commissioner, construction of the fish passage must be completed by May 1, 2013. Costs associated with construction and related engineering of this fish passage are estimated to be approximately US$4 million to US$5 million. Fish passage at the next dam upstream, the Saccarappa hydrofacility, must be operational two years after the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage is completed, during the spring of 2015. Installation of the Cumberland Mills dam fish passage may also trigger, over a period of approximately ten years, the obligation to install fish passages for at least some of Sappi Fine Paper North America's other upstream hydrofacilities as well, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of all fish passages associated with Sappi's dams along the Presumpscot River is estimated to be in the range of approximately US$18 million to US$28 million, which includes costs

F-108



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

32.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS (Continued)


expected to be incurred in the next several years for the fish passage on the Cumberland Mills dam and Saccarappa hydrofacility as well as estimated costs for upstream fish passages which may be incurred in the future. Because construction of additional fish passages depends on several future contingencies, including the results of data gathering on fish populations in the river, we do not know the precise timing for incurring related future costs, assuming such obligations are triggered.

        We closely monitor state, regional and Federal GHG initiatives and other regulatory developments in anticipation of any potential effects on our operations. Although the United States has not ratified the Kyoto Protocol, and has not yet adopted a Federal program for regulating GHG emissions, Congress has considered comprehensive federal legislation regarding climate change and various regional initiatives regarding emissions associated with climate change are either in effect or proposed. In addition, the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has finalised or proposed several rules relating to emissions reporting and emissions reductions, including rules issued in March 2011 known as 'Boiler MACT' which would establish new standards for emissions of hazardous air pollutants from commercial and industrial boilers. In May 2011, the USEPA stayed the Boiler MACT rules indefinitely. When announcing the stay, the USEPA stated that the stay will remain in effect until it completed an ongoing reconsideration process with respect to certain requirements in the rules or until various court proceedings concerning Boiler MACT are completed, whichever came first. Based on motions before the court, it is not clear whether the reconsideration process or whether the litigations will be resolved first, or what the timing for completion or implementation of a revised rule would be. Capital expenditures, currently estimated to range between US$10 million and US$15 million, could be required for emissions control equipment at Sappi Fine Paper North America's mills in order to comply with the Boiler MACT rules as proposed in March 2011, although the anticipated impact of the rules as well as the related costs may be subject to revision in the future, particularly in light of the ongoing reconsideration process and litigation. The nature, scope, and timing of any proposed legislation, including climate change legislation and other proposed rules regarding GHG's is highly uncertain and, currently,we do not know what the precise effect, if any, such legislation will have on Sappi Fine Paper North America, both financially and on our operations.

Europe

        Our European facilities are subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which we operate. The air emissions, water discharges and pollution control requirements of the permits of our mill operations in the European Union are based on Best Available Techniques (BAT). These are defined in the BAT reference documents (BREFs) of the Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control directive (IPPC). These documents are currently being revised but this exercise is taking longer than initially expected. The revised documents are expected to be adopted in early 2013.

        Other laws and regulations that apply to all our facilities in the European Union include:

F-109



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

32.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS (Continued)

        The countries within which Sappi operates in Europe have all ratified the Kyoto Protocol and we have developed a GHG strategy to comply with applicable GHG restrictions and to manage emission reductions cost effectively.

South Africa

        In southern Africa, the environmental regulatory legal framework is still evolving, as is the enforcement process. We work with government authorities in striving to find a balance between economic development and social and environmental considerations.

        The Minister of Water and Environmental Affairs considered it necessary to strengthen enforcement of legislation by the Environmental Management Inspectors (EMIs) in her department. The EMIs prioritised various sectors of industry and inspected those sectors in the course of the past four years. From 2008 to 2011, the EMIs focused attention on the pulp and paper sector, signaling more stringent enforcement for Sappi mills.

        Our Ngodwana, Enstra and Tugela mills have undergone comprehensive initial inspections with subsequent follow up audits done by the EMIs during the course of 2008 to 2011. We are continuing to make progress on addressing the issues that were identified by the inspectors and, as appropriate, have been voluntarily submitting progress reports to the EMI lead team member's office. The purpose of submitting regular updates is to maintain a sound working relationship with the EMI based on effective communication in a transparent manner. The primary South African environmental laws affecting our operations are:

F-110



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

32.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS (Continued)

        The requirements under these statutes, predominantly with respect to air emissions from our mills, will result in additional capital and operating expenditures, some of which may be significant. Newly enacted legislation in South Africa typically provides for a phase-in period for new standards. As a result, the impact of new standards, contained in the Air Quality Act and the Waste Act on our mills, is expected to be distributed over the next five to ten years. We are in frequent contact with regulatory authorities during the phasing in of these requirements, in an attempt to manage the transition period.

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION

Non-executive directors

        Directors are normally remunerated in the currency of the country in which they live or work from. Their remuneration is converted into US Dollars (the group's reporting currency) at the average exchange rate prevailing during the reporting year. Directors' fees are established in local currencies to reflect market conditions in those countries.

        Non-executive directors' fees reflect their services as directors and services on various sub-committees on which they serve. The quantum of committee fees depends on whether the director is an ordinary member or a chairman of the committee. Non-executive directors do not earn attendance fees, however additional fees are paid for attendance at board meetings in excess of the five scheduled meetings per annum.

        The chairman of the Sappi Limited board, receives a flat director's fee and does not earn committee fees.

        Non-executive directors do not participate in any incentive schemes or plans of any kind.

        In determining the fees for non-executive directors, due consideration is given to the fee practice of companies of similar size and complexity in the countries in which the directors are based.

        The extreme volatility of currencies, in particular the Rand/US Dollar exchange rate in the past few years, caused distortions of the relative fees in US Dollars paid to individual directors.

F-111



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

        Non-executive directors' fees are proposed by the executive committee, agreed by the compensation committee, recommended by the board and approved at the annual general meeting by the shareholders.

 
  2011  
 
  Board
Fees
  Committee
Fees
  Travel
allowance
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

M Feldberg

    84,750     53,800     11,600     150,150  

J E Healey

    56,450     99,020     11,600     167,070  

D Konar

    39,438     74,320     5,800     119,558  

H C Mamsch(1)

    14,692     13,697         28,389  

B Radebe

    39,438     12,791     5,800     58,029  

A N R Rudd

    58,769     49,638     11,600     120,007  

K Osar

    56,450     28,500     11,600     96,550  

J McKenzie

    39,438     37,368     5,800     82,606  

D C Cronje

    287,449         5,800     293,249  

N P Mageza

    39,438     33,236     5,800     78,474  

R Thummer

    58,769     24,819     11,600     95,188  

M V Moosa

    39,438         5,800     45,238  

M A Fallon(2)

    4,897         2,900     7,797  

G P F Beurskens(3)

                 
                   

    819,416     427,189     95,700     1,342,305  
                   

 

 
  2010  
 
  Board
Fees
  Committee
Fees
  Travel
allowance
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

D C Brink(4)

    12,711     12,250     2,800     27,761  

M Feldberg

    66,600     49,183     14,000     129,783  

J E Healey

    55,100     75,000     14,000     144,100  

D Konar

    33,918     62,056     5,600     101,574  

H C Mamsch

    56,818     81,949     2,800     141,567  

B Radebe

    33,918     10,999     5,600     50,517  

A N R Rudd

    56,818     48,077     5,600     110,495  

F A Sonn(4)

    8,479     2,750     2,800     14,029  

K Osar

    55,100     27,500     11,200     93,800  

J McKenzie

    33,918     27,860     5,600     67,378  

D C Cronje

    235,662         2,800     238,462  

N P Mageza(5)

    25,438     18,572     2,800     46,810  

R Thummer(6)

    37,879     11,206     2,800     51,885  

M V Moosa(7)

    5,653             5,653  
                   

    718,012     427,402     78,400     1,223,814  
                   

F-112



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

 

 
  2009  
 
  Board
Fees
  Committee
Fees
  Travel
allowance
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

D C Brink

    39,496     38,054     5,400     82,950  

M Feldberg

    54,000     51,700     13,500     119,200  

J E Healey

    54,000     73,500     13,500     141,000  

D Konar

    26,350     51,811     5,400     83,561  

H C Mamsch

    55,615     80,072     8,100     143,787  

B Radebe

    26,349     8,543     5,400     40,292  

A N R Rudd

    55,615     47,046     8,100     110,761  

F A Sonn

    26,350     8,543     5,400     40,293  

K Osar

    54,000     27,000     13,500     94,500  

J McKenzie

    26,350     23,215     5,400     54,965  

D C Cronje

    183,059         5,400     188,459  
                   

    601,184     409,484     89,100     1,099,768  
                   

(1)
Retired in December 2010.

(2)
Appointed in September 2011.

(3)
Appointed in October 2011.

(4)
Retired in December 2009.

(5)
Appointed in January 2010.

(6)
Appointed in February 2010.

(7)
Appointed in August 2010.

Executive directors

        Our pay philosophy is to pay our executive directors' a compensation package which is fair and equitable in comparison to their peers in the markets in which they live and work. They are generally paid in the currency of that country.

 
  2011  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(1)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

R J Boëttger(2)

    806,887     908,619     8,011     234,772     1,958,289  

M R Thompson(3)

    401,038     378,188     11,794     211,616     1,002,636  
                       

    1,207,925     1,286,807     19,805     446,388     2,960,925  
                       

F-113



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

 

 
  2010  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(1)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

R J Boëttger

    710,148         7,605     206,244     923,997  

M R Thompson

    339,708         9,280     117,927     466,915  
                       

    1,049,856         16,885     324,171     1,390,912  
                       

 

 
  2009  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(1)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

R J Boëttger

    551,185     347,548         171,550     1,070,283  

M R Thompson

    261,921     102,582     357     152,230     517,090  
                       

    813,106     450,130     357     323,780     1,587,373  
                       

(1)
Bonuses and performance related payments are in respect of the previous year's performance paid in the current year.

(2)
R J Boëttger received an 8% increase on his South African portion (70% of total salary), and a 3.25% increase on his off-shore portion of his salary (30% of total salary). R J Boëttger's compensation package in US$ terms increased by 112% from 2010 to 2011.

(3)
M R Thompson received a 10% salary increase on his South African portion (70% of total salary), and 2% increase on his off-shore portion (30% of total salary) of his salary. M R Thompson's compensation package in US$ terms increased by 114.7% from 2010 to 2011.

        The seemingly large increases in compensation for RJ Boëttger and MR Thompson is due to no bonus and performance related payments in fiscal 2010.

Details of directors' service contracts

        The executive directors have service contracts with notice periods of 2 years or less. These notice periods are in line with international norms for executive directors.

        None of the non-executive directors have service contracts with the company.

        None of the directors have provisions for pre-determined compensation on termination of their contracts exceeding 2 years' gross remuneration and benefits-in-kind.

F-114



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

Prescribed officers(1)

        As with our executive directors, our pay philosophy is to pay our prescribed officers a compensation package which is fair and equitable in comparison to their peers in the markets in which they live and work. They are generally paid in the currency of that country.

 
  2011  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(2)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

Officer 1

    772,280     364,740     3,487     131,898     1,272,405  

Officer 2

    423,659     391,576         39,145     854,380  

Officer 3

    368,734     317,555     6,417     68,789     761,495  

Officer 4

    335,280     267,110     10,940     125,399     738,729  

Officer 5

    304,108     222,697     10,792     150,704     688,301  

Officer 6

    264,440     225,295     9,045     94,342     593,122  

Officer 7

    658,738     359,782     595     70,030     1,089,145  
                       

    3,127,239     2,148,755     41,276     680,307     5,997,577  
                       

 

 
  2010  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(2)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

Officer 1

    728,937     27,502     3,415     100,418     860,272  

Officer 2

    411,320     45,891         22,482     479,693  

Officer 3

    266,197     102,437     3,746     27,123     399,503  

Officer 4

    287,719         8,812     85,824     382,355  

Officer 5

    260,322         9,263     92,340     361,925  

Officer 6

    231,353         2,246     80,261     313,860  

Officer 7

    360,735         2,835     88,832     452,402  
                       

    2,546,583     175,830     30,317     497,280     3,250,010  
                       

F-115



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

33.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

 

 
  2009  
 
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses and
performance
related payments(2)
  Sums paid by
way of expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Total  
 
  (US$)
 

Officer 1

    644,916     222,620     (3,491 )   146,152     1,010,197  

Officer 2

    364,000     255,763     2,529     23,920     646,212  

Officer 3

    239,909     71,896     (2,999 )   33,318     342,124  

Officer 4

    223,560     86,935     479     90,952     401,926  

Officer 5

    210,626     78,798         90,069     379,493  

Officer 6

    169,965     64,160     1,867     69,118     305,110  

Officer 7

    250,921     143,947     2,277     66,476     463,621  
                       

    2,103,897     924,119     662     520,005     3,548,683  
                       

(1)
The prescribed officers of the group consist of M Gardner; R Hope; J Labuschagne (terminated 30 November 2011); A Rossi; L Swartz; A Thiel and B Wiersum. They form the group executive committee together with the executive directors.

(2)
Bonuses and performance related payments are in respect of the previous year's performance paid in the current year.

34.     DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' INTERESTS

        The following table sets out the directors' and prescribed officers' interests in shares and other securities in Sappi Limited. For the purposes of this table, directors' and prescribed officers' interests include shares that are owned either directly or indirectly as well as those shares in which directors and

F-116



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

34.     DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' INTERESTS (Continued)


prescribed officers have vested obligations to purchase or to repay loans in terms of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Direct Interests   Indirect
Interests
  Direct Interests   Indirect
Interests
 
Director
  Beneficial   Vested
Obligations to
Purchase or
Repay Loans
  Beneficial   Beneficial   Vested
Obligations to
Purchase or
Repay Loans
  Beneficial  

Non-executive directors

                                     

R Thummer

    7,542             7,542          

M V Moosa(1)

            626,998             626,998  

Executive directors

                                     

M R Thompson(2)

    20,517     39,600         20,517     72,600      

R J Boëttger

    122,038             85,000          

Prescribed officers

                                     

Officer 1

    11,000             11,000          

Officer 2

                         

Officer 3

    13,419             3,459          

Officer 4

    12,243             6,917     33,000      

Officer 5

    109,737     39,600         96,052     72,600      

Officer 6

    47,184     2,200         37,990     19,800      

Officer 7

    24,105     22,000         3,459     44,000      
                           

TOTAL

    367,785     103,400     626,998     271,936     242,000     626,998  
                           

(1)
M V Moosa holds 31.8% share of Lereko Investment (Pty) Ltd which holds a total of 1,971,693 Sappi Limited shares as part of the BEE Transaction described in notes 17 and 28. M V Moosa was appointed a director of the company after the conclusion of the BEE Transaction.

(2)
M R Thompson purchased 142,000 of the Sappi Senior Secured Notes due 2014 at a total cost of €144,837.16.

        There have been no changes in the direct or indirect beneficial interests of the directors and their associates between fiscal year end and the date of this report.

Directors' interests in contracts

        Meyer Feldberg, a non-executive director of the company, disclosed his role as senior advisor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, a financial advisor to Sappi, and Morgan Stanley South Africa (Pty) Limited, a transaction sponsor to Sappi Limited.

        Other than M Feldberg's role as senior advisor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, M V Moosa's interest in the BEE Transaction described above and in note 28, and M R Thompson's interest in the Senior Secured Notes due 2014, the directors have certified that they did not have any material interest in any significant transaction with either the company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those on a normal employment basis.

F-117



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

35.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE SCHEMES

Changes in executive directors' and prescribed officers' share options, allocation shares and performance shares before fiscal year end

Executive directors

 
  R J Boëttger   M R Thompson   Total
2011
  Total
2010
 
 
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

                                     

Number of shares held

          679,000           408,200     1,087,200     968,000  
                                   

Issue 27

                ZAR 62.34     33,000              

Issue 28a

                ZAR 47.08     39,600              

Issue 29

                ZAR 46.51     39,600              

Performance shares 31a

    ZAR 11.06     220,000                          

Performance shares 32

    ZAR 11.06     110,000     ZAR 11.06     88,000              

Performance shares 34

          154,000           88,000              

Performance shares 35

          195,000           120,000              
                                   

Offered and accepted during the year

                                     

Performance shares 35

                                  315,000  

Performance shares 36

          195,000           88,000     283,000        
                               

Paid for during the year

                                     

Number of shares

          (110,000 )             (110,000 )    
                               

Returned, lapsed and forfeited during the year

                                     

Number of shares

          (110,000 )         (33,000 )   (143,000 )   (195,800 )
                               

Outstanding at end of year

                                     

Number of shares held

          654,000           463,200     1,117,200     1,087,200  
                                   

Issue 28a

                ZAR 47.08     39,600              

Issue 29

                ZAR 46.51     39,600              

Performance shares 32

    ZAR 11.06     110,000     ZAR 11.06     88,000              

Performance shares 34

          154,000           88,000              

Performance shares 35

          195,000           120,000              

Performance shares 36

          195,000           88,000              
                                   

Performance shares are issued when all conditions per note 28 are met. The position of participants in regard to the rights offer is also explained in note 28.

 

Expiry dates

                                     

Issue 27

                13 February 2011                    

Issue 28a

                30 December 2011                    

Issue 29

                13 December 2012                    

Performance shares 31a

                02 July 2011                    

Performance shares 32

                12 December 2011                    

Performance shares 34

                22 December 2012                    

Performance shares 35

                09 December 2013                    

Performance shares 36

                03 December 2014                    

F-118



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

35.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE SCHEMES (Continued)

Prescribed officers

 
  Officer 1   Officer 2   Officer 3   Officer 4   Officer 5   Officer 6   Officer 7   Total
2011
  Total
2010
 
 
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

                                                                                                 

Number of shares held

          406,000           413,700           209,800           280,600           437,200           260,400           456,600     2,464,300     2,124,100  
                                                                                     

Issue 27

                ZAR 62.34     5,500                 ZAR 62.34     33,000     ZAR 62.34     33,000     ZAR 62.34     17,600     ZAR 62.34     22,000              

Issue 28

                ZAR 47.08     11,000     ZAR 47.08     1,980     ZAR 47.08     33,000                                                  

Issue 28a

                                                    ZAR 47.08     39,600     ZAR 47.08     17,600     ZAR 47.08     22,000              

Issue 29

                ZAR 46.51     17,600     ZAR 46.51     4,620     ZAR 46.51     33,000     ZAR 46.51     39,600     ZAR 46.51     30,800     ZAR 46.51     28,600              

Performance shares 30a1

    ZAR 11.06     110,000                                                                                      

Performance shares 31

                ZAR 11.06     28,600     ZAR 11.06     28,600     ZAR 11.06     30,800     ZAR 11.06     66,000     ZAR 11.06     26,400     ZAR 11.06     88,000              

Performance shares 31a3

                      55,000                                                                          

Performance shares 32

    ZAR 11.06     88,000                 ZAR 11.06     39,600     ZAR 11.06     41,800     ZAR 11.06     77,000     ZAR 11.06     33,000     ZAR 11.06     88,000              

Performance shares 33

                ZAR 11.06     88,000                                                                          

Performance shares 34

          88,000           88,000           55,000           44,000           77,000           55,000           88,000              

Performance shares 35

          120,000           120,000           80,000           65,000           105,000           80,000           120,000              
                                                                                     

Offered and accepted during the year

                                                                                                 

Performance shares 35

                                                                                              690,000  

Performance shares 36

          88,000           88,000           65,000           50,000           55,000           55,000               401,000        
                                                                                 

Paid for during the year

                                                                                                 

Number of shares

          (55,000 )         (41,800 )         (14,300 )         (15,400 )         (33,000 )         (13,200 )         (44,000 )   (216,700 )   (11,000 )
                                                                                 

Returned, lapsed and forfeited during the year

                                                                                                 

Number of shares

          (55,000 )         (47,300 )         (14,300 )         (48,400 )         (66,000 )         (30,800 )         (66,000 )   (327,800 )   (338,800 )
                                                                                 

Outstanding at end of year

                                                                                                 

Number of shares held

          384,000           412,600           246,200           266,800           393,200           271,400           346,600     2,320,800     2,464,300  
                                                                                     

Issue 27

                ZAR 62.34                                                                                

Issue 28

                ZAR 47.08     11,000     ZAR 47.08     1,980     ZAR 47.08     33,000                                                  

Issue 28a

                                                    ZAR 47.08     39,600     ZAR 47.08     17,600     ZAR 47.08     22,000              

Issue 29

                ZAR 46.51     17,600     ZAR 46.51     4,620     ZAR 46.51     33,000     ZAR 46.51     39,600     ZAR 46.51     30,800     ZAR 46.51     28,600              

Performance shares 32

    ZAR 11.06     88,000                 ZAR 11.06     39,600     ZAR 11.06     41,800     ZAR 11.06     77,000     ZAR 11.06     33,000     ZAR 11.06     88,000              

Performance shares 33

                ZAR 11.06     88,000                                                                          

Performance shares 34

          88,000           88,000           55,000           44,000           77,000           55,000           88,000              

Performance shares 35

          120,000           120,000           80,000           65,000           105,000           80,000           120,000              

Performance shares 36

          88,000           88,000           65,000           50,000           55,000           55,000                          
                                                                                     

Performance shares are issued when all conditions per note 28 are met. The position of participants in regard to the rights offer is also explained in note 28.

 

Expiry dates

                                                                                                 

Issue 27

    13 February 2011                                                                    

Issue 28

    14 January 2012                                                                    

Issue 28a

    30 December 2011                                                                    

Issue 29

    13 December 2012                                                                    

Performance shares 30a1

    29 January 2011                                                                    

Performance shares 31

    31 May 2011                                                                    

Performance shares 31a3

    10 September 2011                                                                    

Performance shares 32

    12 December 2011                                                                    

Performance shares 33

    19 March 2012                                                                    

Performance shares 34

    22 December 2012                                                                    

Performance shares 35

    09 December 2013                                                                    

Performance shares 36

    03 December 2014                                                                    

F-119



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2011

35.  DIRECTORS' AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE SCHEMES (Continued)

Executive directors'

Director
   
  Date paid for   Number of
shares paid for
  Allocation
price
  Market value
at date
of payment
 
September 2011                          

R J Boëttger

 

Performance Plan 31a

 

 

10-Aug-11

 

 

50,000

 

 

ZAR 0.00

 

 

ZAR 25.20

 
    Performance Plan Rights 31a     10-Aug-11     60,000     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 25.20  
                             
                110,000              
                             

September 2010

None

Prescribed officers'
   
  Date paid for   Number of
shares paid for
  Allocation
price
  Market value
at date
of payment
 
September 2011                              
Officer 1   Performance Plan     29-Jan-11     25,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     29-Jan-11     30,000     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                55,000              
                             
Officer 2   Performance Plan     20-Dec-10     19,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 33.80  
    Performance Plan Rights     20-Dec-10     22,800     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 33.80  
                             
                41,800              
                             
Officer 3   Performance Plan     31-May-11     6,500     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     31-May-11     7,800     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                14,300              
                             
Officer 4   Performance Plan     31-May-11     7,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     31-May-11     8,400     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                15,400              
                             
Officer 5   Performance Plan     31-May-11     15,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     31-May-11     18,000     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                33,000              
                             
Officer 6   Performance Plan     31-May-11     6,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     31-May-11     7,200     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                13,200              
                             
Officer 7   Performance Plan     31-May-11     20,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 36.43  
    Performance Plan Rights     31-May-11     24,000     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 36.43  
                             
                44,000              
                             
September 2010                              
Officer 1   Performance Plan     2-Mar-10     5,000     ZAR 0.00     ZAR 30.01  
    Performance Plan Rights     2-Mar-10     6,000     ZAR 20.27     ZAR 30.01  
                             
                11,000              
                             

F-120